for your safety and comfort, read carefully and keep in...

For your safety and comfort,

read carefully and keep in the vehicle.

新OM表紙_OM35898U_02 04.1.2 5:44 AM ページ1 (2,1)

06 06.26

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

WE REALLY CARE ABOUT YOU — PLEASE BUCKLE UP

Toyota has made a special effort to encourage use of seat belts.

Toyota belts are:

D ComfortableD Easy to useD Convenient

We encourage you to use your belts every time you drive.

U

i

ForewordWelcome to the growing group of value−conscious people who drive Toyotas. We are proud of the advanced engineering andquality construction of each vehicle we build.This Owner’s Manual explains the operation of your new Toyota. Please read it thoroughly and have all the occupantsfollow the instructions carefully. Doing so will help you enjoy many years of safe and trouble−free motoring. Forimportant information about this manual and your Toyota, read the following pages carefully.When it comes to service, remember that your Toyota dealer knows your vehicle very well and is interested in your completesatisfaction. Your Toyota dealer will provide quality maintenance and any other assistance you may require.If there is not a Toyota dealer near you, please call the following number:U.S. OWNERS: D When traveling in the U.S. mainland or Canada:

Toyota Customer Experience Center Toll−free:1−800−331−4331D Hawaii:

Servco Automotive Customer Services Toll−free:1−888−272−5515CANADIAN OWNERS: D When traveling in Canada or the U.S. mainland:

Toyota Canada Customer Interaction Centre Toll−free:1−888−TOYOTA−8 or 1−888−869−6828Please leave this Owner’s Manual in this vehicle at the time of resale. The next owner will need this information also.All information and specifications in this manual are current at the time of printing. However, because of Toyota’s policy ofcontinual product improvement, we reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.Please note that this manual applies to all models and explains all equipment, including options. Therefore, you mayfind some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.Please access our websites for further information.D The U.S. mainland www.toyota.comD Hawaii www.toyotahawaii.comD Canada www.toyota.ca

2008 TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATIONAll rights reserved. This material may not be reproduced or copied, in whole or in part, without the written permission of ToyotaMotor Corporation.

07 11.08

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

ii

Important information about this manual

Safety and vehicle damage warnings

Throughout this manual, you will see safety and vehicle dam-age warnings. You must follow these warnings carefully toavoid possible injury or damage.

The types of warnings, what they look like, and how they areused in this manual are explained as follows:

CAUTION

This is a warning against anything which may causeinjury to people if the warning is ignored. You areinformed about what you must or must not do inorder to reduce the risk of injury to yourself andothers.

NOTICE

This is a warning against anything which may causedamage to the vehicle or its equipment if the warningis ignored. You are informed about what you must ormust not do in order to avoid or reduce the risk ofdamage to your vehicle and its equipment.

Safety symbol

When you see the safety symbolshown above, it means: “Do not...”;“Do not do this”; or “Do not let thishappen”.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

iii

Important information about your Toyota

Occupant restraint systems

Toyota encourages you and your family to take the time toread Section 1−3 of this Owner’s Manual carefully. Interms of helping you understand how you can receive themaximum benefit of the occupant restraint systems thisvehicle provides, Section 1−3 of this Owner’s Manual isthe most important Section for you and your family toread.

Section 1−3 describes the function and operation concern-ing seats, seat belts, SRS airbags and child restraint sys-tems of this vehicle and some potential hazards youshould be aware of. These systems work together alongwith the overall structure of this vehicle in order to provideoccupant restraint in the event of a crash. The effect ofeach system is enhanced when it is used properly andtogether with other systems. No single occupant restraintsystem can, by itself, provide you or your family with theequal level of restraint which these systems can providewhen used together. That is why it is important for you andyour family to understand the purpose and proper use ofeach of these systems and how they relate to each other.

The purpose of all occupant restraint systems is to helpreduce the possibility of death or serious injury in theevent of a collision. None of these systems, either individ-ually or together, can ensure that there is no injury in theevent of collision. However, the more you know aboutthese systems and how to use them properly, the greateryour chances become of surviving an accident withoutdeath or serious injury.

Seat belts provide the primary restraint to all occupants ofthe vehicle, and every occupant of the vehicle should wearseat belts properly at all times. Children should always besecured in child restraint systems that are appropriate fortheir age and size. SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)airbags are, as their names imply, designed to work with,and be supplemental to, seat belts and are not substitutesfor them. SRS airbags can be very effective in reducingthe risk of head and chest injuries by preventing contact ofthe head and chest with interior portions of the vehicle.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

iv

In order to be effective, the SRS airbags must deploy withtremendous speed. The rapid deployment of the SRS air-bags makes the SRS airbags themselves potential sourcesof death or serious injury if an occupant is too close to anairbag, or if an object or some part of his or her body hasbeen placed between the occupant and the airbag at thetime of deployment. This is just one example of how theinstructions in Section 1−3 of this Owner’s Manual will helpensure proper use of the occupant restraint systems, andincrease the safety they can provide to you and your fami-ly in the event of an accident.

Toyota recommends you to read the provisions in Section1−3 carefully and refer to them as needed during your timeof ownership of this vehicle.

Event data recorder

Your vehicle has computers that monitor and control cer-tain aspects of your vehicle. These computers assist indriving and maintaining optimal vehicle performance. Be-sides storing data useful for troubleshooting, there is asystem to record data in a crash or a near car crashevent. This is called an Event Data Recorder (EDR).

The SRS airbag sensor assembly contains the EDR. In acrash or a near car crash event, this device may recordsome or all of the following information:

D Engine speed

D Whether the brake pedal was applied or not

D Vehicle speed

D To what extent the accelerator pedal was depressed

D Position of the transmission selector lever

D Whether the driver and front passenger wore theseat belts or not

D Driver’s seat position

D Front passenger’s occupant classification

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

v

D SRS airbag deployment data

D SRS airbag system diagnostic data

If your vehicle is equipped with a vehicle stability control(VSC) system, its Electronic Control Unit (ECU) may con-tain another EDR. There are a variety of driving situationswhich include activating the VSC under which the VSCEDR will record certain information. The VSC EDR mayrecord some or all of the following information:

D Behavior of the vehicle

D Steering wheel angle

D Vehicle speed

D To what extent the accelerator pedal was depressed

D To what extent the brake pedal was applied

D To what extent the ECU controlled the condition ofthe 4 wheels

D vehicle stability control system diagnostic data

The information above is intended to be used for the pur-pose of improving vehicle safety performance. Unlike gen-eral data recorders, the EDR does not record sound datasuch as conversation between passengers.

Toyota will not disclose the data recorded in an EDR to athird party except when:

D An agreement from the vehicle’s owner (or the leas-ing company for a leased vehicle) is obtained

D Officially requested by the police or other authorities

D Used as a defense for Toyota in a law suit

D Ordered by the court

However, if necessary Toyota will:

D Use the data for research on Toyota vehicle safetyperformance

D Disclose the data to a third party for research pur-poses without disclosing details of the vehicle own-er, and only when it is deemed necessary

D Disclose summarized data cleared of vehicle identifi-cation information to a non−Toyota organization forresearch purposes

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

vi

New vehicle warranty

Your new vehicle is covered by the following Toyota limitedwarranties:

D New vehicle warranty

D Emission control systems warranty

D Others

For further information, please refer to the “Owner’sWarranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s ManualSupplement”.

Your responsibility formaintenance

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure that the speci-fied maintenance is performed. Section 6 gives details ofthese maintenance requirements. Also included in Section6 is general maintenance. For scheduled maintenance in-formation, please refer to the “Scheduled MaintenanceGuide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

Important health and safetyinformation about your Toyota

CAUTION

D WARNING: Engine exhaust, some of its constitu-ents, and a wide variety of automobile compo-nents contain or emit chemicals known to theState of California to cause cancer and birth de-fects and other reproductive harm. In addition,oils, fuels and fluids contained in vehicles aswell as waste produced by component wear con-tain or emit chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm.

D Battery posts, terminals and related accessoriescontain lead and lead compounds. Wash yourhands after handling. Used engine oil containschemicals that have caused cancer in laboratoryanimals. Always protect your skin by washingthoroughly with soap and water.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

vii

Accessories, spare parts andmodification of your Toyota

A wide variety of non−genuine spare parts and accessoriesfor Toyota vehicles are currently available in the market.You should know that Toyota does not warrant these prod-ucts and is not responsible for their performance, repair, orreplacement, or for any damage they may cause to, oradverse effect they may have on, your Toyota vehicle.

This vehicle should not be modified with non−genuineToyota products. Modification with non−genuine Toyotaproducts could affect its performance, safety or durability,and may even violate governmental regulations. In addi-tion, damage or performance problems resulting from themodification may not be covered under warranty.

Spark ignition system of yourToyota

The spark ignition system in your Toyota meets all require-ments of the Canadian Interference−Causing EquipmentStandard.

Installation of a mobiletwo−way radio system

As the installation of a mobile two−way radio system inyour vehicle could affect the following electronic systems,be sure to check with your Toyota dealer for precautionarymeasures or special instructions regarding installation.

D Multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiportfuel injection system

D SRS airbag system

D Seat belt pretensioner system

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

viii

D Traction control system

D “AUTO LSD” system

D Vehicle stability control system

D Downhill assist control system

D Hill−start assist control system(automatic transmission only)

D Cruise control system

D Anti−lock brake system

D Electronic throttle control system

D Tire pressure warning system

Tires and loading on yourToyota

Underinflated or overinflated tire inflationpressure and the excess load may result in thedeterioration of steering ability and brakingability, leading to an accident. Check the tireinflation pressure periodically and be sure tokeep the load limits given in this Owner’sManual. For details about tire inflation pressureand load limits, see “Checking tire inflationpressure” on page 376 in Section 7−2 and“Vehicle load limits” on page 299 in Section 2.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

ix

Scrapping of your Toyota

The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in yourToyota contain explosive chemicals. If the vehicle isscrapped with the airbags and pretensioners left as theyare, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be sure tohave the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt preten-sioner removed and disposed of by a qualified serviceshop or by your Toyota dealer before you dispose of yourvehicle.

On−pavement and off−roaddriving tips

(four−wheel drive models andPreRunner)

This vehicle will handle and maneuver differently from anordinary passenger car because it is also designed foroff−road use. It has a significantly higher rollover rate thanother types of vehicles. In addition, this vehicle has ahigher ground clearance and center of gravity than that ofan ordinary passenger car. This vehicle design featurecauses this type of vehicle to be more likely to rollover.Failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in lossof control, accidents or vehicle rollover causing death orserious injury. Be sure to read “Off−road vehicleprecautions” on page 270 in Section 2 and “Off−roaddriving precautions” on page 307 in Section 3.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

x

Leak detection pump

This pump performs fuel evaporation leakage check. Thischeck is done approximately five hours after the engine isturned off. So you may hear sound coming from under-neath the deck for several minutes. It does not indicate amalfunction.

Perchlorate Material

Special handling may apply,See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Your vehicle has components that may contain perchlorate.These components may include airbag, seat belt preten-sioners, and wireless remote control batteries.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

xi

1 OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS Page1 Overview of instruments and controls 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Keys and Doors 11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Occupant restraint systems 33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Steering wheel and Mirrors 133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Lights and Wipers 141. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Gauges, Meters and Service reminder indicators 149. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Engine (ignition) switch, Transmission and Parking brake 165. . . . . . . .8 Audio system 205. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Air conditioning system 231. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Other equipment 243. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 INFORMATION BEFORE DRIVING YOUR TOYOTA 269. . . . . . . . . . .3 STARTING AND DRIVING 303. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY 323. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE 347. . . . . .6 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND CARE 355. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

1 Introduction 361. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Engine and Chassis 369. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Electrical components 387. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8 SPECIFICATIONS 399. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 FOR OWNERS 413. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 INDEX 421. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

07 11.08

Table of contents

xii

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

07 11.08

1

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSOverview of instruments and controlsInstrument panel overview 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Instrument cluster overview 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Indicator symbols on the instrument panel 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

SECTION 1−1

2

1. Side vents

2. Instrument cluster

3. Center vents

4. Glove box

5. Automatic transmission selector leveror manual transmission gear shift lever

6. Cup holders

7. Tire pressure warning reset switch

8. Auxiliary box

9. Hood lock release lever

10. Parking brake pedal(automatic transmission)

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Instrument panel overview"Bench seat

LS11001b

3

1. Side vents


3. Center vents

4. Garage door opener box or accessorymeter

5. Personal lights

6. Auxiliary boxes

7. Power door lock switches

8. Power window switches

9. Glove box

10. Automatic transmission selector lever

11. Rear console box

12. Bottle holders

13. Cup holders



16. Parking brake pedal

17. Window lock switch

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

"Separate seats with automatic transmission

LS11002c

4

1. Side vents


3. Center vents

4. Garage door opener box or accessorymeter

5. Personal lights

6. Auxiliary boxes

7. Power door lock switches

8. Power window switches

9. Glove box

10. Rear console box

11. Bottle holders

12. Cup holders

13. Manual transmission gear shift lever



16. Window lock switch

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

"Separate seats with manual transmission

LS11003b

5

1. Front fog light switch

2. Rear differential lock switch

3. Power outlet main switch

4. Instrument panel light control dial

5. Headlight and turn signal switches

6. Audio remote control switches

7. Wiper and washer switches

8. Front drive control switch knob

9. Audio system

10. Clock

11. Engine immobilizer system indicatorlight

12. Front passenger’s seat belt reminderlight

13. Front passenger occupant classificationindicator lights or passenger airbag on−off indicator lights

14. Passenger airbag off switch

15. Air conditioning controls

16. Power outlet

17. Emergency flasher switch

18. Cigarette lighter

19. Parking brake lever (manualtransmission)

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

LS11004b

6

20. Cruise control switch

21. Engine switch

22. Roll sensing of curtain shield airbagsoff switch

23. “DAC” switch or clutch start cancelswitch

24. “VSC OFF” switch

25. Power rear view mirror control switches

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

7

LS11005b

1. Tachometer

2. Speedometer

3. Odometer and two trip meters

4. Service reminder indicators andindicator lights

5. Engine coolant temperature gauge

6. Fuel gauge

7. Trip meter reset knob

8. Shift position indicator lights (automatictransmission)

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Instrument cluster overview

8

Driver’s seat belt reminder light∗1

Low engine oil pressure warning light∗1

Brake system warning light∗1

Charging system warning light∗1

Malfunction indicator lamp∗1

Anti−lock brake system warning light∗1

SRS warning light∗1

or

Front passenger’s seat belt reminder light∗1

Front passenger occupant classificationindicator light or passenger airbag on−offindicator light

Engine oil replacement reminder light∗1(for vehicles sold in U.S.A.)

Open door warning light∗1

Tire pressure warning light∗1

Automatic transmission fluid temperaturewarning light∗1 (four−wheel drive models only)

Engine immobilizer system indicator light∗1

Roll sensing of curtain shield airbags offindicator light∗5

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Indicator symbols on the instrument panel

9

∗1: For details, see “Service reminder indicators and warningbuzzers” on page 153 in Section 1−6.

∗2: If this light flashes, see “Cruise control” on page 201 inSection 1−7.

∗3: If this light flashes, see “Four−wheel drive system” on page175 in Section 1−7.

∗4: If this light flashes, see “Rear differential lock system” onpage 192 in Section 1−7.

∗5: For details, see “Roll sensing of curtain shield airbags offswitch” on page 92 in Section 1−3.

Cruise control indicator light∗2

Rear differential lock indicator light∗4

Four−wheel drive indicator light∗3

Slip indicator light

Vehicle stability control system offindicator/warning light∗1

“AUTO LSD” indicator light

Headlight high beam indicator light

Turn signal indicator lights

Tail light indicator light

Automatic transmission indicator lights(5−speed)

Automatic transmission indicator lights(4−speed)

Low speed four−wheel drive indicator light∗3

Downhill assist control system indicator light

Headlight low beam indicator light

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

10

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

11

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSKeys and DoorsKeys 12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Engine immobilizer system 15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wireless remote control 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Side doors 20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Access doors 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Power windows 24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rear window 27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tailgate 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hood 29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fuel tank cap 30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

SECTION 1−2

12

LS12001

These keys work in every lock.

Since the doors can be locked without akey, you should always carry a spare keyin case you accidentally lock your keyinside the vehicle.

LS12002

KEY NUMBER PLATE

Your key number is shown on the plate.Keep the plate in a safe place such asyour wallet, not in the vehicle.

If you should lose your keys or if youneed additional keys, duplicates can bemade by a Toyota dealer using the keynumber.

We recommend writing down the key num-ber and storing it in a safe place.

LS12039

Your vehicle is supplied with the twokinds of keys.

1. Master keys (black)—These keys workin every lock. Your Toyota dealer willneed one of them to make a new keywith a built−in transponder chip.

2. Sub key (gray)—This key works in ev-ery lock.

A transponder chip for engine immobilizersystem has been placed in the head ofthe master and sub keys. These chips areneeded to enable the system to functioncorrectly, so be careful not to lose thesekeys. If you make your own duplicate key,you will not be able to cancel the systemor start the engine.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Keys (without engineimmobilizer system)

Keys (with engineimmobilizer system)

13

Since the side doors can be locked with-out a key, you should always carry aspare key in case you accidentally lockyour keys inside the vehicle.

LS12040

NOTICE

When using a key containing a trans-ponder chip, observe the followingprecautions:

zWhen starting the engine, do notuse the key with a key ring restingon the key grip and do not pressthe key ring against the key grip.Otherwise the engine may not start,or may stop soon after it starts.

LS12041

zWhen starting the engine, do notuse the key with other transponderkeys around (including keys of oth-er vehicles) and do not press otherkey plates against the key grip.Otherwise the engine may not start,or may stop soon after it starts. Ifthis happens, remove the key onceand then insert it again after remov-ing other transponder keys (includ-ing keys of other vehicles) from thering or while gripping or coveringthem with your hand to start theengine.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

14

LS12042

z Do not bend the key grip.

z Do not cover the key grip with anymaterial that cuts off electromagnet-ic waves.

z Do not knock the key hard againstother objects.

z Do not leave the key exposed tohigh temperatures for a long period,such as on the dashboard and hoodunder direct sunlight.

z Do not put the key in water orwash it in an ultrasonic washer.

z Do not use the key with electromag-netic materials.

LS12043

KEY NUMBER PLATE

Your key number is shown on the plate.Keep the plate in a safe place such asyour wallet, not in the vehicle.

If you should lose your keys or if youneed additional keys, duplicates can bemade by a Toyota dealer using the keynumber.

We recommend writing down the key num-ber and storing it in a safe place.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

15

LS12044

The engine immobilizer system is atheft prevention system. When you in-sert the key in the engine switch, thetransponder chip in the key’s headtransmits an electronic code to the ve-hicle. The engine will start only whenthe electronic code in the chip corre-sponds to the registered ID code forthe vehicle.

Never leave the keys inside the vehiclewhen you leave the vehicle.

LS12003a

The system is automatically set when thekey is removed from the engine switch.The indicator light will start flashing toshow the system is set.

If any of the following indicator conditionsoccurs, contact your Toyota dealer.

D The indicator light stays on.

D The indicator light does not start flash-ing when the key is removed from theengine switch.

D The indicator light flashes inconsistent-ly.

Inserting the registered key in the engineswitch automatically cancels the system,which enables the engine to start. Theindicator light will go off.

The system is maintenance−free.

For your Toyota dealer to make you anew key with built−in transponder chip,your dealer will need your key numberand master key. However, there is a limitto the number of additional keys yourToyota dealer can make for you.

If you make your own duplicate key,you will not be able to cancel the sys-tem or start the engine.

NOTICE

Do not modify, remove or disas-semble the engine immobilizer sys-tem. If any unauthorized changes ormodifications are made, proper opera-tion of the system cannot be guaran-teed.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Engine immobilizer system

16

For vehicles sold in U.S.A.

FCCID:MOZRI−21BTY

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, includ-ing interference that may cause unde-sired operation.

CAUTION

Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party respon-sible for compliance could void theuser’s authority to operate the equip-ment.

For vehicles sold in Canada

This device complies with RSS−210 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interfer-ence, and (2) this device must acceptany interference, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation ofthe device.

LS12010a

1. LOCK switch

2. UNLOCK switch

3. Alarm switch

The wireless remote control system isdesigned to lock or unlock all doors oractivate the alarm from a distance with-in approximately 1 m (3 ft.) of the ve-hicle.

When you operate any switch, push itslowly and securely.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Wireless remote control—

17

The wireless remote control transmitter isan electronic component. Observe the fol-lowing instructions in order not to causedamage to the transmitter.

D Do not leave the transmitter in placeswhere the temperature becomes highsuch as on the dashboard.

D Do not disassemble it.

D Avoid knocking it hard against otherobjects or dropping it.

D Avoid putting it in water.

You can use up to 4 wireless remote con-trol transmitters for the same vehicle.Contact your Toyota dealer for detailedinformation.

If the wireless remote control transmitterdoes not actuate the doors or alarm, oroperate from a normal distance:

D Check for closeness to a radio trans-mitter such as a radio station or anairport which can interfere with normaloperation of the transmitter.

D The battery may be depleted. Checkthe battery in the transmitter. Toreplace the battery, see “—Replacingbattery” on page 19.

If you lose your transmitter, contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible toavoid the possibility of theft, or anaccident. (See “If you lose your wirelessremote control transmitter” on page 346 inSection 4.)

MODEL/FCC IDs:

Transmitter: GQ43VT20T

Receiver: GQ43VT29R

IC (Canada) IDs:

Transmitter: 1470A−1T

Receiver: 1470A−1R

MADE IN U.S.A.This complies with Part 15 of the FCCrules. Operation is subject to the follow-ing two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, includ-ing interference that may cause unde-sired operation.

LS12011b

Locking operation

LS12012b

Unlocking operation

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Locking and unlockingdoors

18

To lock and unlock all doors, push theswitches of the transmitter slowly andsecurely.

To lock: Push the “ ” (lock) switch. Allthe doors are locked simultaneously. Atthis time, the turn signal lights flash once.

Check to see that the doors are securelylocked.

If any door is not securely closed, or ifthe key is in the engine switch, locking

cannot be performed by the “ ” switch.

To unlock: Push the “ ” switch once tounlock the driver’s door alone. Pushingthe switch twice within 3 seconds unlocksall the doors simultaneously. At this time,the turn signal lights will flash twice.

When unlocking a door when all the doorsare locked, the interior light comes on.The lights remain on for about 15 secondsunless either door is opened and closed.(For further information, see “Interior light”on page 145 in Section 1−5.)

You have 30 seconds to open a door afterusing the wireless remote unlock feature.If a door is not opened by then, all thedoors will be automatically locked again.

If the “ ” or “ ” switch is kept pushed

in, the locking or unlocking operation isnot repeated. Release the switch and thenpush again.

LS12015a

Pushing the “ ” (alarm) switch blowsthe horn intermittently and flashes theheadlights, tail lights, turn signal lights,and interior light.

The “ ” switch is used to deter vehicletheft when you witness anyone attemptingto break into or damage your vehicle.

The alarm will last for one minute. To stopalarm midway, push the “ ” switch onceagain, lock or unlock a door with transmit-ter, or turn the engine switch from the“LOCK” to “ON” position.

The alarm does not work when the engineswitch is in the “ON” position.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Activating alarm

19

For replacement, use a CR2032 lithiumbattery or equivalent.

CAUTION

Special care should be taken to pre-vent small children from swallowingthe removed transmitter battery orcomponents.

NOTICE

zWhen replacing the battery, be care-ful not to lose the components.

z Replace only with the same orequivalent type recommended by aToyota dealer.

z Dispose of used batteries accordingto the local laws.

Replace the transmitter battery by follow-ing these procedures:

LS12017

1. Using a coin or equivalent, open thetransmitter case.

LS12018

2. Remove the circuit board, then removethe discharged transmitter battery.

NOTICE

z Take care not to damage the circuitboard.

z Do not bend the terminals.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Replacing battery

20

LS12019

3. Put in a new transmitter battery withpositive (+) side up. Install the circuitboard into the transmitter case.

Close the transmitter case securely.

NOTICE

zMake sure the positive side andnegative side of the transmitter bat-tery are faced correctly.

z Do not replace the battery with wethands. Water may cause unexpectedrust.

z Do not touch or move any compo-nents inside the transmitter, or itmay interfere with proper operation.

z Be careful not to bend the electrodewhen inserting the transmitter bat-tery and that dust or oils do notadhere to the transmitter case.

z Close the transmitter case securely.

After replacing the battery, check that thetransmitter operates properly. If the trans-mitter still does not operate properly, con-tact your Toyota dealer.

LS12004

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH KEY

Insert the key into the keyhole and turnit.

To lock: Turn the key forward.To unlock: Turn the key backward.

Vehicles with power door lock system—All the doors lock and unlock simulta-neously with either front door. In the driv-er’s door lock, turning the key once willunlock the driver’s door and twice in suc-cession will unlock all the door simulta-neously.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Side doors

21

Vehicles with a power door lock system—When the interior light switch is in the“DOOR” position, and all the doors areunlocked using either the key or wirelessremote control transmitter, the interior lightwill come on and remain on for about 15seconds before fading out. (For further in-formation, see “Interior light” on page 145in Section 1−5.)

LS12005

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITHINSIDE LOCK KNOB

Move the lock knob.

To lock: Push the knob forward.To unlock: Pull the knob backward.

The front doors can be opened by pullingthe inside handles even if the lock knobsare in the locked position.

CAUTION

Do not pull the inside handle of thefront doors while driving. The doorswill open and an accident may occur.Toyota strongly recommends that allchildren be placed in the rear seat ofthe vehicle.

Closing the door with the lock knob in thelock position will also lock the door. Becareful not to lock your keys in the ve-hicle.

Vehicles with power door lock system—The door will not lock if the key is left inthe engine switch when closing the frontdoors.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

22

LS12006a

Driver’s side

LS12007a

Passenger’s side

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITHPOWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH

Push the switch.

To lock: Push the switch down on thefront side.To unlock: Push the switch down on therear side.

Operating the switch simultaneously locksor unlocks all the doors.

If you do either of the following, no doorcan be unlocked with the power door lockswitch.

D Lock all the doors with the key or wire-less remote control transmitter when allthe doors are closed.

D Open the driver’s door or front passen-ger’s door and move the inside lockknobs of both front doors to the lockposition, then close the doors.

The power door lock switch can be resetin the following ways.

D Turn the engine switch to “ON”.

D Unlock all the doors with the key orwireless remote control transmitter.

D Unlock the driver’s door or front pas-senger’s door with the inside lockknob, and then unlock all the doorswith the power door lock switch.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

23

LS12008

REAR DOOR CHILD−PROTECTORS(double cab models only)

Move the lock lever to the “LOCK”position as shown on the label.

When the child−protector is locked, youcannot open the rear door by the insidedoor handle. We recommend using thisfeature whenever small children are in thevehicle.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure that the doorsare closed and locked, especiallywhen small children are in the ve-hicle. Along with the proper use ofseat belts, locking the doors helpsprevent the driver and passengersfrom being thrown out from the ve-hicle in an accident. It also helps pre-vent the doors from being openedunintentionally.

LS12009a

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Access doors(access cab models)

24

For easy access to the rear seat, openthe access door (rear door).

To open: First, open the front door widely.Then pull (from the outside) or push (fromthe inside) the inside handle of the accessdoor.

If you try to open the front and rear doorssimultaneously, they will not open.

To close: First, close the access doorcompletely. Then close the front door.

You can open and close the access dooronly when the front door is widely opened.

NOTICE

The front door and access door couldbe damaged if they hit each otherwhen being opened or closed. Besure to follow the above instructions.

LS12020

Access cab models

LS12021

Double cab models

The windows can be operated with theswitch on either front door (access cabmodels)/each door (double cab models).

The power windows work when the engineswitch is in the “ON” position.

Key off operation: If both front doors areclosed, they work for 43 seconds evenafter the engine switch is turned off. Theystop working when either front door isopened.

The indicator light (“AUTO”) on the switchtells you the switch can be operated.

OPERATING THE DRIVER’S WINDOW

Use the switch on the driver’s door.

Normal operation: The window moves aslong as you hold the switch.

To open: Lightly push down the switch.To close: Pull up the switch.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Power windows

25

LS12022

Access cab models

LS12023

Double cab models

Automatic operation (to open only):Push the switch completely down and thenrelease it. The window will fully open. Tostop the window partway, lightly pull theswitch up and then release it.

LS12024

Access cab models

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

26

LS12025

Double cab models

LS12026

Window lock switch

Driver’s door switch (access cab models)

LS12027

Windowlockswitch

Driver’s door switches (double cab mod-els)

OPERATING THE PASSENGERS’WINDOW

Use the switches on the passenger’sdoor (access cab models)/passengers’doors (double cab models) or theswitch on the driver’s door that con-trols each passenger’s window.

The window moves as long as you holdthe switch.

To open: Push down the switch.To close: Pull up the switch.

If you push in the window lock switch onthe driver’s door, the passenger’s (accesscab models)/ passengers’ (double cabmodels) window cannot be operated.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

27

CAUTION

To avoid death or serious injury, youmust do the following.

D Before you close the power win-dows, always make sure there isnobody around the power windows.You must also make sure theheads, hands and other parts of thebodies of all occupants are keptcompletely inside the vehicle. Ifsomeone’s neck, head or hands getcaught in a closing window, itcould result in death or serious in-jury. When anyone closes the powerwindows, make sure he or she op-erates the windows safely.

D When small children are in the ve-hicle, never let them use the powerwindow switches without supervi-sion. Use the window lock switch toprevent them from making unex-pected use of the switches.

D Be sure to remove the key whenyou leave your vehicle.

D Never leave anyone (particularly asmall child) alone in your vehicle,especially with the key still in-serted. Otherwise, he/she could usethe power window switches and gettrapped in a window. Unattendedperson (particularly a small child)can be involved in a serious acci-dent.

LS12028a

To open the rear window, push the le-ver and slide the window.

After closing the window, make sure it iscompletely closed.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Rear window

28

LS12029

To open the tailgate, pull the handle up.

The support cables will hold the tailgatehorizontal.

See “—Stowage precautions” on page 300in Section 2 for precautions when loadingluggage.

After closing the tailgate, try pulling it to-ward you to make sure it is securelylocked.

NOTICE

Avoid driving with the tailgate open.

LS12030

Support cable bracket

REMOVAL

1. Open the tailgate to the angle whereyou can release the brackets on thesupport cables from the lugs onboth sides.

To release the support cable bracket, liftit up and slide it off.

LS12031

2. Tilt the tailgate to about 30° fromvertical and pull up the right side ofthe tailgate to unhook the right side.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Tailgate

29

LS12032

3. Slide the tailgate a little to the rightto unhook the left side.

To attach the tailgate, follow the removalprocedure in reverse order.

After closing the tailgate, try pulling it to-ward you to make sure it is securelyclosed.

We recommend you keep the tailgateclosed when not in use.

NOTICE

Make sure the support brackets aresecurely latched on both side panelswhen installing the tailgate.

LS12033

To open the hood:

1. Pull the hood lock release lever. Thehood will spring up slightly.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure that the hoodis securely closed and locked. Other-wise, the hood may open unexpected-ly while driving and an accident mayoccur.

LS12034a

2. Pull up the auxiliary catch leverinside the engine compartment, andlift the hood. (by inserting yourfinger through either the openingbetween the hood and grille orthrough the grille.)

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Hood

30

LS12035

3. Hold the hood open by inserting thesupport rod into the slot.

Before closing the hood, check to see thatyou have not forgotten any tools, rags,etc. and return the support rod to itsclip—this prevents rattles. Then lower thehood and make sure it locks into place.If necessary, press down gently on thefront edge to lock it.

CAUTION

After inserting the support rod intothe slot, make sure the rod supportsthe hood securely to prevent injurydue to unexpected, sudden hood clo-sure. LS12036

This indicates that the fuel filler dooris on the left side of your vehicle.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Fuel tank cap

31

LS12037

1. To open the fuel filler door, pull thedoor toward out as shown.

When refueling, turn off the engine.

CAUTION

D Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-low open flames when refueling.The fumes are flammable.

D When opening the cap, do not re-move the cap quickly. In hot weath-er, fuel under pressure could causeinjury by spraying out of the fillerneck if the cap is suddenly re-moved.

D Do not fill a fuel container in thebed under any circumstances. Astatic electricity charge could causea spark and fire hazard. The properprocedure is to place an approvedfuel container on the ground awayfrom the truck for filling. LS12038b

2. To remove the fuel tank cap, turnthe cap counterclockwise by 90 de-grees (to the pressure point 1), andthen turn it an additional 30 degrees(to point 2). Pause slightly beforeremoving it.

It is not unusual to hear a slight swooshwhen the cap is opened.

When installing the cap, turn the capclockwise until you hear a click. Whenyou hear the click, the cap is fullyclosed.

If the cap is not tightened securely, themalfunction indicator lamp comes on.Make sure the cap is tightened securely.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

32

The indicator lamp goes off after drivingseveral times. If the indicator lamp doesnot go off, contact your Toyota dealer assoon as possible.

CAUTION

D Make sure the cap is installed se-curely to prevent fuel spillage inthe event of an accident.

D Use only a genuine Toyota fuel tankcap for replacement. It is designedto regulate fuel tank pressure.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the cap, applyforce only in the turning direction tothe cap. Do not pull or pry it.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

33

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSOccupant restraint systemsSeats 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Front seats 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Flip−over jump seats 40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Folding rear seats 40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Head restraints 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Seat belts 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SRS driver airbag and front passenger airbag 53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Passenger airbag off switch 70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SRS side airbags and curtain shield airbags 72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Front passenger occupant classification system 82. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Roll sensing of curtain shield airbags off switch 92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Child restraint 93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

SECTION 1−3

34

While the vehicle is being driven, all ve-hicle occupants should have the seatbackupright, sit well back in the seat and prop-erly wear the seat belts provided.

CAUTION

D Do not drive the vehicle unless theoccupants are properly seated. Donot allow any passengers to sit ontop of a folded−down seatback, orin the luggage compartment or car-go area. Persons not properlyseated and/or not properly re-strained by seat belts can be killedor severely injured in the event ofemergency braking or a collision.

D During driving, do not allow anypassengers to stand up or movearound between seats. Otherwise,death or severe injuries can occurin the event of emergency brakingor a collision.

Driver seat

CAUTION

The SRS driver airbag deploys withconsiderable force, and can causedeath or serious injury especially ifthe driver is very close to the airbag.The National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (“NHTSA”) advises:

Since the risk zone for driver airbagis the first 50—75 mm (2—3 in.) ofinflation, placing yourself 250 mm (10in.) from your driver airbag providesyou with a clear margin of safety.This distance is measured from thecenter of the steering wheel to yourbreastbone. If you sit less than 250mm (10 in.) away now, you canchange your driving position in sever-al ways:

D Move your seat to the rear as faras you can while still reaching thepedals comfortably.

D Slightly recline the back of theseat. Although vehicle designs vary,many drivers can achieve the 250mm (10 in.) distance, even with thedriver seat all the way forward, sim-ply by reclining the back of theseat somewhat. If reclining the backof your seat makes it hard to seethe road, raise yourself by using afirm, non−slippery cushion, or raisethe seat if your vehicle has thatfeature.

D If your steering wheel is adjustable,tilt it downward. This points the air-bag toward your chest instead ofyour head and neck.

The seat should be adjusted as rec-ommended by NHTSA above, whilestill maintaining control of the footpedals, steering wheel, and your viewof the instrument panel controls.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

SeatsFront seats——Front seat precautions

35

Front passenger seats

CAUTION

D The SRS front passenger airbagalso deploys with considerableforce, and can cause death or seri-ous injury especially if the frontpassenger is very close to the air-bag. The front passenger seatshould be as far from the airbag aspossible with the seatback adjusted,so the front passenger sits upright.

D Bench seat only—Do not use seataccessory, such as a cushion orseat cover, that covers the frontseat, or do not modify or replacethe upholstery of the front seat.Such accessories or changes mayprevent the front passenger airbagsystem from activating correctly,disable the system or cause thefront passenger airbag to inflate ac-cidentally, resulting in death or seri-ous injury.

Front seats (with SRS side airbags)

CAUTION

The SRS side airbags are installed inthe driver and front passenger seats.Observe the following precautions.

D Do not lean against the front doorwhen the vehicle is in use, sincethe side airbag inflates with consid-erable speed and force. Otherwise,you may be killed or seriously in-jured.

D Do not use seat accessories whichcover the area where the side air-bags inflate. Such accessories mayprevent the side airbags from acti-vating correctly, causing death orserious injury.

D Do not modify or replace the seatsor upholstery of the seats with sideairbags. Such change may preventthe side airbag system from activat-ing correctly, disable the system, orcause the side airbags to inflate ac-cidentally, resulting in death or seri-ous injury.

CAUTION

D Do not adjust the seat while thevehicle is moving as the seat mayunexpectedly move and cause thedriver to lose control of the vehicle.

D Be careful that the seat does nothit a passenger or luggage.

D After adjusting the seat position, re-lease the lever and try sliding theseat forward and backward to makesure it is locked in position.

D After adjusting the seatback, pushyour body back against the seat tomake sure the seat is locked inposition.

D Do not put objects under the seats.Otherwise, the objects may interferewith the seat−lock mechanism orunexpectedly push up the seat posi-tion adjusting lever and the seatmay suddenly move, causing thedriver to lose control of the vehicle.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Seat adjustmentprecautions

36

D While adjusting the seat, do not putyour hands under the seat or nearthe moving parts. Otherwise, yourhands or fingers may be caught andinjured.

LS13143

Separate seats

LS13144a

Bench seat

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Adjusting front seats

37

1. SEAT POSITION ADJUSTING LEVER

Pull the lever up. Then slide the seatto the desired position with slightbody pressure and release the lever.

2. DRIVER’S SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORTADJUSTING KNOB (on some models)

Turn the knob either way.

3. SEATBACK ANGLE ADJUSTINGLEVER

Lean forward and pull the lever up.Then lean back to the desired angleand release the lever.

CAUTION

Avoid reclining the seatback anymore than needed. The seat belts pro-vide maximum protection in a frontalor rear collision when the driver andthe front passenger are sitting upstraight and well back in the seats. Ifyou are reclined, the lap belt mayslide past your hips and apply re-straint forces directly to the abdomenor your neck may contact the shoul-der belt. In the event of a frontalcollision, the more the seat is re-clined, the greater the risk of deathor serious injury.

LS13145

For easy access to the rear seat:

1. Lift the seatback angle adjusting leveror press the pedal behind the seat-back.

The seat will slide forward.

2. Move the seat to the front−most posi-tion.

After passengers are in, lift up the seat-back and return the seat until it locks.

CAUTION

D After putting back the seat, trypushing the seat forward and rear-ward to make sure it is secured inplace.

D Never allow anyone to rest theirfoot on the press pedal while thevehicle is moving.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Moving passenger’s seat forrear seat entry(access cab models)

38

LS13146

Pull the seatback lock release lever andfold down the seatback.

Hold the lever until you have swung theseatback forward slightly.

CAUTION

When returning the seatback to theupright position, observe the follow-ing precautions in order to preventdeath or serious injury in a collisionor sudden stop:

D Make sure the seatback is securelylocked by pushing forward and rear-ward on the top of the seatback.Failure to do so will prevent theseat belt from operating properly.

D Make sure the seat belts are nottwisted or caught in the seatbackand are arranged in their properposition and are ready to use.

LS13154

1. Pull the seatback angle adjusting le-ver and raise the seatback to its up-right position.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Folding seatback(bench seat only)

—Folding front passenger’sseat (on some models)

39

LS13155

2. Pull the seatback folding lever andfold the seatback down.

LS13156

You should use the seatback as a tempo-rary table only when the vehicle isstopped.

CAUTION

To avoid death or serious injury:

D Do not set up the seatback tablewhile the vehicle is moving.

D Do not sit on the folded seatback.

D Make sure the front passenger’sseat is securely locked in slidingposition when you set the seat asa temporary table.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the seat, avoidputting heavy loads on the temporarytable.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

40

LS13147

To flip over the bottom cushion, pullthe lock release strap.


CAUTION

When returning the bottom cushion toits original position, make sure theseat belts are not twisted or caughtunder the bottom cushion and are ar-ranged in their proper position andare ready to use.

LS13148a

BEFORE FOLDING REAR SEATS

1. Stow the rear seat belt buckles asshown in the illustration.

This prevents the seat belt buckles fromfalling out when you fold the seatback.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the seat beltbuckles, the seat belt buckles mustbe stowed before you fold the seat-back.

LS13183

2. Make sure the shoulder belt passesthrough the hanger when folding therear seat.

This prevents the shoulder belt from beingdamaged.

CAUTION

The seat belt must be removed fromthe hanger when the seat belt is inuse.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Flip−over jump seats (accesscab models)

Folding rear seats (doublecab models)

41

LS13150b

FOLDING REAR SEATS

1. Swing the bottom cushion up bypulling the lock release strap, andremove the head restraint.

If desired, each bottom cushion may beraised separately.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the box underthe seat, do not sit on the box whenthe bottom cushion is in the raisedposition.

LS13151

2. Attach the head restraints to theholders located on the back sides ofthe bottom cushions.

LS13152a

3. Fold down the seatback by pullingthe lock release strap.

If desired, each seatback can be foldeddown separately.

CAUTION

To avoid death or serious injury, donot sit on or place anything on thefolded seatback while the vehicle ismoving.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

42

CAUTION

When returning seats to their originalposition, observe the following pre-cautions in order to prevent death orserious injury in a collision or sud-den stop:

D Make sure the seatback is securelylocked by pushing forward and rear-ward on the top of the seatback.Failure to do so will prevent theseat belt from operating properly.

D Make sure the seat belts are nottwisted or caught in the seatbackand are arranged in their properposition and are ready to use.

D Make sure the bottom cushion issecurely locked by trying to pull upthe edge of the cushion near thelock release straps.

LS13157

Front (separate seats)

LS13158a

Front (bench seat)

LS13159b

Rear (double cab models)

For your safety and comfort, adjust thehead restraint before driving.

To raise: Pull it up.To lower: Push it down while pressing thelock release button.

Rear center head restraint (double cabmodels) and front center head restraint(bench seat)—When an occupant sits onthe center position of the rear seats(double cab models) or the front seats(bench seat), always pull up the centerhead restraint to the lock position.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Head restraints

43

The head restraint is most effective whenit is close to your head. Therefore, usinga cushion on the seatback is not recom-mended.

CAUTION

D Adjust the center of the head re-straint so that it is closest to thetop of your ears.

D After adjusting the head restraint,make sure it is locked in position.

D Do not drive with the head re-straints removed.

Toyota strongly urges that the driver andpassengers in the vehicle be properly re-strained at all times with the seat beltsprovided. Failure to do so could increasethe chance of injury and/or the severity ofinjury in accidents.

The seat belts provided for your vehicleare designed for people of adult size,large enough to properly wear them.

Child. Use a child restraint system ap-propriate for the child until the child be-comes large enough to properly wear thevehicle’s seat belts. See “Child restraint”on page 93 in this Section for details.

REGULAR CAB MODELS—If a child is too large for a child restraintsystem, the child should sit in the seatand must be restrained using the vehicle’sseat belt.

ACCESS CAB and DOUBLE CAB MOD-ELS—If a child is too large for a child restraintsystem, the child should sit in the rearseat and must be restrained using thevehicle’s seat belt. According to accidentstatistics, the child is safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seat than in thefront seat.

If a child must sit in the front seat, theseat belts should be worn properly. If anaccident occurs and the seat belts are notworn properly, the force of the rapid infla-tion of the airbag may cause death orserious injury to the child.

Do not allow any children to stand up orkneel on either rear or front seats. Anunrestrained child could suffer serious in-jury or death during emergency braking ora collision. Also, do not let the child siton your lap. Holding a child in your armsdoes not provide sufficient restraint.

Small−framed person or youth in a seatbelt. On models with a bench seat, havea small−framed person or youth sit slightlycloser to the center of the vehicle (so theshoulder belt does not cross over theneck). On models with separate seats,move the seat fully backward.

Pregnant woman. Toyota recommends theuse of a seat belt. Ask your doctor forspecific recommendations. The lap beltshould be worn securely and as low aspossible over the hips and not on thewaist.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Seat belts——Seat belt precautions

44

Injured person. Toyota recommends theuse of a seat belt. Depending on the inju-ry, first check with your doctor for specificrecommendations

CAUTION

Persons should ride in their seatsproperly wearing their seat beltswhenever the vehicle is moving.Otherwise, they are much more likelyto suffer serious bodily injury ordeath in the event of sudden brakingor a collision.

When using the seat belts, observethe following:

D Use the belt for only one person ata time. Do not use a single belt fortwo or more people—even children.

D Avoid reclining the seatback anymore than needed. The seat beltsprovide maximum protection in afrontal or rear collision when thedriver and the front passenger aresitting up straight and well back inthe seats. If you are reclined, thelap belt may slide past your hipsand apply restraint forces directlyto the abdomen or your neck maycontact the shoulder belt. In theevent of a frontal collision, themore the seat is reclined, the great-er the risk of death or serious inju-ry.

D Be careful not to damage the beltwebbing or hardware. Take care thatthey do not get caught or pinchedin the seat or side doors.

D Inspect the belt system periodically.Check for cuts, fraying, and looseparts. Damaged parts should be re-placed. Do not disassemble ormodify the system.

D Keep the belts clean and dry. Ifthey need cleaning, use a mild soapsolution or lukewarm water. Neveruse bleach, dye, or abrasive clean-ers, or allow them to come intocontact with the belts—they mayseverely weaken the belts. (See“Cleaning the interior” on page 351in Section 5.)

D Replace the belt assembly (includ-ing bolts) if it has been used in asevere impact. The entire assemblyshould be replaced even if damageis not obvious.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

45

LS13087Tab

Buckle

Adjust the seat as needed and sit upstraight and well back in the seat. Tofasten your belt, pull it out of the re-tractor and insert the tab into thebuckle.

You will hear a click when the tab locksinto the buckle.

The seat belt length automatically adjuststo your size and the seat position.

The retractor will lock the belt during asudden stop or on impact. It also maylock if you lean forward too quickly. Aslow, easy motion will allow the belt toextend, and you can move around freely.

When a passenger’s shoulder belt is com-pletely extended and is then retractedeven slightly, the belt is locked in thatposition and cannot be extended. This fea-ture is used to hold the child restraintsystem securely. (For details, see “Childrestraint” on page 93 in this Section.) Tofree the belt again, fully retract the beltand then pull the belt out once more.

If the seat belt cannot be pulled out of theretractor, firmly pull the belt and releaseit. You will then be able to smoothly pullthe belt out of the retractor.

CAUTION

D After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the belt is not twisted.

D Do not insert coins, clips, etc. inthe buckle as this may prevent youfrom properly latching the tab andbuckle.

D If the seat belt does not functionnormally, immediately contact yourToyota dealer. Do not use the seatuntil the seat belt is fixed, becauseit cannot protect an adult occupantor your child from death or seriousinjury.

LS13088

Take upslack

Too high

Keep as low onhips as possible

Adjust the position of the lap andshoulder belts.

Position the lap belt as low as possibleon your hips—not on your waist, then ad-just it to a snug fit by pulling the shoulderportion upward through the latch plate.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Fastening front and rearseat belts

46

CAUTION

D Both high−positioned lap belts andloose−fitting belts could causedeath or serious injuries due tosliding under the lap belt during acollision or other unintended event.Keep the lap belt positioned as lowon hips as possible.

D Do not place the shoulder belt un-der your arm.

LS13089

Seat belts with an adjustable shoulderanchor—

Adjust the shoulder anchor position toyour size.

To raise: Slide the anchor up.To lower: Push in the lock release buttonand slide the anchor down.

After adjustment, make sure the anchor islocked in position.

CAUTION

Always make sure the shoulder beltis positioned across the center ofyour shoulder. The belt should bekept away from your neck, but notfalling off your shoulder. Failure todo so could reduce the amount ofprotection in an accident and causedeath or serious injuries in a colli-sion.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

47

LS13090

To release the belt, press the bucklerelease button and allow the belt toretract.

If the belt does not retract smoothly, pullit out and check for kinks or twists. Thenmake sure it remains untwisted as it re-tracts.

LS13109

CENTER SEAT BELT OF THE BENCHSEAT

Make sure the shoulder belt passthrough the guide when using the cen-ter seat belt.

LS13091a

The buckles can be fixed when not inuse.

When taking out the buckle from the hold-er, pull on the belt webbing to remove thebuckle from the lower portion.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Stowing the rear seat beltbuckles (access cab models)

48

If your seat belts cannot be fastened se-curely because they are not long enough,a personalized seat belt extender is avail-able from your Toyota dealer free ofcharge.

Please contact your local Toyota dealer sothat the dealer can order the proper re-quired length for the extender. Bring theheaviest coat you expect to wear for prop-er measurement and selection of length.Additional ordering information is availableat your Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

When using the seat belt extender,observe the following precautions.Failure to follow these instructionscould reduce the effectiveness of theseat belt restraint system in case ofan accident, increasing the chance ofdeath or serious injury.

D Remember that the extender pro-vided for you may not be safe whenused on a different vehicle, foranother person, or at a differentseating position than the one origi-nally intended.

LS13097

D If the seat belt extender has beenconnected to the driver’s seat beltbuckle without the driver actuallywearing the seat belt, the SRS driv-er’s airbag system will judge thatthe driver is wearing it. In thiscase, the driver’s airbag may notactivate correctly, causing death orserious injury in the event of colli-sion. Be sure to wear the seat beltwith the seat belt extender.

D Make sure the front passenger oc-cupant classification indicator lightindicates “ON” when using the seatbelt extender for the front passen-ger seat. If the indicator light indi-cates “OFF”, disconnect the extend-er tongue from the seat belt buckle,then reconnect the seat belt. Recon-nect the seat belt extender aftermaking sure the indicator light indi-cates “ON”. If you use the seat beltextender while the indicator lightindicates “OFF”, the front passen-ger airbag and side airbag on thefront passenger side may not acti-vate correctly, which could causedeath or serious injury in the eventof collision.

D Do not use the seat belt extenderif it is not absolutely necessary.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Seat belt extender

49

D Do not use the seat belt extenderwhen installing a child restraintsystem on the front or rear passen-ger seat. If installing a child re-straint system with the seat belt ex-tender connected to the seat belt,the seat belt will not securely holdthe child restraint system, whichcould cause death or serious injuryto the child or other passengers inthe event of collision.

LS13092

To connect the extender to the seatbelt, insert the tab into the seat beltbuckle so that the “PRESS” signs onthe buckle release buttons of the ex-tender and the seat belt are both facingoutward as shown.

You will hear a click when the tab locksinto the buckle.

When releasing the seat belt, press onthe buckle release button on the extender,not on the seat belt. This helps preventdamage to the vehicle interior and extend-er itself.

As far as the seat belt extender on thefront passenger side is concerned, do notfail to disconnect the extender from theseat belt after the above operation in or-der to activate the front passenger airbagcorrectly when getting into the vehiclenext time.

When not in use, remove the extenderand store in the vehicle for future use.

CAUTION

D After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the lap and shoulder portionsof the belt and the seat belt extend-er are not twisted.

D Do not insert coins, clips, etc. inthe buckle as this may prevent youfrom properly latching the tab andbuckle.

D If the seat belt does not functionnormally, immediately contact yourToyota dealer. Do not use the seatuntil the seat belt is fixed, becauseit cannot protect an adult occupantor your child from death or seriousinjury.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

50

LS13098

The driver and front passenger seatbelt pretensioners are designed to beactivated in response to a severe fron-tal impact. On vehicles equipped withcurtain shield airbags, the pretensionersare also activated during vehicle rollover.

When the sensor detects a severe frontalimpact or a vehicle roll over, the frontseat belts are quickly drawn back by theretractors so that the belts snugly restrainthe occupants.

The front passenger’s seat belt pretension-er will not activate if no passenger isdetected in the front passenger seat bythe front passenger occupant classificationsystem. However, the front passenger’sseat belt pretensioner may activate if lug-gage is put on the seat, or the seat beltis buckled up regardless of the presenceof an occupant in the seat. (As for thefront passenger occupant classificationsystem, see “Front passenger occupantclassification system” on page 82 in thisSection.)

The seat belt pretensioners and SRS air-bags may not operate together in all colli-sions.

LS13193

The seat belt pretensioners will not oper-ate in a vehicle rollover if the “RSCAOFF” indicator light is on. For details, see“Roll sensing of curtain shield airbags offswitch” on page 92 in this Section.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Seat belt pretensioners

51

LS13188c

Bench seat

LS13103c

Separate seats

The seat belt pretensioner system con-sists mainly of the following componentsand their locations are shown in the il-lustration.

1. Front airbag sensors

2. SRS warning light

3. Front passenger occupant classificationindicator light or passenger airbag on−off indicator light

4. Front passenger occupant classificationECU

5. Pressure sensor

6. Load sensor

7. Belt tension sensor

8. Front passenger’s seat belt buckleswitch

9. Seat belt pretensioner assemblies

10. Airbag sensor assembly

The seat belt pretensioners are controlledby the airbag sensor assembly. The airbagsensor assembly consists of a safing sen-sor and airbag sensor.

When the seat belt pretensioners are acti-vated, an operating noise may be heardand a small amount of non−toxic gas maybe released. This does not indicate thata fire is occurring. This gas is normallyharmless.

Once the seat belt pretensioners havebeen activated, the seat belt retractorsremain locked.

CAUTION

Do not modify, remove, strike or openthe seat belt pretensioner assemblies,airbag sensor or surrounding area orwiring. Failure to follow these instruc-tions may prevent the seat belt pre-tensioners from activating correctly,cause sudden operation of the systemor disable the system, which couldresult in death or serious injury. Con-sult your Toyota dealer about any re-pair and modification.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

52

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the followingchanges without consulting yourToyota dealer. Such changes caninterfere with proper operation of theseat belt pretensioners in somecases.

z Installation of electronic devicessuch as a mobile two−way radio,cassette tape player or compactdisc player

z Repairs on or near the front seatbelt pretensioner assemblies

zModification of the suspension sys-tem

zModification of the front end struc-ture

z Attachment of a grille guard (bullbar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,winches or any other equipment tothe front end

z Repairs made on or near the frontfenders, front end structure or con-sole

LS13104

This indicator comes on when the en-gine switch is turned to the “ON” posi-tion. It goes off after about 6 seconds.This means the seat belt pretensionersare operating properly.

This warning light system monitors theairbag sensor assembly, front airbagsensors, side and curtain shield airbagsensors, curtain shield airbag sensors,driver’s seat position sensor, driver’s seatbelt buckle switch, front passengeroccupant classification system∗ andindicator light, passenger airbag off switch,seat belt pretensioner assemblies,inflators, “RSCA OFF” indicator light,interconnecting wiring and power sources.(For details, see “Service reminderindicators and warning buzzers” on page153 in Section 1−6.)∗: The front passenger occupant classifica-tion system includes the front passengeroccupant classification ECU, pressure sen-sor, load sensor, front passenger’s seatbelt buckle switch, front passenger’s seatposition sensor and belt tension sensor.

If any of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunction of the airbagsor seat belt pretensioners. Contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible.

D The light does not come on when theengine switch is turned to the “ON”position or remains on for more than6 seconds.

D The light comes on while driving.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

53

D If any seat belt does not retract or cannot be pulled out due to a malfunctionor activation of the relevant seat beltpretensioner.

D The seat belt pretensioner assembly orsurrounding area has been damaged. LS13106

In the following cases, contact your Toyotadealer as soon as possible:

D The front of the vehicle (shaded in theillustration) was involved in an accidentthat was not severe enough to causethe seat belt pretensioners to operate.

D Either seat belt pretensioner assemblyor surrounding area is scratched,cracked, or otherwise damaged.

LS13117

The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-tem) front airbags are designed to pro-vide further protection for the driverand front passenger in addition to theprimary safety protection provided bythe seat belts.

Your vehicle is equipped with “ADVANCEDAIRBAGS” designed based on US motorvehicle safety standards (FMVSS208). Theairbag system controls airbag deploymentpower for the driver and front passenger.The driver airbag system consists of thedriver seat’s position sensor etc. The frontpassenger’s airbag system consists of thefront passenger occupant classificationsensor etc.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

SRS driver airbag and frontpassenger airbag (regular cabmodels with separate seats andaccess cab models)

54

In response to a severe frontal impact,the SRS front airbags work with the seatbelts to help reduce injury by inflating.The SRS front airbags help reduce injuriesmainly to the driver’s or front passenger’shead or chest caused by hitting the ve-hicle interior.

The SRS front passenger airbag will notactivate if there is no passenger sitting inthe front passenger seat. However, thefront passenger airbag may deploy if lug-gage is put in the seat. (As for the frontpassenger occupant classification system,see “Front passenger occupant classifica-tion system” on page 82 in this Section.)

Always wear your seat belt properly.

CAUTION

D The SRS front airbag system is de-signed only as a supplement to theprimary protection of the driver andfront passenger seat belt systems.The driver and front passenger canbe killed or seriously injured by theinflating airbags if they do not wearthe available seat belts properly.During sudden braking just beforea collision, an unrestrained driveror front passenger can move for-ward into direct contact with orclose proximity to the airbag whichmay then deploy during the colli-sion. To ensure maximum protectionin an accident, the driver and allpassengers in the vehicle mustwear their seat belts properly. Wear-ing a seat belt properly during anaccident reduces the chances ofdeath or serious injury or beingthrown out of the vehicle. For in-structions and precautions concern-ing the seat belt system, see “Seatbelts” on page 43 in this Section.

D Improperly seated and/or restrainedinfants and children can be killedor seriously injured by thedeploying airbags. An infant orchild who is too small to use a seatbelt should be properly securedusing a child restraint system. Asto access cab models, Toyotastrongly recommends that allinfants and children be placed inthe rear seat of the vehicle andproperly restrained. The rear seat isthe safest for infants and children.For instructions concerning theinstallation of a child restraintsystem, see “Child restraint” onpage 93 in this Section.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

55

LS13141a

Indicator light

The passenger airbag system isequipped with a off switch and indica-tor light. Turning the passenger airbagoff switch clockwise to the “AUTO”position makes the front passenger air-bag system operational. To disable thefront passenger airbag system, turn theoff switch counterclockwise to the“OFF” position and remove the key. The“OFF” indicator light will come onwhen the front passenger airbag systemhas been disabled.

See “Passenger airbag off switch” on page70 in this Section for detail.

CAUTION

D Do not turn off the passenger air-bag off switch except when a mem-ber of a passenger risk group iden-tified in TABLE 1 is occupying thefront passenger seating position.

D When the passenger airbag offswitch is turned off, the front pas-senger airbag will not inflate in acollision and turning off the frontpassenger airbag can reduce theoccupant protection which your ve-hicle safety systems can provide toyou in certain accidents and in-crease the likelihood of death orserious injuries.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

56

The SRS front airbags are designed todeploy in severe (usually frontal) colli-sions where the magnitude and durationof the forward deceleration of the ve-hicle exceeds the designed thresholdlevel.

The SRS front airbags will deploy if theseverity of the impact is above the de-signed threshold level, comparable to anapproximate 25 km/h (15 mph) collisionwhen the vehicle has the impact straightinto a fixed barrier that does not move ordeform.

However, this threshold velocity will beconsiderably higher if the vehicle strikesan object, such as a parked vehicle orsign pole, which can move or deform onimpact, or if the vehicle is involved in anunderride collision (e.g. a collision inwhich the front of the vehicle “underrides”,or goes under, the bed of a truck, etc.).

It is possible that in some collisionswhere the forward deceleration of the ve-hicle is very close to the designed thresh-old level, the SRS front airbags and seatbelt pretensioners may not activate togeth-er.

Always wear your seat belts properly.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

TABLE 1: A PASSENGER RISK GROUP

Infant. An infant (less than 1 year old) who must ride in the front seat because:

D Vehicle has no rear seat;

D Vehicle has a rear seat too small to accommodate a rear−facing infant seat;or

D The infant has a medical condition which, according to the infant’s physician,makes it necessary for the infant to ride in the front seat so that the drivercan constantly monitor the child’s condition.

Child age 1 to 12. A child age 1 to 12 must ride in the front seat because:

D Vehicle has no rear seat:

D Although children ages 1 to 12 ride in the rear seat(s) whenever possible,children ages 1 to 12 sometimes must ride in the front because no space isavailable in the rear seat(s) of vehicle; or

D The child has a medical condition which, according to the child’s physician,makes it necessary for the child to ride in the front seat so that the driver canconstantly monitor the child’s condition.

Medical condition. A passenger has a medical condition which according to hisor her physician:

D Causes the passenger airbag to pose a special risk for the passenger: and

D Makes the potential harm from the passenger airbag in a crash greater than thepotential harm from turning off the airbag and allowing the passenger, even ifbelted, to hit the dashboard, or windshield in a crash.

For more detailed information concerning about the passenger risk group, pleasecontact NHTSA at 1−888−327−4236 or Transport Canada at 1−800−333−0371.

57

LS13118Collision from the rear

Collision from the side Vehicle rollover

The SRS front airbags are not generallydesigned to inflate if the vehicle is in-volved in a side or rear collision, if itrolls over, or if it is involved in a low−speed frontal collision. But, whenever acollision of any type causes sufficientforward deceleration of the vehicle, de-ployment of the SRS front airbags mayoccur.

LS13119Hitting a curb,edge of pavementor hard surface

Landing hard or vehicle falling

Falling into orjumping over adeep hole

The SRS front airbags may also deployif a serious impact occurs to the under-side of your vehicle. Some examplesare shown in the illustration.

LS13120e

The SRS front airbag system consistsmainly of the following components, andtheir locations are shown in the illustra-tion.


2. Passenger airbag on−off indicator light

3. Passenger airbag off switch

4. Airbag module for front passenger(airbag and inflator)


6. Load sensor


8. Driver’s seat belt buckle switch

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

58

9. Driver’s seat position sensor


11. Airbag module for driver(airbag and inflator)


The airbag sensor assembly consists of asafing sensor and airbag sensor.

The airbag sensors constantly monitor theforward deceleration of the vehicle. If animpact results in a forward decelerationbeyond the designed threshold level, thesystem triggers the airbag inflators. At thistime a chemical reaction in the inflatorsvery quickly fills the airbags with non−tox-ic gas to help restrain the forward motionof the occupants. The front airbags thenquickly deflate, so that there is no ob-struction of the driver’s vision should it benecessary to continue driving.

When the airbags inflate, they produce aloud noise and release some smoke andresidue along with non−toxic gas. Thisdoes not indicate a fire. This smoke mayremain inside the vehicle for some time,and may cause some minor irritation tothe eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure towash off any residue as soon as possibleto prevent any potential skin irritation withsoap and water. If you can safely exitfrom the vehicle, you should do so imme-diately.

Deployment of the airbags happens in afraction of a second, so the airbags mustinflate with considerable force. While thesystem is designed to reduce serious inju-ries, primarily to the head and chest, itmay also cause other, less severe injuriesto the face, chest, arms and hands. Theseare usually in the nature of minor burnsor abrasions and swelling, but the force ofa deploying airbag can cause more seri-ous injuries, especially if an occupant’shands, arms, chest or head is in closeproximity to the airbag module at the timeof deployment. This is why it is importantfor the occupant to: avoid placing anyobject or part of the body between theoccupant and the airbag module; sitstraight and well back into the seat; wearthe available seat belt properly; and sit asfar as possible from the airbag module,while still maintaining control of the ve-hicle.

Parts of the airbag module (steering wheelhub, airbag cover and inflator) may be hotfor several minutes after deployment, sodo not touch! The airbags inflate onlyonce. The windshield may be damaged byabsorbing some of the force of the inflat-ing airbag.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

59

CAUTION

The driver or front passenger who istoo close to the steering wheel ordashboard during airbag deploymentcan be killed or seriously injured.Toyota strongly recommends that:

D The driver sit as far back as pos-sible from the steering wheel whilestill maintaining control of the ve-hicle.

D The front passenger sit as far backas possible from the dashboard.

D All vehicle occupants be properlyrestrained using the available seatbelts.


For instructions and precautions con-cerning the seating position, see“—Front seat precautions” on page34 in this Section.

CAUTION

A member of a passenger risk groupshould never sit or be occupied inthe front passenger seat with airbagoff switch in the “AUTO” position.(For details, see “SRS driver airbagand front passenger airbag” on page53 in this Section.)

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

60

LS13121

D Do not sit on the edge of the seator lean against the dashboard whenthe vehicle is in use, since thefront passenger airbag could inflatewith considerable speed and force.Anyone who is up against, or veryclose to, an airbag when it inflates,can be killed or seriously injured.Sit up straight and well back in theseat, and always use your seat beltproperly.

LS13162

D Toyota strongly recommends that allinfants and children be placed inthe rear seat of the vehicle and beproperly restrained.

D Do not hold a child on your lap orin your arms. Use a child restraintsystem in the rear seat. For instruc-tions concerning the installation ofa child restraint system, see “Childrestraint” on page 93 in this Sec-tion.

LS13115

D Do not put anything or any part ofyour body on or in front of thedashboard or steering wheel padthat houses the front airbag sys-tem. They might restrict inflation orcause death or serious injury asthey are projected rearward by theforce of the deploying airbags. Like-wise, the driver and front passengershould not hold objects in theirarms or on their knees.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

61

D Do not modify or remove any wir-ing. Do not modify, remove, strikeor open any components such asthe steering wheel pad, steeringwheel, column cover, dashboardnear the front passenger airbag,front passenger airbag cover, frontpassenger airbag or airbag sensorassembly. Doing so may prevent thefront airbag system from activatingcorrectly, cause sudden activationof the system or disable the sys-tem, which could result in death orserious injury.

Failure to follow these instructionscan result in death or serious injury.Consult your Toyota dealer about anyrepair and modification.

If you wish to modify your vehicle fora person with a physical disability,consult your Toyota dealer. It maydangerously interfere with the SRSfront airbags operation.

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the followingchanges without consulting yourToyota dealer. Such changes caninterfere with proper operation of theSRS airbag system in some cases.z Installation of electronic devicessuch as a mobile two−way radio,cassette tape player or compactdisc player




z Repairs made on or near the frontfenders, front end structure, con-sole, steering column, steeringwheel, front passenger’s seat ordashboard near the front passengerairbag

LS13104

This indicator comes on when the en-gine switch is turned to the “ON” posi-tion. It goes off after about 6 seconds.This means the SRS airbags are operat-ing properly.

This warning light system monitors theairbag sensor assembly, front airbagsensors, driver’s seat position sensor,driver’s seat belt buckle switch, frontpassenger occupant classification system∗

and indicator light, passenger airbag offswitch, seat belt pretensioner assemblies,inflators, interconnecting wiring and powersources. (For details, see “Servicereminder indicators and warning buzzers”on page 153 in Section 1−6.)

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

62

∗: The front passenger occupant classifica-tion system includes the front passengeroccupant classification ECU, load sensorand front passenger’s seat belt buckleswitch.If either of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunction of the airbagsor seat belt pretensioners. Contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible.



The SRS warning light will come on andfront passenger occupant classification in-dicator light will indicate “OFF” if there isa malfunction in the front passenger occu-pant classification system.

LS13116


D The SRS airbags have been inflated.

D The front of the vehicle (shaded in theillustration) was involved in an accidentthat was not severe enough to causethe SRS airbags to inflate.

D The pad section of the steering wheelor front passenger airbag cover(shaded in the illustration) is scratched,cracked, or otherwise damaged.

NOTICE

Do not disconnect the battery cablesbefore contacting your Toyota dealer.

LS13117

The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-tem) front airbags are designed to pro-vide further protection for the driverand right front passenger (regular cabmodels with bench seat) or front pas-senger (double cab models) in additionto the primary safety protection pro-vided by the seat belts.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

SRS driver airbag and frontpassenger airbag (regular cabmodels with bench seat and doublecab models)

63

Your vehicle is equipped with “ADVANCEDAIRBAGS” designed based on US motorvehicle safety standards (FMVSS208). Theairbag system controls airbag deploymentpower for the driver and front passenger.The driver airbag system consists of thedriver seat’s position sensor etc. The frontpassenger’s airbag system consists of thefront passenger occupant classificationsensor etc.

Vehicles with bench seat—The SRS air-bags are designed to protect the driverand right front passenger, and they arenot designed to protect an occupant in thefront center seating position.

In response to a severe frontal impact,the SRS front airbags work with the seatbelts to help reduce injury by inflating.The SRS front airbags help reduce injuriesmainly to the driver’s or front passenger’shead or chest caused by hitting the ve-hicle interior.

The SRS front passenger airbag will notactivate if there is no passenger sitting inthe right front passenger seat (regular cabmodels with bench seat) or frontpassenger seat (double cab models).However, the front passenger airbag maydeploy if luggage is put in the seat. (Asfor the front passenger occupantclassification system, see “Frontpassenger occupant classification system”on page 86 in this Section.)


CAUTION

D The SRS front airbag system is de-signed only as a supplement to theprimary protection of the driver andfront passenger seat belt systems.The driver and front passenger canbe killed or seriously injured by theinflating airbags if they do not wearthe available seat belts properly.During sudden braking just beforea collision, an unrestrained driveror front passenger can move for-ward into direct contact with orclose proximity to the airbag whichmay then deploy during the colli-sion. To ensure maximum protectionin an accident, the driver and allpassengers in the vehicle mustwear their seat belts properly. Wear-ing a seat belt properly during anaccident reduces the chances ofdeath or serious injury or beingthrown out of the vehicle. For in-structions and precautions concern-ing the seat belt system, see “Seatbelts” on page 43 in this Section.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

64

D Improperly seated and/or restrainedinfants and children can be killedor seriously injured by thedeploying airbags. An infant orchild who is too small to use a seatbelt should be properly securedusing a child restraint system. Asto double cab models, Toyotastrongly recommends that allinfants and children be placed inthe rear seat of the vehicle andproperly restrained. The rear seat isthe safest for infants and children.For instructions concerning theinstallation of a child restraintsystem, see “Child restraint” onpage 93 in this Section.

The SRS front airbags are designed todeploy in severe (usually frontal) colli-sions where the magnitude and durationof the forward deceleration of the ve-hicle exceeds the designed thresholdlevel.

The SRS front airbags will deploy if theseverity of the impact is above the de-signed threshold level, comparable to anapproximate 25 km/h (15 mph) collisionwhen the vehicle has the impact straightinto a fixed barrier that does not move ordeform.

However, this threshold velocity will beconsiderably higher if the vehicle strikesan object, such as a parked vehicle orsign pole, which can move or deform onimpact, or if the vehicle is involved in anunderride collision (e.g. a collision inwhich the front of the vehicle “underrides”,or goes under, the bed of a truck, etc.).

It is possible that in some collisionswhere the forward deceleration of the ve-hicle is very close to the designed thresh-old level, the SRS front airbags and theseat belt pretensioners may not activatetogether.



Collision from the side Vehicle rollover

The SRS front airbags are not generallydesigned to inflate if the vehicle is in-volved in a side or rear collision, if itrolls over, or if it is involved in a low−speed frontal collision. But, whenever acollision of any type causes sufficientforward deceleration of the vehicle, de-ployment of the SRS front airbags mayoccur.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

65

LS13124Hitting a curb,edge of pavementor hard surface


Falling into orjumping over adeep hole

The SRS front airbags may also deployif a serious impact occurs to the under-side of your vehicle. Some examplesare shown in the illustration.

LS13189d

Regular cab models with bench seat

LS13125d

Double cab models

The SRS front airbag system consistsmainly of the following components, andtheir locations are shown in the illustra-tion.


2. Front passenger occupant classificationindicator light

3. Airbag module for front passenger(airbag and inflator)


5. Front passenger’s seat position sensor

6. Pressure sensor

7. Load sensor

8. Belt tension sensor


10. Driver’s seat belt buckle switch

11. Driver’s seat position sensor


13. Airbag module for driver(airbag and inflator)


The airbag sensor assembly consists of asafing sensor and airbag sensor.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

66

The airbag sensors constantly monitor theforward deceleration of the vehicle. If animpact results in a forward decelerationbeyond the designed threshold level, thesystem triggers the airbag inflators. At thistime a chemical reaction in the inflatorsvery quickly fills the airbags with non−tox-ic gas to help restrain the forward motionof the occupants. The front airbags thenquickly deflate, so that there is no ob-struction of the driver’s vision should it benecessary to continue driving.When the airbags inflate, they produce aloud noise and release some smoke andresidue along with non−toxic gas. Thisdoes not indicate a fire. This smoke mayremain inside the vehicle for some time,and may cause some minor irritation tothe eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure towash off any residue as soon as possibleto prevent any potential skin irritation withsoap and water. If you can safely exitfrom the vehicle, you should do so imme-diately.

Deployment of the airbags happens in afraction of a second, so the airbags mustinflate with considerable force. While thesystem is designed to reduce serious inju-ries, primarily to the head and chest, itmay also cause other, less severe injuriesto the face, chest, arms and hands. Theseare usually in the nature of minor burnsor abrasions and swelling, but the force ofa deploying airbag can cause more seri-ous injuries, especially if an occupant’shands, arms, chest or head is in closeproximity to the airbag module at the timeof deployment. This is why it is importantfor the occupant to: avoid placing anyobject or part of the body between theoccupant and the airbag module; sitstraight and well back into the seat; wearthe available seat belt properly; and sit asfar as possible from the airbag module,while still maintaining control of the ve-hicle.

Parts of the airbag module (steering wheelhub, airbag cover and inflator) may be hotfor several minutes after deployment, sodo not touch! The airbags inflate onlyonce. The windshield may be damaged byabsorbing some of the force of the inflat-ing airbag.

CAUTION

The driver or front passenger who istoo close to the steering wheel ordashboard during airbag deploymentcan be killed or seriously injured.Toyota strongly recommends that:

D The driver sit as far back as pos-sible from the steering wheel whilestill maintaining control of the ve-hicle.

D The front passenger sit as far backas possible from the dashboard.

D All vehicle occupants be properlyrestrained using the available seatbelts.


07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

67

For instructions and precautions con-cerning the seating position, see“—Front seat precautions” on page34 in this Section.

LS13121

D Do not sit on the edge of the seator lean against the dashboard whenthe vehicle is in use, since thefront passenger airbag could inflatewith considerable speed and force.Anyone who is up against, or veryclose to, an airbag when it inflates,can be killed or seriously injured.Sit up straight and well back in theseat, and always use your seat beltproperly.

LS13162

D Toyota strongly recommends that allinfants and children be placed inthe rear seat of the vehicle and beproperly restrained.

D Do not hold a child on your lap orin your arms. Use a child restraintsystem in the rear seat. For instruc-tions concerning the installation ofa child restraint system, see “Childrestraint” on page 93 in this Sec-tion.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

68

LS13184

D Do not put anything or any part ofyour body on or in front of thedashboard or steering wheel padthat houses the front airbag sys-tem. They might restrict inflation orcause death or serious injury asthey are projected rearward by theforce of the deploying airbags. Like-wise, the driver and front passengershould not hold objects in theirarms or on their knees.

D Do not modify or remove any wir-ing. Do not modify, remove, strikeor open any components such asthe steering wheel pad, steeringwheel, column cover, dashboardnear the front passenger airbag,front passenger airbag cover, frontpassenger airbag or airbag sensorassembly. Doing so may prevent thefront airbag system from activatingcorrectly, cause sudden activationof the system or disable the sys-tem, which could result in death orserious injury.

D Bench seat only—Do not use seataccessory, such as a cushion orseat cover, that covers the frontseat, or do not modify or replacethe upholstery of the front seat.Such accessories or changes mayprevent the front passenger airbagsystem from activating correctly,disable the system or cause thefront passenger airbag to inflate ac-cidentally, resulting in death or seri-ous injury.


If you wish to modify your vehicle fora person with a physical disability,consult your Toyota dealer. It maydangerously interfere with the SRSfront airbags operation.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

69

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the followingchanges without consulting yourToyota dealer. Such changes caninterfere with proper operation of theSRS front airbag system in somecases.





z Repairs made on or near the frontfenders, front end structure, con-sole, steering column, steeringwheel, front passenger’s seat ordashboard near the front passengerairbag

LS13104

This indicator comes on when the en-gine switch is turned to the “ON” posi-tion. It goes off after about 6 seconds.This means the SRS front airbags areoperating properly.

This warning light system monitors theairbag sensor assembly, front airbagsensors, side and curtain shield airbagsensors, curtain shield airbag sensors,driver’s seat position sensor, driver’s seatbelt buckle switch, front passengeroccupant classification system∗ andindicator light, seat belt pretensionerassemblies, inflators, “RSCA OFF”indicator light, interconnecting wiring andpower sources. (For details, see “Servicereminder indicators and warning buzzers”on page 153 in Section 1−6.)

∗: The front passenger occupant classifica-tion system includes the front passengeroccupant classification ECU, pressure sen-sor, load sensor, front passenger’s seatbelt buckle switch, front passenger’s seatposition sensor and belt tension sensor.

If either of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunction of the airbagsor seat belt pretensioners. Contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible.D The light does not come on when theengine switch is turned to the “ON”position or remains on for more than6 seconds.



07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

70

LS13185


D The SRS front airbags have been in-flated.

D The front of the vehicle (shaded in theillustration) was involved in an accidentthat was not severe enough to causethe SRS front airbags to inflate.

D The pad section of the steering wheelor front passenger airbag cover(shaded in the illustration) is scratched,cracked, or otherwise damaged.

NOTICE


LS13141a

Indicator light

This off switch is designed to disablethe front passenger airbag in order toallow usage, if necessary, of a memberof a passenger risk group identified inTABLE 1 is occupying the front passen-ger seating position. (For details, see“SRS driver airbag and front passengerairbag” on page 53 in this Section.)

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Passenger airbag off switch(regular cab models with separateseats and access cab models only)

71

Operate off switch as follows:

Insert key into the keyhole.

To turn the front passenger airbagon—Turn the key clockwise to the “AUTO”position. At this time, the indicator lightcondition varies depending on theoccupant in the front passenger seat. (Fordetails, see “Front passenger occupantclassification system” on page 82 in thisSection.)

To turn the front passenger airbagoff—Turn the key counterclockwise to the“OFF” position and remove it. At this time,the “OFF” indicator light comes on. If thekey is removed at any other position than“OFF”, the switch will automatically returnto the “AUTO” position.

LS13140

The SRS warning light and the passen-ger airbag on−off indicator light will in-dicate “OFF” if there is a malfunctionin the passenger airbag off switch.

CAUTION

D Do not turn off the passenger air-bag off switch except when a mem-ber of a passenger risk group iden-tified in TABLE 1 is occupying thefront passenger seating position.

D When the passenger airbag offswitch is turned off, the front pas-senger airbag will not inflate in acollision and turning off the frontpassenger airbag can reduce theoccupant protection which your ve-hicle safety systems can provide toyou in certain accidents and in-crease the likelihood of death orserious personal injuries.

For details, see “SRS driver airbagand front passenger airbag” on page53 in this Section.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

72

LS13126

The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-tem) side airbags and curtain shield air-bags are designed to provide furtherprotection for the driver, front passen-ger and rear outside passengers inaddition to the primary safety protec-tion provided by the seat belts.

In response to a severe side impact, theSRS side airbags and curtain shield air-bags in the impacted side work with theseat belts to help reduce injury by inflat-ing. The SRS side airbags help reduceinjuries mainly to the driver’s or front pas-senger’s chest. The SRS curtain shieldairbags help reduce injuries mainly to thedriver’s, front passenger’s or rear outsidepassenger’s head and help prevent themfrom being thrown out of the vehicle.

The SRS side airbag on the passengerseat will not activate if there is no pas-senger sitting in the front passenger seat.However, the side airbag on the passen-ger seat may deploy if luggage is put inthe seat. (As for the front passenger oc-cupant classification system, see “Frontpassenger occupant classification system”on page 86 in this Section.)

The SRS curtain shield airbag on the pas-senger side are activated even with nopassenger in the front seat or rear outsideseat.

Roll sensing function:In response to a vehicle rollover, the cur-tain shield airbags on both sides workwith the seat belts to help reduce injuryby inflating. The curtain shield airbagshelp reduce injuries mainly to the driver’s,front passenger’s or rear passenger’shead and help prevent them from beingthrown out of the vehicle. (This functioncan be turned off if inflation is not de-sired. See “Roll sensing of curtain shieldairbags off switch” on page 92 in thisSection.)

The SRS curtain shield airbags may acti-vate even when the side airbags are notactivated.


07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

SRS side airbags and curtainshield airbags

73

CAUTION

D The SRS side airbag and curtainshield airbag system is designedonly as a supplement to the prima-ry protection of the driver, frontpassenger and rear outside passen-ger seat belt systems. To ensuremaximum protection in an accident,the driver and all passenger in thevehicle must wear their seat beltsproperly. Wearing a seat belt prop-erly during an accident reduces thechances of death or serious injuryor being thrown out of the vehicle.For instructions and precautionsconcerning the seat belt system,see “Seat belts” on page 43 in thisSection.

D Do not allow anyone to lean his/herhead or any part of his/her bodyagainst the door or the area of theseat, front pillar, rear pillar or roofside rail from which the SRS sideairbag and curtain shield airbagdeploy even if he/she is a childseated in the child restraint system.It is dangerous if the SRS side air-bag and curtain shield airbag in-flate, and the impact of the deploy-ing airbag could cause death or se-rious injury to the occupant.

D Improperly seated and/or restrainedinfants and children can be killedor seriously injured by the deploy-ing airbags. An infant or child whois too small to use a seat beltshould be properly secured using achild restraint system. Toyotastrongly recommends that all in-fants and children be placed in therear seats of the vehicle and prop-erly restrained. The rear seats arethe safest for infants and children.For instructions concerning theinstallation of a child restraint sys-tem, see “Child restraint” on page93 in this Section.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

74

LS13127

The SRS side airbags may not activateif the vehicle is subjected to a collisionfrom the side at certain angles, or acollision to the side of the vehicle bodyother than the passenger compartmentas shown in the illustration.

The SRS side airbags are designed toinflate when the passenger compartmentarea suffers a severe impact from theside.



Vehicle rollover

Collision from the front

The SRS side airbags are not generallydesigned to inflate if the vehicle is in-volved in a front or rear collision, if itrolls over, or if it is involved in a low−speed side collision.

LS13127

The SRS curtain shield airbags may notactivate if the vehicle is subjected to acollision from the side at certainangles, or a collision to the side of thevehicle body other than the passengercompartment as shown in the illustra-tion.

The curtain shield airbags are designed toinflate when the passenger compartmentarea suffers a severe impact from theside or vehicle rollover.


07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

75

LS13129

The angle ofvehicle tip−upis marginal

Skidding vehiclehitting a curbstone

The SRS curtain shield airbags may in-flate if the angle of vehicle tip−up ismarginal or if the skidding vehicle’stires hit a curb stone laterally as shownin the illustration.

LS13130Collision fromthe front Collision from

the rear

Pitch end over end

The SRS curtain shield airbags are notgenerally designed to inflate if the ve-hicle is involved in a front or rear colli-sion, if it pitches end over end, or ifit is involved in a low−speed side colli-sion.

LS13124Hitting a curb, edgeof pavement orhard surface

Falling into orjumping overa deep hole


The SRS side and curtain shield airbagsmay deploy if a serious impact occursto the underside of your vehicle. Someexamples are shown in the illustration.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

76

LS13131c

The SRS side airbag and curtain shieldairbag system consists mainly of the fol-lowing components, and their locations areshown in the illustration.

1. Curtain shield airbag modules(airbag and inflator)


3. Load sensor

4. Side airbag modules(airbag and inflator)

5. Curtain shield airbag sensors

6. Side and curtain shield airbag sensors


8. Front passenger occupant classificationindicator light



The SRS side airbag and curtain shieldairbag system is controlled by the airbagsensor assembly.

In a severe side impact, the side andcurtain shield airbag sensor and/or thecurtain shield airbag sensor trigger(s) theside airbag inflators and/or the curtainshield airbag inflators. At this time achemical reaction in the inflators quicklyfills the airbags with non−toxic gas to helprestrain the lateral motion of the occu-pants.

In a vehicle rollover, the airbag sensorassembly triggers the curtain shield airbaginflator. At this time, a chemical reactionin the inflators quickly fills the airbagswith non−toxic gas to help restrain thelateral motion of the occupants.

When the airbags inflate, they produce afairly loud noise and release some smokeand residue along with non−toxic gas. Thisdoes not indicate a fire. This smoke mayremain inside the vehicle for some time,and may cause some minor irritation tothe eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure towash off any residue as soon as possibleto prevent any potential skin irritation withsoap and water. If you can safely exitfrom the vehicle, you should do so imme-diately.

Deployment of the airbags happens in afraction of a second, so the airbags mustinflate with considerable force. While thesystem is designed to reduce serious inju-ries, it may also cause minor burns orabrasions and swelling.

Front seats as well as parts of the frontand rear pillars, and roof side rail may behot for several minutes, but the airbagsthemselves will not be hot. The airbagsare designed to inflate only once.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

77

CAUTION

SRS side airbags and curtain shieldairbags inflate with considerableforce. To reduce the possibility ofdeath or serious injury when they in-flate, the driver, front passenger andrear outside passengers must:

D Wear their seat belts properly.

D Remain properly seated with theirbacks upright and against the seatsat all times.

Improper sitting and wearing of theseat belts may not retain you insidethe vehicle.

LS13132

D Do not allow anyone to lean againstthe door when the vehicle is in use,since the side airbag and curtainshield airbag could inflate with con-siderable speed and force. Other-wise, he/she may be killed or seri-ously injured. Special care shouldbe taken especially when you havea small child in the vehicle.

D Sit up straight and well back in theseat, distributing your weight evenlyin the seat. Do not apply excessiveweight to the outer side of theseats with a side airbag, and to thefront pillar, rear pillar and roof siderail with a curtain shield airbag.

LS13193

D Make sure the “RSCA OFF”indicator light is off. The curtainshield airbags will not inflate in avehicle rollover if this indicatorlight is on and you may be killed orseriously injured. For details, see“Roll sensing of curtain shieldairbags off switch” on page 92 inthis Section.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

78

LS13133

D Do not allow anyone to get his/herhead closer to the area where theside airbag and curtain shield air-bag inflate, since these airbagscould inflate with considerablespeed and force. Otherwise, he/shemay be killed or seriously injured.Special care should be taken espe-cially when you have a small childin the vehicle.

LS13134

D Do not allow anyone to kneel onthe passenger seat, facing the pas-senger’s side door, since the sideairbag and curtain shield airbagcould inflate with considerablespeed and force. Otherwise, he/shemay be killed or seriously injured.Special care should be taken espe-cially when you have a small childin the vehicle.

LS13135

D Do not allow anyone to get his/herhead or hands out of windowssince the curtain shield airbagscould inflate with considerablespeed and force. Otherwise, he/shemay be killed or seriously injured.Special care should be taken espe-cially when you have a small childin the vehicle.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

79

LS13136

D Do not attach a cup holder or anyother device or object on or aroundthe door. When the side airbag in-flates, the cup holder or any otherdevice or object will be thrown withgreat force or the side airbag maynot activate correctly, resulting indeath or serious injury. Likewise,the driver and front passengershould not hold objects in theirarms or on their knees.

LS13137

D Do not attach a microphone or anyother device or object around thearea where the curtain shield airbagactivates such as on the windshieldglass, side door glass, front andrear pillars, roof side rail and assistgrips. When the curtain shield air-bags inflate, the microphone or oth-er device or object will be thrownaway with great force or the curtainshield airbags may not activate cor-rectly, resulting in death or seriousinjury.

D Do not hook a hanger, heavy orsharp pointed objects on the coathook. If the curtain shield airbaginflates, those items will be thrownaway with great force or the curtainshield airbag may not activate cor-rectly, resulting in death or seriousinjury. When you hang clothes,hang them on the coat hook direct-ly.

D Do not use seat accessories whichcover the parts where the side air-bags inflate. Such accessories mayprevent the side airbags from acti-vating correctly, causing death orserious injury.

D Do not modify or replace the seatsor upholstery of the seats with sideairbags. Such changes may preventthe side airbag system from activat-ing correctly, disable the system orcause the side airbags to inflate ac-cidentally, resulting in death or seri-ous injury.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

80

D Do not disassemble or repair thefront and rear pillars and roof siderail containing the curtain shieldairbags. Such changes may disablethe system or cause the curtainshield airbags to inflate accidental-ly, resulting in death or serious in-jury.

D Do not modify or change the sus-pension system. Such changes maycause the curtain shield airbags toinflate accidentally, which could re-sult in death or serious injury.

D Do not use tires or wheels otherthan the manufacturer’s recom-mended size. Such a use may causethe curtain shield airbags to inflateaccidentally, which could result indeath or serious injury. For details,see “Checking and replacing tires”on page 379 in Section 7−2.


If you wish to modify your vehicle fora person with a physical disability,consult your Toyota dealer. It maydangerously interfere with the SRSside airbags and curtain shield air-bags operation.

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the followingchanges without consulting yourToyota dealer. Such changes caninterfere with proper operation of theSRS side airbag and curtain shieldairbag system in some cases.



zModification of the side structure ofthe passenger compartment

z Repairs made on or near the con-sole or front seat

LS13104

This indicator comes on when the en-gine switch is turned to the “ON” posi-tion. It goes off after about 6 seconds.This means the SRS side airbags andcurtain shield airbags are operatingproperly.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

81

This warning light system monitors theairbag sensor assembly, front airbagsensors, side and curtain shield airbagsensors, curtain shield airbag sensors,driver’s seat position sensor, driver’s seatbelt buckle switch, front passengeroccupant classification system∗ andindicator light, seat belt pretensionerassemblies, inflators, “RSCA OFF”indicator light, interconnecting wiring andpower sources. (For details, see “Servicereminder indicators and warning buzzers”on page 153 in Section 1−6.)∗: The front passenger occupant classifica-tion system includes the front passengeroccupant classification ECU, load sensorand front passenger’s seat belt buckleswitch.If either of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunction of the airbagsor seat belt pretensioners. Contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible.D The light does not come on when theengine switch is turned to the “ON”position or remains on for more than6 seconds.



LS13138c


D Any of the SRS side airbags and cur-tain shield airbags have been inflated.

D The portion of the doors (shaded in theillustration) was involved in an accidentthat was not severe enough to causethe SRS side airbags and curtainshield airbags to inflate.

D The surface of the seats with the sideairbag (shaded in the illustration) isscratched, cracked, or otherwise dam-aged.

D The portion of the front pillars, rearpillars or headlining (padding) contain-ing the curtain shield airbag inside(shaded in the illustration) is scratched,cracked, or otherwise damaged.

NOTICE


07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

82

Your vehicle is equipped with a frontpassenger occupant classification sys-tem. The system detects conditions1—4 (Shown in the table on page 84)Based on these conditions, the systemsbelow are activated or deactivated:

D Front passenger airbag

D Front passenger’s seat belt pretension-er

The system monitors the weight andload on the front passenger seat, andthe seat belt buckle switch to determineconditions 1—4.

In order to ensure that the system de-tects the conditions correctly:

D Do not place a heavy load on the frontpassenger seat or the seatback table,etc.

D Do not attach a commercial seatbacktable or other heavy item to the backof the front passenger seat.

D Do not apply pressure to the front pas-senger seat by resting hands or legson the seatback.

LS13139a

The front passenger occupant classifi-cation indicator light indicates the ac-tuation of the front passenger airbagand front passenger seat belt preten-sioner.

The front passenger occupant classifi-cation indicator light will indicate “ON”and “OFF” when the engine switch isturned to the “ON” position. Afterabout four seconds, it will go off. Afterthat, the front passenger occupant clas-sification system operates and judgeswhether to indicate “ON” or “OFF”.

The indicator light will indicate “OFF”when the engine switch is in the “ON”position with the condition 2 in the tableshown below.

If the front passenger occupant classifica-tion system determines that a person ofadult size sits in the front passenger seatbut the “OFF” indicator is illuminated, oneof the following is likely to have occurred:

D A rear passenger lifts the front passen-ger seat cushion with their legs.

D Objects are placed under the front pas-senger seat.

D The front passenger seatback is incontact with the rear seat or the backwall.

To ensure that the system correctly de-tects the presence or absence of a personof adult size sitting in the front passengerseat, make sure that none of the aboveoccur.

Make sure that the “ON” indicator is illu-minated when a person of adult size isseated in the front passenger seat. If the“OFF” indicator is illuminated, follow theprocedure below:

1. Turn the engine switch off.

2. Make sure the airbag off switch is setto the “AUTO” position.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Front passenger occupantclassification system (regular cabmodels with separate seats andaccess cab models)

83

3. Make sure the front passenger seatbelt is worn correctly.

4. Ask the front passenger to adjust theseatback to the upright position and tosit up straight on the center of the seatcushion, with his/her legs comfortablyextended forward.

5. Turn the engine switch on, having thepassenger remain in that position untilthe front passenger occupant classifica-tion system indicator light indicates“ON”.

If the “OFF” indicator remains illuminated,either ask the passenger to move to therear seat, or if that is not possible, movethe front passenger seat fully rearward.

LS13140

The SRS warning light will come onand the front passenger occupant clas-sification indicator light will indicate“OFF” if there is a malfunction in thefront passenger occupant classificationsystem. Contact your Toyota dealer assoon as possible.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

84

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classification system

Condition detected byIndicator/warning light Devices

Condition detected bythe front passenger

occupant classificationsystem

Passengerairbag off switch

position

Front passengeroccupant

classificationindicator light

SRS warninglight

Frontpassenger’sseat belt

reminder light

Front passengerairbag


pretensioner

1 Adult∗1“AUTO” “ON”

Off Flashing∗4Activated

Activated1. Adult∗1“OFF” “OFF”

Off Flashing∗4Deactivated

Activated

2. Child∗2 or child “AUTO”“OFF”∗5 Off Flashing∗4 Deactivated Activated2. Child or child

restraint system∗3 “OFF”“OFF”∗5 Off Flashing∗4 Deactivated Activated

3 Unoccupied“AUTO” Not illuminated

Off Off Deactivated3. Unoccupied“OFF” “OFF”

Off Off Deactivated

4. There is amalfunction in the

“AUTO”“OFF” On Off Deactivated Activatedmalfunction in the

system “OFF”“OFF” On Off Deactivated Activated

∗1: The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system mayrecognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.

∗2: When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/heras an adult depending on his/her physique or posture.

∗3: Never install a rear−facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat. A forward−facing child restraint system should only beinstalled on the front passenger seat when it is unavoidable. (See “Child restraint” on page 93 in this Section as for installing thechild restraint system.)

∗4: In the event the front passenger does not wear a seat belt.∗5: In case the indicator is not illuminated, see “Child restraint” on page 93 as for installing the child restraint system properly.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

85

CAUTION

To avoid potential death or seriousinjury when the front passenger occu-pant classification system does notdetect the conditions correctly, ob-serve the following.

D Make sure the front passenger oc-cupant classification indicator lightindicates “ON” when using the seatbelt extender for the front passen-ger seat. If the indicator light indi-cates “OFF”, disconnect the extend-er tongue from the seat belt buckle,then reconnect the seat belt. Recon-nect the seat belt extender aftermaking sure the indicator light indi-cates “ON”. If you use the seat beltextender while the indicator lightindicates “OFF”, the front passen-ger airbag may not activate correct-ly, which could cause death or seri-ous injury in the event of collision.

D Do not recline the front passengerseatback so far that it touches arear seat or a backwall. This maycause the “OFF” indicator to be il-luminated, which indicates that thepassenger’s airbags will not deployin the event of a severe accident.If the seatback touches the rearseat or backwall, return the seat-back to a position where it doesnot touch the rear seat or backwall.

Keep the front passenger seatbackas upright as possible when the ve-hicle is moving. Reclining the seat-back excessively may lessen the ef-fectiveness of the seat belt system.

D If an adult sits in the front passen-ger seat, the occupant classificationindicator light should indicate “ON”.If the “OFF” indicator is illumi-nated, ask the passenger to sit upstraight, well back in the seat, feeton the floor, and with the seat beltworn correctly. If the “OFF” indica-tor still remains illuminated, eitherask the passenger to move to therear seat, or if that is not possible,move the front passenger seat fullyrearward.

D Wear the seat belt properly.

D Make sure the front passenger’sseat belt tab has not been left in-serted in the buckle before some-one sits in the front passengerseat.

D Do not place a heavy load on thefront passenger seat or the seat-back table, etc.

D Do not apply pressure to the frontpassenger seat by resting hands orlegs on the seatback.

D Do not let a rear passenger lift thefront passenger seat with their feetor press on the seatback with theirlegs.

D Do not put objects under the frontpassenger seat.

D Do not attach a commercial seat-back table or other heavy item tothe back of the front passengerseat.

D Child restraint systems installed onthe rear seat should not contact thefront seatbacks.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

86

D When it is unavoidable to install theforward−facing child restraint sys-tem on the front passenger seat,install the child restraint system onthe front passenger seat in theproper order. (As for the installationorder, see “—Installation with seatbelt” on page 96 in this Section.)

D Do not modify or remove the frontseats.

D Do not kick the front passengerseat or subject it to severe impact.Otherwise, the SRS warning lightmay come on to indicate a malfunc-tion of the detection system. In thiscase, contact your Toyota dealer im-mediately.

The front passenger occupantclassification indicator light may indicate“ON” (the front passenger airbag maydeploy) even if observing the abovecautions, when a child sits in, or aforward−facing child restraint system isinstalled on the front passenger seat.Refer to all the cautions in “SRS driverairbag and front passenger airbag” onpage 53 and “Child restraint” on page 93.

Your vehicle is equipped with a frontpassenger occupant classification sys-tem. The system detects conditions1—4 (Shown in the table on page 89)Based on these conditions, the systemsbelow are activated or deactivated:

D Front passenger airbag

D Side airbag on the front passengerseat

D Front passenger’s seat belt pretension-er

The system monitors the weight andload on the right front passenger seat(regular cab models with bench seat) orfront passenger seat (double cab mod-els), and the seat belt buckle switch todetermine conditions 1—4.

In order to ensure the system detectsthe conditions correctly:

D Double cab models—Do not place aheavy load on the front passenger seator the seatback table, etc.

D Regular cab models with bench seat—Do not place a heavy load on the frontpassenger seat.

D Double cab models—Do not attach acommercial seatback table or otherheavy item to the back of the frontpassenger seat.

D Do not apply pressure to the front pas-senger seat by resting hands or legson the seatback.

D Regular cab models with bench seat—Do not use a seat accessory, such asa cushion or seat cover, that coversthe seat cushion surface.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Front passenger occupantclassification system (regular cabmodels with bench seat and doublecab models)

87

LS13139b

The front passenger occupant classifi-cation indicator light indicates the ac-tuation of the front passenger airbag,side airbag on the front passenger seatand front passenger seat belt preten-sioner.

The front passenger occupant classifi-cation indicator light will indicate “ON”and “OFF” when the engine switch isturned to the “ON” position. Afterabout four seconds, it will go off. Afterthat, the front passenger occupant clas-sification system operates and judgeswhether to indicate “ON” or “OFF”.

The indicator light will indicate “OFF”when the engine switch is in the “ON”position with the condition 2 in the tableshown below.

If the front passenger occupant classifica-tion system determines that a person ofadult size sits in the front passenger seatbut the “OFF” indicator is illuminated, oneof the following is likely to have occurred:

D A rear passenger lifts the front passen-ger seat cushion with their legs.

D Objects are placed under the front pas-senger seat.

D Double cab models—The front passen-ger seatback is in contact with the rearseat.

To ensure that the system correctly de-tects the presence or absence of a personof adult size sitting in the front passengerseat, make sure that none of the aboveoccur.

Make sure that the “ON” indicator is illu-minated when a person of adult size isseated in the right front passenger seat(regular cab models with bench seat) orfront passenger seat (double cab models).If the “OFF” indicator is illuminated, askthe passenger to sit up straight, well backin the seat, and with the seat belt worncorrectly. If the “OFF” indicator remainsilluminated, either ask the passenger tomove to the rear seat, or if that is notpossible, move the front passenger seatfully rearward.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

88

LS13140

The SRS warning light will come onand the front passenger occupant clas-sification indicator light will indicate“OFF” if there is a malfunction in thefront passenger occupant classificationsystem. Contact your Toyota dealer assoon as possible.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

89

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classification system

Indicator/warning light Devices

Condition detected bythe front passenger

occupant classificationsystem∗1

Frontpassengeroccupant

classificationindicator light

SRS warninglight


reminder light

Frontpassengerairbag

Side airbagon the frontpassenger

seat

Curtain shieldairbag in the

frontpassenger

side


pretensioner

1. Adult∗2 “ON” Off Flashing∗5 Activated

2. Child∗3 or childrestraint system∗4 “OFF”∗6 Off Flashing∗5 Deactivated Activated

3. Unoccupied Notilluminated

Off Off DeactivatedActivated

Deactivated

4. There is amalfunction in thesystem

“OFF” On Off Deactivated Activated

∗1: Regular cab models with bench seat—The right front passenger on the bench seat.∗2: The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may

recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.∗3: When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her

as an adult depending on his/her physique or posture.∗4: Never install a rear−facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat. A forward−facing child restraint system should only be

installed on the front passenger seat when it is unavoidable. (See “Child restraint” on page 93 in this Section as for installing thechild restraint system.)

∗5: In the event the front passenger does not wear a seat belt.∗6: In case indicator is not illuminated, see “Child restraint” on page 93 as for installing the child restraint system properly.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

90

CAUTION

To avoid potential death or seriousinjury when the front passenger occu-pant classification system does notdetect the conditions correctly, ob-serve the following.

D Make sure the front passenger oc-cupant classification indicator lightindicates “ON” when using the seatbelt extender for the front passen-ger seat. If the indicator light indi-cates “OFF”, disconnect the extend-er tongue from the seat belt buckle,then reconnect the seat belt. Recon-nect the seat belt extender aftermaking sure the indicator light indi-cates “ON”. If you use the seat beltextender while the indicator lightindicates “OFF”, the front passen-ger airbag and side airbag on thefront passenger side may not acti-vate correctly, which could causedeath or serious injury in the eventof collision.

D Do not recline the front passengerseatback so far that it touches arear seat or a backwall. This maycause the “OFF” indicator to be il-luminated, which indicates that thepassenger’s airbags will not deployin the event of a severe accident.If the seatback touches the rearseat or backwall, return the seat-back to a position where it doesnot touches the rear seat or back-wall.

Keep the front passenger seatbackas upright as possible when the ve-hicle is moving. Reclining the seat-back excessively may lessen the ef-fectiveness of the seat belt system.

D If an adult sits in the front passen-ger seat, the occupant classificationindicator light should indicate “ON”.If the “OFF” indicator is illumi-nated, ask the passenger to sit upstraight, well back in the seat, feeton the floor, and with the seat beltworn correctly. If the “OFF” indica-tor still remains illuminated, eitherask the passenger to move to therear seat, or if that is not possible,move the front passenger seat fullyrearward.

D Wear the seat belt properly.

D Make sure the front passenger’sseat belt tab has not been left in-serted in the buckle before some-one sits in the front passengerseat.

D Double cab models—Do not place aheavy load on the front passengerseat or the seatback table, etc.

D Regular cab models with benchseat—Do not place a heavy load onthe front passenger seat.

D Do not apply pressure to the frontpassenger seat by resting hands orlegs on the seatback.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

91

D Do not let a rear passenger lift thefront passenger seat with their feetor press on the seatback with theirlegs.

D Do not put objects under the frontpassenger seat.

D Double cab models—Do not attacha commercial seatback table or oth-er heavy item to the back of thefront passenger seat.

D Regular cab models with benchseat—Do not use a seat accessory,such as a cushion or seat cover,that covers the seat cushion sur-face.

D Regular cab models with benchseat—Do not modify or replace theupholstery of the front seat.

D Child restraint systems installed onthe rear seat should not contact thefront seatbacks.

D When it is unavoidable to install theforward−facing child restraint sys-tem on the front passenger seat,install the child restraint system onthe front passenger seat in theproper order. (As for the installationorder, see “—Installation with seatbelt” on page 106 in this Section.)

D Do not modify or remove the frontseats.

D Do not kick the front passengerseat or subject it to severe impact.Otherwise, the SRS warning lightmay come on to indicate a malfunc-tion of the detection system. In thiscase, contact your Toyota dealer im-mediately.

The front passenger occupantclassification indicator light may indicate“ON” (the front passenger airbag and sideairbag on the front passenger seat maydeploy) even if observing the abovecautions, when a child sits in, or aforward−facing child restraint system isinstalled on the front passenger seat.Refer to all the cautions in “SRS driverairbag and front passenger airbag” onpage 62, “SRS side airbags and curtainshield airbags” on page 72 and “Childrestraint” on page 93.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

92

LS13192

The roll sensing of curtain shield air-bags off switch (“RSCA OFF” switch)can turn off the curtain shield airbagsand seat belt pretensioners in a vehiclerollover. This switch should only beused if inflation is not desired (such asextreme off−road driving).

When you push the “RSCA OFF” switchfor a few seconds with the engine switchon, the “RSCA OFF” indicator light comeson and the roll sensing function is turnedoff. When you push the switch again, theindicator light goes off and the roll sens-ing function is turned on. (For detailsabout the roll sensing function, see “SRSside airbags and curtain shield airbags” onpage 72 in this Section.)

In a severe side impact, the curtain shieldairbags on impacted side will inflate evenif the roll sensing function is turned off.(For details about the curtain shield air-bags, see “SRS side airbags and curtainshield airbags” on page 72 in this Sec-tion.)

In a severe frontal impact, the seat beltpretensioners will work even if the rollsensing function is turned off. (For detailsabout the seat belt pretensioners, see“—Seat belt pretensioners” on page 50 inthis Section.)

If the engine switch is turned to “ACC” or“LOCK” with the roll sensing function offand then the engine switch is turned backto “ON”, the roll sensing function will turnback on automatically.

CAUTION

D Before normal driving, make surethe “RSCA OFF” indicator light isoff.

D When the roll sensing function isturned off (and the “RSCA OFF”indicator light is on), the curtainshield airbags and seat belt preten-sioners will not work in a vehiclerollover. Turning off the curtainshield airbags and seat belt preten-sioners reduces occupant protectionwhich your vehicle safety systemscan provide in accidents and in-crease the likelihood of death orserious injuries.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Roll sensing of curtain shieldairbags off switch

93

Toyota strongly urges the use of ap-propriate child restraint systems forchildren.

The laws of all 50 states in the U.S.A.and Canada now require the use of achild restraint system.

Your vehicle conforms to SAEJ1819.

If a child is too large for a child restraintsystem, the child should sit in the rearseat and must be restrained using thevehicle’s seat belt. See “Seat belts” onpage 43 in this Section for details.

CAUTION

D For effective protection in automo-bile accidents and sudden stops, achild must be properly restrained,using a seat belt or child restraintsystem depending on the age andsize of the child. Holding a child inyour arms is not a substitute for achild restraint system. In an acci-dent, the child can be crushedagainst the windshield, or betweenyou and the vehicle’s interior.

Regular cab models with separateseats and access cab models—

D Regular cab models with separateseats—Toyota strongly urges use of aproper child restraint system whichconforms to the size of the child.

Access cab models—Toyota strongly urges use of aproper child restraint system whichconforms to the size of the child,installed in the rear of the cabinper the instructions in this manual.According to accident statistics, thechild is safer when properly re-strained in the rear of the vehiclecabin than in the front.

D Never put infant or child age 1 to12 in a passenger risk group on theright front passenger seat with thepassenger airbag off switch in the“AUTO” position. In the event of anaccident, the force of the rapidinflation of the front passenger air-bag can cause death or serious in-jury to the child.

If you must put infant or child age1 to 12 in a passenger risk groupon the right front seat, make surethat the passenger airbag off switchis in the “OFF” position with thekey removed and that the indicatorlight is on. (For details, see “SRSdriver airbag and front passengerairbag” on page 53 in this Section.)

D Do not use the seat belt extenderwhen installing a child restraintsystem on the front passenger seator in the rear of the cabin. If instal-ling a child restraint system withthe seat belt extender connected tothe seat belt, the seat belt will notsecurely hold the child restraintsystem, which could cause death orserious injury to the child or otherpassengers in the event of colli-sion.

D Make sure you have complied withall installation instructions providedby the child restraint manufacturerand that the system is properly se-cured. If it is not secured properly,it may cause death or serious injuryto the child in the event of a sud-den stop or accident.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Child restraint——Child restraint precautions

94

Regular cab models with bench seatand double cab models—

D Regular cab models with benchseat—Toyota strongly urges use of aproper child restraint system whichconforms to the size of the child.

Double cab models—Toyota strongly urges use of aproper child restraint system whichconforms to the size of the child,installed on the rear seat. Accord-ing to accident statistics, the childis safer when properly restrained inthe rear seat than in the front seat.

D Never install a rear−facing child re-straint system on the front passen-ger seat even if the front passengeroccupant classification indicatorlight indicates “OFF”. In the eventof an accident, the impact of therapid inflation of the front passen-ger airbag could cause death or se-rious injury to the child if the rear−facing child restraint system isinstalled on the front passengerseat.

D A forward−facing child restraint sys-tem should be allowed to beinstalled on the front passengerseat only when it is unavoidable.Always move the seat as far backas possible even if the front pas-senger occupant classification indi-cator light indicates “OFF”, becausethe front passenger airbag could in-flate with considerable speed andforce. Otherwise, the child may bekilled or seriously injured.

D On vehicles with side airbags andcurtain shield airbags, do not allowthe child to lean his/her head orany part of his/her body against thedoor or the area of the seat, frontor rear pillar or roof side rail fromwhich the side airbags or curtainshield airbags deploy even if thechild is seated in the child restraintsystem. It is dangerous if the sideairbag and curtain shield airbag in-flate, and the impact could causedeath or serious injury to the child.

D Do not use the seat belt extenderwhen installing a child restraintsystem on the front or rear passen-ger seat. If installing a child re-straint system with the seat beltextender connected to the seat belt,the seat belt will not securely holdthe child restraint system, whichcould cause death or serious injuryto the child or other passengers inthe event of collision.

D Make sure you have complied withall installation instructions providedby the child restraint manufacturerand that the system is properly se-cured. If it is not secured properly,it may cause death or serious injuryto the child in the event of a sud-den stop or accident.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

95

A child restraint system for a smallchild or baby must itself be properlyrestrained on the seat with the lap por-tion of the lap/shoulder belt. You mustcarefully consult the manufacturer’sinstructions which accompany the childrestraint system.

To provide proper restraint, use a childrestraint system following the manufactur-er’s instructions about the appropriate ageand size of the child for the child restraintsystem.

Install the child restraint system correctlyfollowing the instructions provided by itsmanufacturer. General directions are alsoprovided under the following illustrations.

The child restraint system should beinstalled in the rear seat if your vehicleis equipped with rear seats. According toaccident statistics, the child is safer whenproperly restrained in the rear of the ve-hicle cabin than in the front.

When not using the child restraint system,keep it secured with the seat belt or placeit somewhere other than the passengercompartment. This will prevent it from in-juring passengers in the event of a sud-den stop or accident.

Child restraint systems are classified intothe following 3 types depending on thechild’s age and size.

(A) Infant seat(B) Convertible seat(C) Booster seat

Install the child restraint system followingthe instructions provided by its manufac-turer.

Your vehicle has anchor brackets for se-curing the top strap of a child restraintsystem.

For instructions about how to use the an-chor bracket, see “—Using a top strap” onpage 116, 119 or 122 in this Section.

The child restraint lower anchoragesapproved for your vehicle may also beused. See “—Installation with childrestraint lower anchorages” on page 124,126 or 131 in this Section.

LS13001

(A) Infant seat

LS13002

(B) Convertible seat

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Child restraint system—Types of child restraintsystem

96

LS13003

(C) Booster seat

LS13004a

WHEN INSTALLING IN THE REAR SEAT(access cab models):

Flip over the bottom cushion beforeinstalling the child restraint system.

CAUTION

To install the child restraint systemproperly, make sure the bottom cush-ion is flipped over whenever you usea child restraint system in the rearseating area.

LS13008

(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION

An infant seat must be used in rear−facing position only.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Installation with seat belt(regular cab models with separateseats and access cab models)

97

LS13005

CAUTION

Never install a rear−facing child re-straint system on the front seat withthe passenger airbag off switch in the“AUTO” position. In the event of anaccident, the force of the rapid infla-tion of the front passenger airbag cancause death or serious injury to thechild if the rear−facing child restraintsystem is installed on the front pas-senger seat.

LS13006a

When you install a rear−facing child re-straint system which belongs to a pas-senger risk group on the front passen-ger seat, turn the passenger airbag offswitch counterclockwise to the “OFF”position and remove the key. (For de-tails, see “SRS driver airbag and frontpassenger airbag” on page 53 in thisSection.)

The indicator light comes on when thesystem is off.

CAUTION

If you must install a rear−facing childrestraint system on the front passen-ger seat, make sure that the frontpassenger airbag off switch is in the“OFF” position with the key removedand that the indicator light is on.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

98

LS13007

CAUTION

D Do not install a child restraint sys-tem on the rear seat if it interfereswith the lock mechanism of thefront seats. Otherwise, the child orfront seat occupant(s) may be killedor seriously injured in case of sud-den braking or a collision.

D If the driver’s seat position doesnot allow sufficient space for safeinstallation, install the child re-straint system on the rear rightseat.

LS13009

To install the infant seat:

1. Run the lap and shoulder belt throughor around the infant seat following theinstructions provided by its manufactur-er and insert the tab into the buckletaking care not to twist the belt. Keepthe lap portion of the belt tight.

CAUTION

D After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the lap and shoulder portionsof the belt are not twisted.

D Do not insert coins, clips, etc. inthe buckle as this may prevent yourchild from properly latching the taband buckle.

D If the seat belt does not functionnormally, it cannot protect yourchild from death or serious injury.Contact your Toyota dealer immedi-ately. Do not install the childrestraint system on the seat untilthe seat belt is fixed.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

99

LS13010

2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put itin the lock mode. When the belt isthen retracted even slightly, it cannotbe extended.

To hold the infant seat securely, makesure the belt is in the lock mode beforeletting the belt retract.

LS13011

3. While pressing the infant seat firmlyagainst the seat cushion and seatback,let the shoulder belt retract as far asit will go to hold the infant seat secure-ly.

LS13012

CAUTION

Push and pull the child restraint sys-tem in different directions to be sureit is secure. Follow all the installationinstructions provided by its manufac-turer.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

100

LS13013

To remove the infant seat:Press the buckle release button and allowthe belt to retract completely. The belt willmove freely again and be ready to workfor an adult or older child passenger.

LS13014

(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION

A convertible seat must be used in for-ward−facing or rear−facing position de-pending on the age and size of thechild. When installing, follow themanufacturer’s instructions about theapplicable age and size of the child aswell as directions for installing thechild restraint system.

LS13015

CAUTION

Rear−facing child restraint system:Never install a rear−facing child re-straint system on the front passengerseat with the passenger airbag offswitch in the “AUTO” position. In theevent of an accident, the force of therapid inflation of the front passengerairbag can cause death or serious in-jury to the child if the rear−facingchild restraint system is installed onthe front passenger seat.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

101

LS13006a

When you install a rear−facing child re-straint system which belongs to a pas-senger risk group on the front passen-ger seat, turn the passenger airbag offswitch counterclockwise to the “OFF”position and remove the key. (For de-tails, see “SRS driver airbag and frontpassenger airbag” on page 53 in thisSection.)

The indicator light comes on when thesystem is off.

CAUTION

If you must install a rear−facing childrestraint system on the front passen-ger seat, make sure that the passen-ger airbag off switch is in the “OFF”position with the key removed andthat the indicator light is on.

CAUTION

Forward−facing child restraint system:A forward−facing child restraintsystem which belongs to a passengerrisk group should never be installedon the front passenger seat with thepassenger airbag off switch in the“AUTO” position, because the forceof the deploying airbag could causedeath or serious injury to the child inforward seating position. (For details,see “SRS driver airbag and frontpassenger airbag” on page 53 in thisSection.)

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

102

LS13016

CAUTION


D If the driver’s seat position doesnot allow sufficient space for safeinstallation, install the child re-straint system on the rear rightseat.

LS13017

To install the forward−facing convertibleseat:

1. Run the lap and shoulder belt throughor around the convertible seat followingthe instructions provided by itsmanufacturer and insert the tab intothe buckle taking care not to twist thebelt. Keep the lap portion of the belttight.

For instructions concerning the installationof the rear−facing convertible seat, see“(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION” onpage 96.

CAUTION




07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

103

LS13018


To hold the convertible seat securely,make sure the belt is in the lock modebefore letting the belt retract.

LS13019

3. While pressing the convertible seatfirmly against the seat cushion andseatback, let the shoulder belt retractas far as it will go to hold the convert-ible seat securely.

LS13020

CAUTION


07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

104

LS13021

To remove the convertible seat:Press the buckle release button and allowthe belt to retract completely. The belt willmove freely again and be ready to workfor an adult or older child passenger.

LS13022

(C) BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION

A booster seat must be used in for-ward−facing position only.

CAUTION

A forward−facing child restraintsystem which belongs to a passengerrisk group should never be installedon the front passenger seat with thepassenger airbag off switch in the“AUTO” position, because the forceof the deploying airbag could causedeath or serious injury to the child inforward seating position. (For details,see “SRS driver airbag and frontpassenger airbag” on page 53 in thisSection.)

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

105

LS13023

To install the booster seat:

Sit the child on a booster seat. Run thelap and shoulder belt through or aroundthe booster seat and across the child fol-lowing the instructions provided by itsmanufacturer and insert the tab into thebuckle taking care not to twist the belt.

Make sure the shoulder belt is correctlyacross the child’s shoulder and that thelap belt is positioned as low as possibleon the child’s hips. See “Seat belts” onpage 43 in this Section for details.

CAUTION

D Always make sure the shoulder beltis positioned across the center ofchild’s shoulder. The belt should bekept away from child’s neck, butnot falling off child’s shoulder.Otherwise, the child may be killedor seriously injured in case of sud-den braking or a collision.

D Both high−positioned lap belts andloose−fitting belts could causedeath or serious injuries due tosliding under the lap belt during acollision or other unintended event.Keep the lap belt positioned as lowon a child’s hips as possible.

D For child’s safety, do not place theshoulder belt under child’s arm.




07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

106

LS13024

To remove the booster seat:Press the buckle release button and allowthe belt to retract.

LS13028

(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION

An infant seat must be used in rear−facing position only.

LS13029

CAUTION


07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Installation with seat belt(regular cab models with benchseat and double cab models)

107

LS13030


D If the driver’s seat position doesnot allow sufficient space for safeinstallation, install the child re-straint system on the rear rightseat. Child restraint systeminstalled on the rear seat shouldnot contact the front seatbacks.

LS13031

To install the infant seat:

1. Run the lap and shoulder belt throughor around the infant seat following theinstructions provided by its manufactur-er and insert the tab into the buckletaking care not to twist the belt. Keepthe lap portion of the belt tight.

CAUTION




07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

108

LS13032


To hold the infant seat securely, makesure the belt is in the lock mode beforeletting the belt retract.

LS13033

3. While pressing the infant seat firmlyagainst the seat cushion and seatback,let the shoulder belt retract as far asit will go to hold the infant seat secure-ly.

LS13034

CAUTION


07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

109

LS13035

To remove the infant seat:Press the buckle release button and allowthe belt to retract completely. The belt willmove freely again and be ready to workfor an adult or older child passenger.

LS13036

(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION

A convertible seat must be used in for-ward−facing or rear−facing position de-pending on the age and size of thechild. When installing, follow themanufacturer’s instructions about theapplicable age and size of the child aswell as directions for installing thechild restraint system.

Install the child restraint system on theright front passenger seat (regular cabmodels with bench seat) or front passen-ger seat (double cab models) only whenit is unavoidable. Your vehicle is equippedwith a front passenger occupant classifica-tion system. In order to activate the occu-pant classification system correctly, installthe forward−facing child restraint systemon the front passenger seat in the follow-ing order:

1. Turn the engine switch to the “ON”position.

2. Move the right front passenger seat(regular cab models with bench seat)or front passenger seat (double cabmodels) to the rearward position.

3. Put the child restraint system on theright front passenger seat (regular cabmodels with bench seat) or front pas-senger seat (double cab models) with-out putting your weight on the rightfront passenger seat (regular cab mod-els with bench seat) or front passengerseat (double cab models).

4. Insert the seat belt tab into the seatbelt buckle.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

110

5. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put itin the lock mode. When the belt isthen retracted even slightly, it cannotbe extended. To hold the seat securely,make sure the belt is in the lock modebefore letting the belt retract.


CAUTION


7. Put a child on the child restraint sys-tem and secure the child, complyingwith the instructions provided by thechild restraint system manufacturer.

The front passenger occupant classifica-tion indicator light should indicate “OFF”when the engine switch is in the “ON”position and the child is in the child re-straint system after following these proce-dures. The “OFF” indicator indicates theSRS front passenger airbag and side air-bag on the passenger side will not deploy.if the indicator light indicates “ON”, do thefollowing procedure:


2. Remove the child restraint system.

3. When reinstalling a child restraint sys-tem, make sure the seatback does notpress the child restraint system intothe seat cushion. If this occurs, adjustthe seatback angle slightly.

4. Then make sure the head restraint isnot pressing the child restraint systeminto the seat cushion. If this occurs,raise the head restraint.

5. Turn the engine switch on again.

The front passenger occupant classifica-tion indicator light should indicate “OFF”.If the indicator light still indicates “ON”when the engine switch is turned to the“ON” position, then the SRS front passen-ger airbag and side airbag on the passen-ger side may deploy in an accident. Donot drive the vehicle in this condition. Re-move the child restraint system and con-tact your Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

D Never install a rear−facing child re-straint system on the front passen-ger seat. A forward−facing child re-straint system should only beinstalled on the front passengerseat when unavoidable. If you mustinstall the child restraint system onthe front passenger seat, put theseat in its most rearward position,and install the forward−facing childrestraint system in the proper or-der. Otherwise, the front passengeroccupant classification system cannot detect the presence of the childrestraint system and the front pas-senger airbag and side airbag onthe front passenger seat coulddeploy.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

111

LS13037

CAUTION


LS13038

Move seatfully back



07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

112

LS13039


D If the driver’s seat position doesnot allow sufficient space for safeinstallation, install the child re-straint system on the rear rightseat. Child restraint systeminstalled on the rear seat shouldnot contact the front seatbacks.

LS13040

To install the forward−facing convertibleseat:

1. Run the lap and shoulder belt throughor around the convertible seat followingthe instructions provided by itsmanufacturer and insert the tab intothe buckle taking care not to twist thebelt. Keep the lap portion of the belttight.

For instructions concerning the installationof the rear−facing convertible seat, see“(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION” onpage 106.

CAUTION




07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

113

LS13041


To hold the convertible seat securely,make sure the belt is in the lock modebefore letting the belt retract.

LS13042


LS13043

CAUTION


07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

114

LS13044

To remove the convertible seat:Press the buckle release button and allowthe belt to retract completely. The belt willmove freely again and be ready to workfor an adult or older child passenger.

LS13045

(C) BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION

A booster seat must be used in for-ward−facing position only.

LS13046

Move seatfully back

CAUTION


07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

115


LS13047

To install the booster seat:

Sit the child on a booster seat. Run thelap and shoulder belt through or aroundthe booster seat and across the child fol-lowing the instructions provided by itsmanufacturer and insert the tab into thebuckle taking care not to twist the belt.

Make sure the shoulder belt is correctlyacross the child’s shoulder and that thelap belt is positioned as low as possibleon the child’s hips. See “Seat belts” onpage 43 in this Section for details.

CAUTION

D Always make sure the shoulder beltis positioned across the center ofchild’s shoulder. The belt should bekept away from child’s neck, butnot falling off child’s shoulder.Otherwise, the child may be killedor seriously injured in case of sud-den braking or a collision.

D Both high−positioned lap belts andloose−fitting belts could causedeath or serious injuries due tosliding under the lap belt during acollision or other unintended event.Keep the lap belt positioned as lowon a child’s hips as possible.

D For child’s safety, do not place theshoulder belt under child’s arm.



07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

116

D If the seat belt does not functionnormally, it cannot protect yourchild from death or serious injury.Contact your Toyota dealer immedi-ately. Do not install the childrestraint system on the seat untilthe seat belt is fixed. LS13048

To remove the booster seat:Press the buckle release button and allowthe belt to retract.

LS13050a

Follow the procedure below for a childrestraint system that requires the useof a top strap.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Using a top strap(regular cab models)

117

LS13052b

Anchorbrackets

Symbolmark

Routing devices

Bench seat

LS13053bAnchorbracket

Symbolmark

Routingdevice

Separate seats

Use the routing device and the anchorbracket on the back panel to attach thetop strap.

Anchor brackets are installed for (each)passenger seating position.

This symbol indicates the locations of theanchor brackets. LS13063

TO USE THE ANCHOR BRACKET:

1. Remove the passenger head re-straint.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

118

LS13181

Symbolmark

2. Lightly push down on the top sur-face of the routing device cover withthe symbol mark shown in the il-lustration, then pull it forward to re-move.

LS13064b

3. Pull the seatback release lever andswing the seatback forward slightly.

Route the top strap through therouting device as shown in the il-lustration.

Latch the hook onto the anchorbracket.

Return the seatback to upright posi-tion.

LS13065b

4. Fix the child restraint system withthe seat belt and tighten the topstrap.

Replace the passenger head re-straint.

Store the removed cover in a safe placesuch as the glove box.

Be sure to replace the cover when theanchor bracket is not in use.

For instructions on installing the child re-straint system, see “Child restraint” onpage 93 in this Section.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

119

CAUTION

D When returning the seatback to itsoriginal position, make sure theseatback is securely locked bypushing forward and rearward onthe top of the seatback.

D Make sure the top strap is securelylatched, and check that the childrestraint system is secure by push-ing and pulling it in different direc-tions. Follow all the installation in-structions provided by its manufac-turer.

LS13069

Front position

LS13070a

Rear position


07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Using a top strap(access cab models)

120

LS13071Symbol mark

Routingdeviceorupperanchorbracket

Loweranchorbracket

Use the routing device and the anchorbracket to attach the top strap.

Upper anchor bracket is installed for frontpassenger’s seating position, lower anchorbracket is installed for right−rear seatingposition.

This symbol indicates the locations ofuser ready anchor brackets.

LS13072Symbol mark


Front position—

1. Remove the passenger head re-straint.

Lightly push down on the top sur-face of the anchor bracket coverwith the symbol mark shown in theillustration, then pull it forward toremove.

LS13073

2. Fix the child restraint system withthe seat belt.

Latch the hook onto the anchorbracket on the back panel and tight-en the top strap.


07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

121

CAUTION

Make sure the top strap is securelylatched, and check that the child re-straint system is secure by pushingand pulling it in different directions.Follow all the installation instructionsprovided by its manufacturer.

LS13074

3. Replace the head restraint.

Store the removed cover in a safe placesuch as the glove box.

Be sure to replace the cover when theanchor bracket is not in use.

LS13075

Symbol mark

Rear position—

1. Upper anchor bracket:Lightly push down on the top sur-face of the upper anchor bracketcover with the symbol mark shownin the illustration, then pull it for-ward to remove.

Lower anchor bracket:Pull up the lower anchor bracket.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

122

LS13076a

Routingdevice

2. Fix the child restraint system withthe seat belt.

Route the top strap through therouting device as shown in the il-lustration.


CAUTION

Make sure the top strap is nottwisted.

LS13077a

3. Latch the hook onto the rear loweranchor bracket and tighten the topstrap.

Store the removed covers in a safe placesuch as the glove box.

Be sure to replace the covers when theanchor bracket is not in use.

CAUTION

Make sure the top strap is securelylatched, and check that the child re-straint system is secure by pushingand pulling it in different directions.Follow all the installation instructionsprovided by its manufacturer.

LS13051


07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Using a top strap(double cab models)

123

LS13054a

Anchorbrackets

Symbolmark

Use the anchor bracket on the back panelto attach the top strap.

Anchor brackets are installed for eachrear seating position.

This symbol indicates the locations of theanchor brackets.

LS13066


1. Remove the head restraint.

LS13067

2. Pull the seatback release strap andswing the seatback forward slightly,then latch the hook onto the anchorbracket.

Return the seatback to its originalposition.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

124

LS13068

3. Fix the child restraint system withthe seat belt and tighten the topstrap.

Replace the head restraint.


CAUTION

D When returning the seatback to itsoriginal position, make sure theseatback is securely locked bypushing forward and rearward onthe top of the seatback. Failure todo so will prevent the seat beltfrom operating properly.

D Make sure the top strap is securelylatched, and check that the childrestraint system is secure by push-ing and pulling it in different direc-tions. Follow all the installation in-structions provided by its manufac-turer.

LS13078

Separate seats only

Lower anchorages for Child RestraintSystems equipped with hook or buckletype attachments are installed in thefront passenger seat.

The anchorages are installed in the gapbetween the seat cushion and seatback ofthe front passenger seat as shown in theillustration.

Child Restraint Systems equipped withhook or buckle type attachments can beinstalled using these anchorages. For suchsystems, it is not necessary to use thevehicle seatbelts.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Installation with childrestraint lower anchorages(regular cab models)

125

LS13160a

1st lockposition

10th lockposition

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMINSTALLATION

1. Fold down the seatback and back tothe 1st lock position (most uprightposition) until it locks into place.Adjust the seatback to the 10th lockposition.

Make sure the seatback is locked secure-ly.

LS13082

Canada only

Type A

LS13083

Canada only

Type B

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

126

2. Widen the gap between the seatcushion and seatback slightly andconfirm the position of the lower an-chorages near the button on theseatback.

3. Type A—Latch the hooks of lowerstraps onto the anchorages andtighten the lower straps.

Type B—Latch the buckles onto theanchorages.

For owners in Canada—The symbol ona child restraint system indicates the pres-ence of a lower connector system.

If your child restraint system has a topstrap, it should be anchored. (For theinstallation of the top strap, see “—Usinga top strap” on page 116 in this Section.)

For installation details, refer to the instruc-tion manual equipped with each product.

CAUTION

D When using the lower anchoragesfor the child restraint system, besure that there are no irregular ob-jects around the anchorages or thatthe seat belt is not caught.

D Push and pull the child restraintsystem in different directions to besure it is secure. Follow all theinstallation instructions provided byits manufacturer.

D After securing the child restraintsystem, never slide or recline theseat.

LS13078

Front seat

LS13099

Rear seat

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Installation with childrestraint lower anchorages(access cab models)

127

Lower anchorages for Child RestraintSystems equipped with hook or buckletype attachments are installed in thefront passenger seat and the right rearauxiliary seat.

For front seat without a seatback table—

The anchorages are installed in the gapbetween the seat cushion and seatback asshown in the illustration.

For front seat with a seatback table—

The anchorages are installed in the seatcushion.


Instructions for installing these types ofChild Restraint Systems in the right rearseating area are shown in the illustrationon page 129.

CAUTION


LS13160a

1st lockposition

10th lockposition


1. Front seat—Fold down the front seatseatback and back to the 1st lockposition (most upright position) untilit locks into place. Adjust the seat-back to the 10th lock position.

Make sure the seatback is locked secure-ly.

LS13082

Canada only

Front seat without seatback table (type A)

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

128

LS13083

Canada only

Front seat without seatback table (type B)

LS13186

Canada only

Front seat with seatback table (type A)

LS13187

Canada only

Front seat with seatback table (type B)

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

129

Front seat—

2. Front seat without seatback table—Widen the gap between the seatcushion and seatback slightly andconfirm the position of the lower an-chorages near the button on theseatback.

Front seat with seatback table—Wid-en the slits of the seat cushionslightly and confirm the position ofthe lower anchorages near the but-ton on the seat cushion.



Rear seat—

See the diagrams at right and the in-structions on page 130.


LS13100

Canada only

Rear seat (type A)

LS13101

Canada only

Rear seat (type B)

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

130

To install a Child Restraint System in therear seat properly, make sure the bottomseat cushion is flipped over. If the bottomseat cushion is already flipped over, pro-ceed to step 3.

1. Pull the lock release strap.

2. Flip over the bottom cushion. LS13004a

3. Be sure to follow the Child RestraintSystem manufacturer’s instructions forthe recommended installation proce-dure.

4. Push and pull the Child Restraint Sys-tem in different directions to ensure asecure installation.

5. If the Child Restraint System shakes orvibrates when used, install a cushionbetween the Child Restraint Systemand the flipped−over surface of theseat.

CAUTION




CAUTION



07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

131

D After securing the child restraintsystem, never slide or recline theseat.


LS13084

Lower anchorages for Child RestraintSystems equipped with hook or buckletype attachments are installed in therear seat.

The anchorages are installed in the gapbetween the seat cushion and seatback ofboth outside rear seats as shown in theillustration.


LS13085

Canada only

Type A

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Installation with childrestraint lower anchorages(double cab models)

132

LS13086

Canada only

Type B


1. Widen the gap between the seatcushion and seatback slightly andconfirm the position of the lower an-chorages near the button on theseatback.






CAUTION



D After securing the child restraintsystem, never recline the seat.


07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

133

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSSteering wheel and MirrorsTilt and telescopic steering wheel 134. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Outside rear view mirrors 134. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Anti−glare inside rear view mirror 136. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Auto anti−glare inside rear view mirror 137. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sun visors 138. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vanity mirrors 138. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

SECTION 1−4

134

LS14001a

To adjust the steering wheel position,push down the lock release lever. Thentilt the steering wheel to the desiredangle, push or pull it to the desiredsteering column length and pull up thelock release lever.

CAUTION

D Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile the vehicle is moving. Doingso may cause the driver to mishan-dle the vehicle and an accident mayoccur resulting in death or seriousinjuries.

D After adjusting the steering wheel,try moving it up and down to makesure it is locked in position.

LS14002

Adjust the mirror so that you can justsee the side of your vehicle in the mir-ror.

Be careful when judging the size or dis-tance of any object seen in the outsiderear view mirror on the passenger’s sidebecause it is a convex mirror. Any objectseen in a convex mirror will look smallerand farther away than when seen in a flatmirror.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Tilt and telescopic steeringwheel Outside rear view mirrors—

135

CAUTION

Do not adjust the mirror while thevehicle is moving. Doing so maycause the driver to mishandle the ve-hicle and an accident may occur re-sulting in death or serious injuries. LS14003

To adjust a mirror, use the switches.

1. Master switch—To select the mirror tobe adjustedPush the switch to “L” (left) or “R”(right).

2. Control switch—To move the mirrorPush the switch in the desired direc-tion.

Mirrors can be adjusted when the engineswitch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

NOTICE

If ice should jam the mirror, do notoperate the control or scrape the mir-ror face. Use a spray de−icer to freethe mirror.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Power rear view mirrorcontrol

136

LS14004

The rear view mirrors can be foldedbackward for parking in compact areas.

To fold the rear view mirror, push back-ward.

CAUTION

Do not drive with the mirrors foldedbackward. Both the driver and pas-senger side rear view mirrors mustbe extended and properly adjustedbefore driving.

LS14005

Adjust the mirror so that you can justsee the rear of your vehicle in the mir-ror.

To reduce glare from the headlights ofthe vehicle behind you during nightdriving, operate the lever on the loweredge of the mirror.

Daylight driving—Lever at position 1

The reflection in the mirror has greaterclarity at this position.

Night driving—Lever at position 2

Remember that by reducing glare you alsolose some rear view clarity.

CAUTION

Do not adjust the mirror while thevehicle is moving. It may cause thedriver to mishandle the vehicle andan accident may occur resulting indeath or serious injuries.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Folding rear view mirrorsAnti−glare inside rear viewmirror

137

U14028

Adjust the mirror so that you can justsee the rear of your vehicle in the mir-ror.

This mirror is equipped with auto anti−glare function. The function is designedto reduce glare from the headlights ofthe vehicle behind you during nightdriving.

When the engine switch is turned on, theinside rear view mirror always turns on inthe automatic function mode.

The indicator illuminates to show you thatthe function is on.

In automatic function mode, if the mirrordetects light from the headlights of thevehicle behind you, the mirror surfacedarkens slightly to reduce the reflectedlight.

To turn off and on the automatic function,

push the “ ” switch.

Adjust it before driving so that the rearview is in the best condition.

When the inside air temperature is low, itmay take a little longer for the mirror todarken in response to the detection ofheadlights.

CAUTION

Do not adjust the mirror while thevehicle is moving. Doing so maycause the driver to mishandle the ve-hicle and an accident may occur re-sulting in death or serious injuries.

U14029

To ensure correct functioning of anti−glare mirror sensors located on bothsides of the mirror, do not touch orcover the sensors with your finger ora piece of cloth, etc.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Auto anti−glare inside rearview mirror

138

LS14009

Type A

LS14008

Type B

To block out glare, move the sun visor.

To block out glare from the front—Swingdown the sun visor (position 1).

To block out glare from the side—Swingdown the sun visor, remove it from thehook and swing it to the lateral side (posi-tion 2).

Type B—

If glare comes from obliquely behind you,extend the plate at the end of the visor(position 3).

CAUTION

Type B— Do not extend the plate atthe end of the sun visor when thevisor is in the position 1. It can coverthe anti−glare inside rear view mirrorand obstruct the rear view.

Vanity mirrors

LS14010

Type A

LS14011

Type B (passenger’s side only)

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Sun visors

139

Type A—

To use the vanity mirrors, swing downthe sun visor and slide the cover.

Type B—

To use the vanity mirror, swing downthe sun visor.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

140

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

141

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSLights and WipersHeadlights and turn signals 142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Emergency flashers 144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Instrument panel light control 144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Front fog lights 145. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Interior light 145. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Personal lights 146. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Windshield wipers and washer 146. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

SECTION 1−5

142

LS15001b

For the U.S.A.

LS15002b

For Canada

HEADLIGHTS

To turn on the following lights: Twistthe headlight/turn signal lever knob.

Position 1—Parking, tail, license plate andinstrument panel lights

For Canada—The tail light indicator (greenlight) on the instrument panel will tell youthat the tail lights are on.

Position 2—Headlights and all of theabove

For the U.S.A.—The headlight low beamindicator light (green light) on the instru-ment panel will tell you that the lowbeams are on.

Automatic light cut off system

The lights automatically turn off when thedriver’s door is opened with the engineswitch in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.

To turn them on again, turn the engineswitch to the “ON” position or actuate theheadlight switch.

If you are going to park for over oneweek, make sure the headlight switch isoff.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights onfor a long period when the engine isnot running.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Headlights and turn signals

143

Daytime running light (DRL) system (onsome models)

The Daytime Running Light (DRL) systemcan make it easier for others to see thefront of your vehicle during the day. TheDRL system can be helpful in many differ-ent driving conditions, but they can beespecially helpful in the short periods afterdawn and before sunset.

The DRL system will make your front turnsignal lights come on when:

D The engine switch is on with the en-gine running.

D The knob is in the “OFF” position orposition 1.

D The parking brake is released.

To turn off the DRL system, twist the knobto position 2 or turn the engine switch off.

LS15003b

High−Low beams—For high beams, turnthe headlights on and push the lever awayfrom you (position 1). Pull the lever to-ward you (position 2) for low beams.

The headlight high beam indicator light(blue light) on the instrument panel willtell you that the high beams are on.

Flashing the high beam headlights(position 3)—Pull the lever all the wayback. The high beam headlights turn offwhen you release the lever.

You can flash the high beam headlightswith the knob turned to “OFF”.

LS15004b

TURN SIGNALS

To signal a turn, push the headlight/turn signal lever up or down to position1.

The engine switch must be in the “ON”position.

The lever automatically returns after youmake a turn, but you may have to returnit by hand after you change lanes.

To signal a lane change, move the leverup or down to the pressure point (position2) and hold it.

If the turn signal indicator lights (greenlights) on the instrument panel flash fasterthan normal, a front or rear turn signalbulb is burned out.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

144

LS15005

To turn on the emergency flashers,push the switch.

All the turn signal lights will flash. To turnthem off, push the switch once again.

Turn on the emergency flashers to warnother drivers if your vehicle must bestopped where it might be a traffic hazard.

Always pull as far off the road as pos-sible.

The turn signal light switch will not workwhen the emergency flashers are operat-ing.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the switch onlonger than necessary when the en-gine is not running.

LS15006

To adjust the brightness of the instru-ment panel lights, turn the dial.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Emergency flashers Instrument panel light control

145

LS15007

To turn on the front fog lights, pushthe switch. They will come on when theheadlights are turned on.

LS15008a

To turn on the interior light, slide theswitch.

The interior light switch has the followingpositions:

“ON”—Keeps the light on all the time.

“OFF”—Turns the light off.

“DOOR”—Turns the light on when anydoor is opened. The light goes off whenall the doors are closed.

To prevent the battery being discharged,the light will automatically turn off whenthe key is removed and the door is leftopened with the switch at the “DOOR”position for 20 minutes or more.

ILLUMINATED ENTRY SYSTEM

When the switch is in the “DOOR” posi-tion and any door is opened, the light willcome on. After all the doors are closed,the light remains on for about 15 secondsbefore fading out.

However, in the following cases, the lightgoes out immediately:

D All the doors are closed when the en-gine switch is in the “ACC” or “ON”position.

D The engine switch is turned to the“ACC”, “ON” or “START” after all thedoors are closed.

D All the doors are closed and lockedwhen the light is still on. (vehicles withthe power door lock system only)

Vehicles with the power door lock sys-tem—

When all the doors are unlocked usingeither the key or the wireless remote con-trol transmitter simultaneously, the interiorlight will come on and remain on for about15 seconds before fading out.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Front fog lights Interior light

146

LS15009

To turn on the personal lights, push thelens. To turn the lights off, push thelens once again.

LS15010c

To turn on the windshield wipers, movethe lever to the desired setting.


Lever position Speed setting

Position 1 Intermittent

Position 2 Slow

Position 3 Fast

For a single sweep of the windshield,push the lever up and release it.

The “INT TIME” band lets you adjust thewiping time interval when the wiper leveris in the intermittent position (position 1).Twist the band upward to increase thetime between sweeps, and downward todecrease it.

To squirt washer fluid, pull the levertoward you and release it.

If the windshield wipers are off, they willoperate a couple of times after the washersquirts.

For instructions on adding washer fluid,see “Adding washer fluid” on page 391 inSection 7−3.

In freezing weather, warm the windshieldwith the defroster before using the washer.This will help prevent the washer fluidfrom freezing on your windshield, whichcan block your vision.

NOTICE

Do not operate the wipers if the wind-shield is dry. It may scratch theglass.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Personal lightsWindshield wipers andwasher (type A)

147

When waxing your vehicle, make sure thatthe washer nozzles do not becomeblocked. If a nozzle becomes blocked,contact your Toyota dealer to have thevehicle serviced.

NOTICE

If a nozzle becomes blocked, do nottry to clear it with a pin or otherobject. The nozzle will be damaged.

LS15011d

To turn on the windshield wipers, movethe lever to the desired setting.


Lever position Speed setting

Position 1 Slow

Position 2 Fast

For a single sweep of the windshield,push the lever up and release it.

To squirt washer fluid, pull the levertoward you and release it.

For instructions on adding washer fluid,see “Adding washer fluid” on page 391 inSection 7−3.

In freezing weather, warm the windshieldwith the defroster before using the washer.This will help prevent the washer fluidfrom freezing on your windshield, whichcan block your vision.

NOTICE

Do not operate the wipers if the wind-shield is dry. It may scratch theglass.

When waxing your vehicle, make sure thatthe washer nozzles do not becomeblocked. If a nozzle becomes blocked,contact your Toyota dealer to have thevehicle serviced.

NOTICE


07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Windshield wipers andwasher (type B)

148

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

149

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSGauges, Meters and Service reminder indicatorsFuel gauge 150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Engine coolant temperature gauge 150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tachometer 151. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Odometer and two trip meters 151. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers 153. . . . . . . . . . . . .

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

SECTION 1−6

150

LS16001a

Low fuellevelwarninglight

The gauge indicates the approximatequantity of fuel remaining in the tankwhen the engine switch is on.

Nearly full—Needle at “F”Nearly empty—Needle at “E”

It is a good idea to keep the tank over1/4 full.

The needle moves when braking, acceler-ating or making turns. This is caused bythe movement of the fuel in the tank.

If the fuel level approaches “E” or the lowfuel level warning light comes on, fill thefuel tank as soon as possible.

On inclines or curves, due to the move-ment of fuel in the tank, the fuel gaugeneedle may fluctuate or the low fuel levelwarning light may come on earlier thanusual.

If the fuel tank is completely empty, themalfunction indicator lamp comes on. Fillthe fuel tank immediately.

The indicator lamp goes off after drivingseveral times. If the indicator lamp doesnot go off, contact your Toyota dealer assoon as possible.

LS16002

The gauge indicates the engine coolanttemperature when the engine switch ison. The engine operating temperaturewill vary with changes in weather andengine load.

If the needle moves into the red zone,your engine is too hot. If your vehicleoverheats, stop your vehicle and allow theengine to cool.

Your vehicle may overheat during severeoperating conditions, such as:

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Fuel gaugeEngine coolant temperaturegauge

151

D Driving up a long hill on a hot day.

D Reducing speed or stopping after highspeed driving.

D Idling for a long period with the airconditioning on in stop−and−go traffic.

D Towing a trailer.

NOTICE

z Do not remove the thermostat inthe engine cooling system as thismay cause the engine to overheat.The thermostat is designed to con-trol the flow of coolant to keep thetemperature of the engine withinthe specified operating range.

z Do not continue driving with anoverheated engine. See “If your ve-hicle overheats” in Section 4.

LS16003

The tachometer indicates engine speedin thousands of rpm (revolutions perminute). Use it while driving to selectcorrect shift points and to prevent en-gine lugging and over−revving.

Driving with the engine running too fastcauses excessive engine wear and poorfuel economy. Remember, in most casesthe slower the engine speed, the greaterthe fuel economy.

NOTICE

Do not let the indicator needle getinto the red zone. This may causesevere engine damage.

LS16004

This meter displays the odometer andtwo trip meters.

1. Odometer—Shows the total distancethe vehicle has been driven.

2. Two trip meters—Show two differentdistances independently driven sincethe last time each trip meter was setto zero.

You can use one trip meter to calculatethe fuel economy and the other tomeasure the distance on each trip. Alltrip meter data is cancelled if the elec-trical power source is disconnected.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

TachometerOdometer and two tripmeters

152

3. Trip meter reset knob—Resets the twotrip meters to zero, and also changethe meter display.

To change the meter display, quicklypush and release the knob. The meterdisplay changes in the order from theodometer to trip meter A to trip meterB, then back to the odometer eachtime you push.

To reset the trip meter A to zero, dis-play the meter A reading, then pushand hold the knob until the meter isset to zero. The same process can beapplied for resetting the trip meter B.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

153

If the indicator or buzzer comes on... Do this.

(a)(indicator and buzzer)

If parking brake is off, stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.

(b)(indicator and buzzer)

Fasten driver’s seat belt.

(c)(indicator and buzzer)

Fasten front passenger’s seat belt.

(d) Stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.

(e) Stop and check.

(f) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.

(g) Replace engine oil.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers

154


(h) Low fuel levelwarning light

Fill up tank.

(i) or Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.If brake system warning light is also on, stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.

(j) If the light flashes, take vehicle to Toyota dealer.

(k) Close all doors.

(l) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer immediately.

(m) Adjust tire inflation pressure (including spare tire). If the warning light comes on afterblinking for 1 minute, contact Toyota dealer.

(n) Stop and check.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

155


(o) Key reminder buzzer Remove key.

(p) Parking brake reminder buzzer Release parking brake.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

156

(a) Brake System Warning Light andbuzzer

This light comes on in the following caseswhen the engine switch is in the “ON”position.

D When the parking brake is applied...

This light comes on for a few secondswhen the engine switch is turned to the“ON” position even after the parking brakeis released.

D When the brake fluid level is low...

CAUTION

It is dangerous to continue drivingnormally when the brake fluid level islow.

D When the hydraulic brake boosterfails (with the vehicle stability con-trol system)...

If the hydraulic booster causes a problemresulting in poor braking performance, thewarning light comes on and buzzer soundscontinuously.

Have your vehicle checked at yourToyota dealer in the following case:

D The light does not come on even if theparking brake is applied when the en-gine switch is in the “ON” position.

D The light does not come on even if theengine switch is turned on with theparking brake released.

A warning light turning on briefly duringoperation does not indicate a problem.

CAUTION

Without the vehicle stability controlsystem—

If either of the following conditionsoccurs, immediately stop your vehicleat a safe place and contact yourToyota dealer.

D The light does not turn off evenafter the parking brake is releasedwhile the engine is running.

In this case, the brakes may notwork properly and your stoppingdistance will become longer. De-press the brake pedal firmly andbring the vehicle to an immediatestop.

D The brake system warning light re-mains on together with the “ABS”warning light.

In this case, not only the anti−lockbrake system will fail but also thevehicle will become extremely un-stable during braking.

With the vehicle stability control sys-tem—

If any of the following conditions oc-curs, immediately stop your vehicle ata safe place and contact your Toyotadealer.

D The light does not turn off evenafter the parking brake is releasedwhile the engine is running.

D The warning buzzer comes on to-gether with the warning light.

In either case, this can indicate thatthe brakes may not work properlyand your stopping distance will be-come longer. Depress the brakepedal firmly and bring the vehicleto an immediate stop.

D The brake system warning light re-mains on together with the “ABS”warning light.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

157

In this case, not only the anti−lockbrake system will fail but also thevehicle will become extremely un-stable during braking.

With the vehicle stability control system—

Any of the following conditions may oc-cur, but do not indicate the malfunc-tion:

D The light may stay on for about 60seconds after the engine switch isturned to the “ON” position. It is nor-mal if it turns off after a while.

D Depressing the brake pedal repeatedlymay turn on the warning light andbuzzer. It is normal if the light turns offand the buzzer stops sounding after afew seconds.

D You may hear a small sound in theengine compartment after the engine isstarted or the brake pedal is depressedrepeatedly. This is a pump pulsatingsound of the brake system, and it isnot a malfunction.

(b) Driver’s Seat Belt Reminder Lightand Buzzer

The light and buzzer act as a reminder tobuckle up the driver’s seat belt.

Once the engine switch is turned to the“ON” or “START”, the reminder lightflashes and buzzer sounds if the driver’sseat belt is not fastened. Unless the driv-er fastens the belt, the light continuesflashing and the buzzer stops after about4 to 8 seconds.

If the vehicle speed rises above 20 km/h(12 mph) with the seat belt unfastened,the buzzer will sound for about 10 sec-onds. Then, if the seat belt is still unfas-tened, the buzzer will sound in a differenttone for 20 seconds. Even if the vehiclespeed drops below 20 km/h (12 mph), thebuzzer will continue to sound. To stop thebuzzer, fasten the seat belt. If the buzzerstill sounds, make sure the front passen-ger’s seat belt is fastened.

The vehicle speed linked seat belt remind-er buzzer can be disabled. For details,contact your Toyota dealer.

However, Toyota recommends that theseat belt reminder buzzer be operationalto alert the driver and front passenger thatthe seat belts are not fastened.

(c) Front Passenger’s Seat Belt Re-minder Light and Buzzer

The light and buzzer act as a reminder tohave the front passenger buckle up theseat belt.

Once the engine switch is turned to the“ON” position, the reminder light flashes ifa passenger sits in the right front passen-ger seat and does not fasten the seatbelt.

If the vehicle speed rises above 20 km/h(12 mph) with the seat belt unfastened,the buzzer will sound for 10 seconds.Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened,the buzzer will sound in a different tonefor 20 seconds. Even if the vehicle speeddrops below 20 km/h (12 mph), the buzzerwill continue to sound. To stop the buzzer,fasten the seat belt. If the buzzer stillsounds, make sure the driver’s seat beltis fastened.

If luggage or other load is placed on thefront passenger seat, depending on itsweight, the reminder light to flash andbuzzer to sound.

The vehicle speed linked seat belt remind-er buzzer can be disabled. For details,contact your Toyota dealer.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

158

However, Toyota recommends that theseat belt reminder buzzer be operationalto alert the driver and front passenger thatthe seat belts are not fastened.

(d) Charging System Warning Light

This warning light comes on when theengine switch is turned to the “ON” posi-tion, and goes off when the engine isstarted.

When there are problems in the chargingsystem while the engine is running, thewarning light comes on.

NOTICE

When the charging system warninglight comes on while the engine isrunning, malfunctions such as the en-gine drive belt being broken may haveoccurred. If the warning light comeson, immediately stop the vehicle in asafe place and contact your Toyotadealer.

(e) Low Engine Oil Pressure WarningLight

This light warns that the engine oil pres-sure is too low.

If it flickers or stays on while you aredriving, pull off the road to a safe placeand stop the engine immediately. Call aToyota dealer or qualified repair shop forassistance.

The light may occasionally flicker whenthe engine is idling or it may come onbriefly after a hard stop. There is nocause for concern if it then goes out whenthe engine is accelerated slightly.

The light may come on when the oil levelis extremely low. It is not designed toindicate low oil level, and the oil levelmust be checked using the level dipstick.

NOTICE

Do not drive the vehicle with thewarning light on—even for one block.It may ruin the engine.

(f) Malfunction Indicator Lamp

This lamp comes on when the engineswitch is turned to the “ON” positionand goes off after the engine starts.This means that the warning light sys-tem is operating properly.

If the lamp remains on, or the lampcomes on while driving, first check thefollowings.

D Empty fuel tank

If the fuel tank is empty, refuel immedi-ately.

D Loose fuel tank cap

If the fuel tank cap is loose, securelytighten it.

These cases are temporary malfunctions.The malfunction indicator lamp will go offafter taking several driving trips.

If the lamp does not go off even afterseveral trips, contact your Toyota dealeras soon as possible.

If the fuel tank is not empty or the fueltank cap is not loose...

D There is a problem somewhere in theengine, emission control system, elec-tronic throttle control system, automatictransmission electrical system or warn-ing light system itself.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

159

Contact your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible to service the vehicle.

If engine speed does not increase whenthe accelerator pedal is depressed, theremay be a problem somewhere in the elec-tronic throttle control system.

At this time, vibration may occur. Howev-er, if you depress the accelerator pedalmore firmly and slowly, you can drive yourvehicle at low speeds. Have your vehiclechecked by your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible.

Even if the abnormality of the electronicthrottle control system is corrected duringlow speed driving, the system may not berecovered until the engine is stopped andthe engine switch is turned to “ACC” or“LOCK” position.

CAUTION

Be especially careful to prevent erro-neous pedal operation.

Emissions Inspection and Maintenance(I/M) programs

Your vehicle may not pass a stateemission inspection if the malfunctionindicator lamp remains on. Contact yourToyota dealer to check your vehicle’semission control system and OBD(On−Board Diagnostics) system beforetaking your vehicle for the inspection.

For details, see “Emissions Inspection andMaintenance (I/M) programs” in Section 6.

(g) Engine Oil Replacement ReminderLight (for vehicles sold in U.S.A.)

This light acts as a reminder to replacethe engine oil.

This light will come on when the engineswitch is turned to “ON” and will go offafter about a few seconds.

When you drive for about 7200 km (4500miles) after the engine oil replacement,this light illuminates for about 3 secondsand then flashes for about 12 secondswith the engine switch turned to the “ON”position. If you continue driving withoutreplacing the engine oil, and if thedistance driven exceeds 8000 km (5000miles), the light will come on after theengine switch is turned to “ON” position.The light will remain on thereafter.

If the light is flashing, we recommend thatyou replace the engine oil at an earlyopportunity depending on the driving androad conditions. If the light comes on,replace it as soon as possible.

The system must be reset after theengine oil replacement. Reset the systemby the following procedure:

1. Turn the engine switch to the “OFF”position with the odometer readingshown. (For details, see “Odometer andtwo trip meters” on page 151 in thisSection.)

2. Turn the engine switch to the “ON”position while holding down the tripmeter reset knob.

Hold down the knob for at least 5seconds. The odometer indicates “000000”and the light goes off.

If the system fails to reset, the light willcontinue flashing.

(h) Low Fuel Level Warning Light

This light comes on when the fuel levelin the tank becomes nearly empty. Fill upthe tank as soon as possible.

On inclines or curves, due to the move-ment of fuel in the tank, the low fuel levelwarning light may come on earlier thanusual.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

160

(i) “ABS” Warning Light


The light comes on when the engineswitch is turned to the “ON” position. Ifthe anti−lock brake system works properly,the light turns off after a few seconds.Thereafter, if the system malfunctions, thelight comes on again.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti−lock brake system does not operate,but the brake system still operates con-ventionally.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti−lock brake system does not operatebut the brake assist system still operates.In this case, the wheels could lock upduring a sudden braking or braking onslippery road surfaces.

If either of the following conditionsoccurs, this indicates a malfunctionsomewhere in the parts monitored bythe warning light system. Contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible toservice the vehicle.

D The light does not come on when theengine switch is turned to the “ON”position, or the light remains on.

D The light comes on while you are driv-ing.


CAUTION

If the “ABS” warning light remains ontogether with the brake system warn-ing light, immediately stop your ve-hicle at a safe place and contact yourToyota dealer.

In this case, not only the anti−lockbrake system will fail but also thevehicle will become extremely unsta-ble during braking.

With rear differential lock: However, it isa normal operation for the light to be onwith rear differential locked. At this time,the anti−lock brake system does not oper-ate.


The light comes on when the engineswitch is turned to the “ON” position. Ifthe anti−lock brake system and the brakeassist system work properly, the lightturns off after a few seconds. Thereafter,if either of the systems malfunctions, thelight comes on again.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), thefollowing systems do not operate, but thebrake system still operates conventionally.


D Brake assist system





D Hill−start assist control system

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

161

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti−lock brake system does not operate,so that the wheels will lock up during asudden braking or braking on slipperyroad surfaces.

If either of the following conditions oc-curs, this indicates a malfunction some-where in the components monitored bythe warning light system. Contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible toservice the vehicle.

D The light does not come on when theengine switch is turned to the “ON”position, or remains on.

D The light comes on while you are dri-ving.


CAUTION



Any of the following conditions may oc-cur, but do not indicate a malfunction:


D Depressing the brake pedal repeatedlymay turn on the light. It is normal if itturns off after a few seconds.

D With rear differential lock: The lightcomes on with rear differential locked.At this time, the anti−lock brake sys-tem, the brake assist system, the ve-hicle stability control system, the trac-tion control system, the downhill assistcontrol system and the hill−start assistcontrol system do not operate.

(j) “VSC OFF” warning light

The light flashing warns that there is aproblem somewhere in the following.






The light will come on when the engineswitch turned to “ON”, and will go off aftera few seconds.

It is not a malfunction that the light maystay on for 60 seconds after the engineswitch is turned to the “ON” position.

Depressing the brake pedal repeatedlymay turn on the lights. It is normal if theygo out after a few seconds.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

162

If the light flashes on while driving, theabove mentioned systems do not work.However, as conventional braking operateswhen applied, there is no problem to con-tinue your driving.

In the following cases, contact your Toyotadealer:

D The warning light does not come onafter the engine switch is turned to“ON”.

D The warning light remains on after theengine switch is turned to “ON”.

D The warning light flashes while driving.

(k) Open Door Warning Light

This light remains on until all the doorsare completely closed.

(l) SRS Warning Light

This light will come on when the engineswitch is turned to the “ON” position.After about 6 seconds, the light will gooff. This means the systems of the air-bag and front seat belt pretensionersare operating properly.

This warning light system monitors theairbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-sors, side and curtain shield airbag sen-sors, curtain shield airbag sensors, driv-er’s seat position sensor, driver’s seat beltbuckle switch, front passenger occupantclassification system∗, passenger airbagoff switch, passenger airbag on−off indica-tor light, seat belt pretensioner assem-blies, inflators, “RSCA OFF” indicator light,interconnecting wiring and power sources.∗: The front passenger occupant classifica-tion system includes the front passengeroccupant classification ECU, pressure sen-sor, load sensor, front passenger’s seatbelt buckle switch, front passenger’s seatposition sensor and belt tension sensor.

If either of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunction somewhere inthe parts monitored by the warning lightsystem. Contact your Toyota dealer assoon as possible to service the vehicle.



(m) Tire Pressure Warning Light

This light warns that the tire inflation pres-sure of one or more of your tires (includ-ing the spare tire) is low. The light comeson when the engine switch is turned tothe “ON” position. It goes off after a fewseconds. This indicates that the tire pres-sure warning system is functioning proper-ly.

If the light comes on, stop your vehicle ina safe place as soon as possible andcheck that the tire inflation pressure of alltires (including the spare tire) is asspecified on the tire and loadinginformation label. (See “Checking tireinflation pressure” on page 376 in Section7−2.) The light should go off a fewminutes after the tire pressure is adjusted.

If the warning light comes on after blink-ing for 1 minute, the tire pressure warningsystem may be malfunctioning. Contactyour Toyota dealer.

For details, see “Tire pressure warningsystem” on page 194 in Section 1−7.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

163

(n) Automatic Transmission Fluid Tem-perature Warning Light (four−wheeldrive models only)

This light warns that the automatic trans-mission fluid temperature is too high.

If this light comes on while you are driv-ing, slow down and pull off the road. Stopthe vehicle at a safe place and put theselector lever in “P”. With the engine id-ling, wait until the light goes off. If thelight goes off, you may start the vehicleagain. If the light does not go off, call aToyota dealer or qualified repair shop forassistance.

NOTICE

Continued driving with the warninglight on may damage the automatictransmission.

(o) Key Reminder Buzzer

This buzzer acts as a reminder to removethe key when you open the driver’s doorwith the engine switch in the “ACC” or“LOCK” position.

(p) Parking Brake Reminder Buzzer

The buzzer acts once when the parkingbrake is not completely released at thevehicle speed of 5 km/h (3 mph) or more.Stop the vehicle and release the parkingbrake fully.

CHECKING SERVICE REMINDERINDICATORS (except the low fuel levelwarning light)

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Open one of the doors.The open door warning light shouldcome on.

3. Close the door.The open door warning light should gooff.

4. Turn the engine switch to “ON”, but donot start the engine.All the service reminder indicators ex-cept the open door warning light shouldcome on.

The following service reminder indica-tors go off after a few seconds:

D Engine oil replacement reminder light

D “ABS” warning light

D “RSCA OFF” indicator light

D “VSC OFF” indicator/warning light

D “AUTO LSD” indicator light

D Tire pressure warning light

D Slip indicator light

D Downhill assist control system indicatorlight

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

164

The SRS warning light goes off afterabout 6 seconds.


There may be the case that the “ABS”warning light (brake assist systemwarning light), slip indicator light or“VSC OFF” indicator/warning light stayson for about 60 seconds after the en-gine switch is turned to the “ON” posi-tion. It is normal if they go out aftera while.

If any service reminder indicator or warn-ing buzzer does not function as describedabove, have it checked by your Toyotadealer as soon as possible.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

165

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSEngine (ignition) switch, Transmission and ParkingbrakeEngine (ignition) switch 166. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Automatic transmission 167. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manual transmission 174. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Four−wheel drive system 175. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Traction control system 179. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .“AUTO LSD” system 182. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vehicle stability control system 185. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Downhill assist control system 187. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hill−start assist control system 190. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rear differential lock system 192. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tire pressure warning system 194. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Parking brake 200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cruise control 201. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Clutch start cancel switch 204. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

SECTION 1−7

166

LS17001a

“START”—Starter motor on. The engineswitch will return to the “ON” positionwhen released.

For starting tips, see page 303 in Section3.

“ON”—Engine on and all accessorieson.

This is the normal driving position.

“ACC”—Accessories such as the radiooperate, but the engine is off.

If you leave the engine switch in the“ACC” or “LOCK” position and open thedriver’s door, a buzzer will remind you toremove the key.

“LOCK”—Engine is off and the steeringwheel is locked. The key can be re-moved only at this position.

You must push in the key to turn the keyfrom “ACC” to the “LOCK” position. Onvehicles with an automatic transmission,the selector lever must be put in the “P”position before pushing the key.

Vehicles with engine immobilizer system—Once you remove the key, the engine im-mobilizer system is automatically set. (See“Engine immobilizer system” on page 15in Section 1−2.)

When starting the engine, the engineswitch may seem stuck at the “LOCK”position. To free it, first be sure the keyis pushed all the way in, and then rockthe steering wheel slightly while turningthe key gently.

Approximately five hours after the engineis turned off, you may hear sound comingfrom underneath the deck for several min-utes. This is normal operation and doesnot indicate a malfunction. (See “Leakdetection pump” on page x.)

It is not a malfunction if the needles onall meters and gauges move slightly whenthe engine switch is turned to the “ACC”,“ON” or “START” position.

CAUTION

For manual transmission:

Never remove the key when the ve-hicle is moving, as this will lock thesteering wheel and result in loss ofsteering control.

NOTICE

Do not leave the engine switch in the“ON” position if the engine is notrunning. The battery will dischargeand the ignition could be damaged.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Engine (ignition) switch

167

Your automatic transmission has a shiftlock system to minimize the possibility ofincorrect operation. This means you canonly shift out of “P” position when thebrake pedal is depressed (with the engineswitch in “ON” position).

(a) Selector lever

The shift position is also displayed on theinstrument cluster.

P: Parking, engine starting and key re-moval

R: Reverse

N: Neutral

D: Normal driving (shifting into overdrivepossible)

4: Engine braking (shifting into overdrivenot possible)

3, 2: Stronger engine braking

L: Maximum engine braking

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Automatic transmission (5−speed)

LS17002

With the brake pedal depressed.(The engine switch must be in“ON” position.)

Shift normally.

168

(b) Normal driving

1. Start the engine as instructed in “Howto start the engine” in Section 3. Thetransmission must be in “P” or “N”.

When the front drive control switch knobis in “L4” (low−speed position, four−wheeldrive), the driving pattern selector settinghas no effect on gear shift timing. (See“Four−wheel drive system” on page 175 inthis Section for information of the frontdrive control lever.)

2. With your foot holding down the brakepedal, shift the selector lever to “D”.

When the lever is in the “D” position, theautomatic transmission system will selectthe most suitable gear for running condi-tions such as normal cruising, hill climb-ing, hard towing, etc.

Always use the “D” position for better fueleconomy and quieter driving. If the enginecoolant temperature is low or when thefront drive control switch knob is in “L4”(low−speed position, four−wheel drive), thetransmission will not shift into the over-drive gear even in the “D” position. (See“Four−wheel drive system” on page 175 inthis Section for information of the frontdrive control.)

CAUTION

Never put your foot on the accelera-tor pedal while shifting.

3. Release the parking brake and brakepedal. Depress the accelerator pedalslowly for smooth starting.

(c) Using engine braking

To use engine braking, you can downshiftthe transmission as follows:

D Shift into the “4” position. The trans-mission will downshift to fourth gearand engine braking will be enabled.

D Shift into the “3” position. The trans-mission will downshift to third gearwhen the vehicle speed drops down toor lower than the following speed, andstronger engine braking will be en-abled.

PreRunner 133 km/h (82 mph). . . . . .

Four−wheel drive models

Front drive control switch knob at“H2” or “H4”

133 km/h (82 mph). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Front drive control switch knob at“L4”

51 km/h (31 mph). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D Shift into the “2” position. The trans-mission will downshift to second gearwhen the vehicle speed drops down toor lower than the following speed, andstronger engine braking will be en-abled.

PreRunner 88 km/h (54 mph). . . . . . . .



88 km/h (54 mph). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Front drive control switch knob at“L4”

34 km/h (21 mph). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

169

D Shift into the “L” position. The trans-mission will downshift to first gearwhen the vehicle speed drops down toor lower than the following speed, andmaximum engine braking will be en-abled.

PreRunner 42 km/h (26 mph). . . . . . . .



42 km/h (26 mph). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Front drive control switch knob at“L4”

16 km/h (9 mph). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vehicles with cruise control—When thecruise control is being used, even if youdownshift from “D” to “4”, engine brakingwill not be enabled because the cruisecontrol is not cancelled.

For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,see “Cruise control” on page 201 in thisSection.

CAUTION

Be careful when downshifting on aslippery surface. Abrupt shiftingcould cause the vehicle to skid orspin.

(d) Using “3”, “2” and “L” positions

The “3”, “2” and “L” positions are used forstrong engine braking as described pre-viously.

With the selector lever in “3”, “2” or “L”,you can start the vehicle in motion aswith the lever in “D”.

With the selector lever in “3” or “2”, thevehicle will start in first gear and automat-ically shift to third gear or second gear.

With the selector lever in “L”, the trans-mission is engaged in first gear.

NOTICE

z Be careful not to over−rev the en-gine. Watch the tachometer to keepengine rpm from going into the redzone. The approximate maximum al-lowable speed for each position isgiven below for your reference:

PreRunner“3” 138 km/h (86 mph). . . . . .“2” 95 km/h (59 mph). . . . . . .“L” 55 km/h (34 mph). . . . . . .

Four−wheel drive modelsFront drive control switch knob at“H2” or “H4”—

“3” 138 km/h (86 mph). . . . . .“2” 95 km/h (59 mph). . . . . . .“L” 55 km/h (34 mph). . . . . . .

Front drive control switch knob at“L4”—

“3” 54 km/h (33 mph). . . . . . .“2” 37 km/h (23 mph). . . . . . .“L” 21 km/h (13 mph). . . . . . .

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

170

z Do not continue hill climbing orhard towing for a long time in the“3”, “2” or “L” position. This maycause severe automatic transmis-sion damage from overheating. Toprevent such damage, “4” positionshould be used in hill climbing orhard towing.

(e) Backing up

1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.

2. With the brake pedal held down withyour foot, shift the selector lever to the“R” position.

NOTICE

Never shift into reverse while the ve-hicle is moving.

(f) Parking


2. With the brake pedal pressed down,fully depress the parking brake pedalto apply the parking brake securely.

3. With the brake pedal pressed down,shift the selector lever to the “P” posi-tion.

CAUTION

Never attempt to move the selectorlever into “P” position under any cir-cumstances while the vehicle is mov-ing. Serious mechanical damage andloss of vehicle control may result.

(g) Good driving practice

D If the transmission repeatedly shifts upand down between fourth gear andoverdrive when climbing a gentle slope,shift the selector lever to the “4” posi-tion. Be sure to shift the selector leverto the “D” position immediately after-ward.

D When towing a trailer, in order to main-tain engine braking efficiency, do notuse “D” position.

CAUTION

Always keep your foot on the brakepedal while stopped with the enginerunning. This prevents the vehiclefrom creeping.

NOTICE

Always use the brake pedal or theparking brake to hold the vehicle onan upgrade. Do not attempt to holdthe vehicle using the accelerator ped-al, as this can cause the transmissionto overheat.

(h) If you cannot shift the selector le-ver out of “P” position

If you cannot shift the selector lever fromthe “P” position even though the brakepedal is depressed, use the shift lockoverride button. For instructions, see “Ifyou cannot shift automatic transmissionselector lever” on page 345 in Section 4.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

171

Your automatic transmission has a shiftlock system to minimize the possibility ofincorrect operation. This means you canonly shift out of “P” position when thebrake pedal is depressed (with the engineswitch in “ON” position).

(a) Selector lever

The shift position is also displayed on theinstrument cluster.

P: Parking, engine starting and key re-moval

R: Reverse

N: Neutral

D: Normal driving (shifting into overdrivepossible)

3: Engine braking (shifting into overdrivenot possible)

2: Stronger engine braking

L: Maximum engine braking

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Automatic transmission (4−speed)

LS17003

With the brake pedal de-pressed (The engine switchmust be in “ON” position.)

Shift normally.

172

(b) Normal driving

1. Start the engine as instructed in “Howto start the engine” on page 304 inSection 3. The transmission must be in“P” or “N”.

2. With your foot holding down the brakepedal, shift the selector lever to “D”.

When the lever is in the “D” position, theautomatic transmission system will selectthe most suitable gear for running condi-tions such as normal cruising, hill climb-ing, hard towing, etc.

Always use the “D” position for better fueleconomy and quieter driving. If the enginecoolant temperature is low, the transmis-sion will not shift into the overdrive geareven in the “D” position.

CAUTION

Never put your foot on the accelera-tor pedal while shifting.

3. Release the parking brake and brakepedal. Depress the accelerator pedalslowly for smooth starting.

(c) Using engine braking

To use engine braking, you can downshiftthe transmission as follows:

D Shift into the “3” position. The trans-mission will downshift to third gear.

D Shift into the “2” position. The trans-mission will downshift to second gearwhen the vehicle speed drops down toor lower than 119 km/h (74 mph), andstronger engine braking will be en-abled.

D Shift into the “L” position. The trans-mission will downshift to first gearwhen the vehicle speed drops down toor lower than 57 km/h (35 mph), andmaximum engine braking will be en-abled.

When the cruise control is being used,even if you downshift from “D” to “3”,engine braking will not be enabled be-cause the cruise control is not cancelled.

For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,see “Cruise control” on page 201 in thisSection.

CAUTION


(d) Using “2” and “L” positions

The “2” and “L” positions are used forstrong engine braking as described pre-viously.

With the selector lever in “2” or “L”, youcan start the vehicle in motion as with thelever in “D”.

With the selector lever in “2”, the vehiclewill start in first gear and automaticallyshift to second gear.

With the selector lever in “L”, the trans-mission is engaged in first gear.

NOTICE

z Be careful not to over−rev the en-gine. Watch the tachometer to keepengine rpm from going into the redzone. The approximate maximum al-lowable speed for each position isgiven below for your reference:

“2” 120 km/h (74 mph). . . . . . . . . .“L” 65 km/h (40 mph). . . . . . . . . . .

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

173

z Do not continue hill climbing orhard towing for a long time in the“2” or “L” position. This may causesevere automatic transmission dam-age from overheating. To preventsuch damage, “D” or “3” positionshould be used in hill climbing orhard towing.

(e) Backing up


2. With the brake pedal held down withyour foot, shift the selector lever to the“R” position.

NOTICE

Never shift into reverse while the ve-hicle is moving.

(f) Parking


2. With the brake pedal pressed down,fully depress the parking brake pedalto apply the parking brake securely.

3. With the brake pedal pressed down,shift the selector lever to the “P” posi-tion.

CAUTION

Never attempt to move the selectorlever into “P” position under any cir-cumstances while the vehicle is mov-ing. Serious mechanical damage andloss of vehicle control may result.

(g) Good driving practice

D If the transmission repeatedly shifts upand down between third gear and over-drive when climbing a gentle slope,shift the selector lever to the “3” posi-tion. Be sure to shift the selector leverto the “D” position immediately after-ward.

D When towing a trailer, in order to main-tain engine braking efficiency, do notuse “D” position. The selector levermust be in the “3” position.

CAUTION

Always keep your foot on the brakepedal while stopped with the enginerunning. This prevents the vehiclefrom creeping.

NOTICE

Always use the brake pedal or theparking brake to hold the vehicle onan upgrade. Do not attempt to holdthe vehicle using the accelerator ped-al, as this can cause the transmissionto overheat.

(h) If you cannot shift the selector le-ver out of “P” position

If you cannot shift the selector lever fromthe “P” position even though the brakepedal is depressed, use the shift lockoverride button. For instructions, see “Ifyou cannot shift automatic transmissionselector lever” on page 345 in Section 4.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

174

LS17004

5−speed

LS17005

6−speed

The shift pattern is conventional asshown above.

In case of driving your vehicle with6−speed manual transmission, the buzzerwill sound when you shift the gear into“R” (reverse).

Press the clutch pedal down fully whileshifting, and then release it slowly. Do notrest your foot on the pedal while driving,because it will cause clutch trouble. Donot use the clutch to hold the vehiclewhen stopped on an uphill grade–use theparking brake.

Upshifting too soon or downshifting toolate will cause lugging, and possibly ping-ing. Regularly revving the engine to maxi-mum speed in each gear will cause ex-cessive engine wear and high fuelconsumption.

Maximum allowable speeds

To get on a highway or to pass slowertraffic, maximum acceleration may be nec-essary. Make sure you observe the follow-ing maximum allowable speeds in eachgear:

Two−wheel drive models except PreRunner

5−speed modelsgear km/h (mph)1 53 (33)2 101 (63)3 146 (90)4 209 (130)


PreRunner


6−speed modelsgear km/h (mph)1 49 (30)2 93 (58)3 137 (85)4 171 (106)5 204 (127)

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Manual transmission

175


5−speed modelsgear km/h (mph)

“H2” or “H4” “L4”1 48 (30) 18 (11)2 92 (57) 36 (22)3 133 (82) 51 (32)4 190 (118) 74 (46)

6−speed modelsgear km/h (mph)

“H2” or “H4” “L4”1 49 (30) 19 (11)2 93 (58) 36 (22)3 137 (85) 53 (33)4 171 (106) 66 (41)5 204 (127) 79 (49)

NOTICE

Do not downshift if you are goingfaster than the maximum allowablespeed for the next lower gear.

Good driving practice

D If it is difficult to shift into reverse, putthe transmission in neutral, release theclutch pedal momentarily, and then tryagain.

D When towing a trailer, in order to main-tain engine braking efficiency, do notuse fifth gear (5−speed models) orsixth gear (6−speed models).

CAUTION


NOTICE

z Do not use any gears other thanfirst gear when starting off andmoving forward. Doing so may dam-age the clutch.

zMake sure the vehicle is completelystopped before shifting into reverse.

LS17006

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Four−wheel drive system(a) Front drive control

176

Use the front drive control switch knobto select the following transfer modes.

“H2” (high speed position, two−wheeldrive): Front drive control switch knob at“H2”

Use this for normal driving on dry hard−surfaced roads. This position gives greatereconomy, quietest ride, least wear andbetter vehicle control.

“H4” (high speed position, four−wheeldrive): Front drive control switch knob at“H4”

The four−wheel drive indicator light comeson when the “H4” mode is selected.

Use this for greater traction than two−wheel drive. (When you experience a lossof power, such as wheel slipping.) Thisposition provides greater traction thantwo−wheel drive.

With the vehicle stability controlsystem—In this mode, the vehicle stabilitycontrol system is off. (See “Vehiclestability control system” on page 185 inthis Section)

“L4” (low speed position, four−wheeldrive): Front drive control switch knob at“L4”

The four−wheel drive and “4LO” (lowspeed four−wheel drive) indicator lightscome on when the “L4” mode is selected.

Use this for maximum power and traction.Use “L4” position for climbing or descend-ing steep hills, off−road driving, and hardpulling in sand, mud or deep snow.

See “(c) Shifting procedure” for further in-structions.

With the vehicle stability controlsystem—In this mode, the vehicle stabilitycontrol system is off. (See “Vehiclestability control system” on page 185 inthis Section.)

The A.D.D. can be engaged or disen-gaged by the shifting operations de-scribed in “(c) Shifting procedure”.

You should drive in four−wheel drive forat least 16 km (10 miles) each month.This will assure that the front drive com-ponents are lubricated.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

(b) A.D.D. (automaticdisconnecting differential)

177

SHIFTING BETWEEN “H2” AND “H4”

To shift from “H2” to “H4”, reduce thevehicle speed to less than 100 km/h (62mph) and turn the front drive controlswitch knob fully clockwise.

If the four−wheel drive indicator light con-tinues to blink when you operate the frontdrive control switch knob from the “H2” tothe “H4” position, this reminds you thatthe transfer mode is not securely in “H4”mode. Drive straight ahead while acceler-ating or decelerating.

If the four−wheel drive indicator light con-tinues to blink and the buzzer soundswhen you operate the front drive controlswitch knob from the “H2” to the “H4”position, this reminds you that the transfermode is not in “H4” mode. Stop the ve-hicle or reduce the vehicle speed to lessthan 100 km/h (62 mph). Operate theswitch knob again.

CAUTION

Never operate the front drive controlswitch knob if the wheels are slip-ping. Stop the slipping or spinningbefore operating.

To shift from “H4” to “H2”, turn thefront drive control switch knob fully coun-terclockwise.

This can be done at any speed. You neednot depress the clutch pedal.

If the four−wheel drive indicator light con-tinues to blink when you operate the frontdrive control switch knob from the “H4” tothe “H2” position, this reminds you thatthe transfer mode is not securely in “H2”mode. Drive straight ahead while acceler-ating or decelerating, or drive forward orbackward in a short distance.

If the indicator light continues to blinkeven if doing so, contact your Toyotadealer as soon as possible. There may bea trouble in the four−wheel drive system.

CAUTION


SHIFTING BETWEEN “H4” AND “L4”

To shift from “H4” to “L4”.

(1) Stop the vehicle or reduce the vehiclespeed to less than 3 km/h (2 mph).

(2) Depress the clutch pedal all the way.

(3) Push and turn the front drive controlswitch knob fully clockwise.

If the four−wheel drive indicator lightflashes and the buzzer sounds, try theabove steps again.

To shift from “L4” to “H4”.

(1) Stop the vehicle or reduce the vehiclespeed to less than 3 km/h (2 mph).

(2) Depress the clutch pedal all the way.

(3) Turn the front drive control switchknob fully counterclockwise.


If the “4LO” (low speed four−wheel drive)indicator light continues to blink when youoperate the front drive control switch knobto the “H4” or “L4” position, drive forwardor backward in a short distance, then stopthe vehicle completely, depress the clutchpedal and operate the switch knob again.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

(c) Shifting procedure (withmanual transmission)

178

If the indicator continues to blink even ifdoing so, contact your Toyota dealer assoon as possible. There may be a troublein the four−wheel drive system.

CAUTION


SHIFTING BETWEEN “H2” AND “H4”

To shift from “H2” to “H4”, reduce thevehicle speed to less than 100 km/h (62mph) and turn the front drive controlswitch knob fully clockwise.

If the four−wheel drive indicator light con-tinues to blink when you operate the frontdrive control switch knob from the “H2” tothe “H4” position, this reminds you thatthe transfer mode is not securely in “H4”mode. Drive straight ahead while acceler-ating or decelerating.

If the four−wheel drive indicator light con-tinues to blink and the buzzer soundswhen you operate the front drive controlswitch knob from the “H2” to the “H4”position, this reminds you that the transfermode is not in “H4” mode. Stop the ve-hicle or reduce the vehicle speed to lessthan 100 km/h (62 mph). Operate theswitch knob again.

CAUTION


To shift from “H4” to “H2”, turn thefront drive control switch knob fully coun-terclockwise.

This can be done at any speed.

If the four−wheel drive indicator light con-tinues to blink when you operate the frontdrive control switch knob from the “H4” tothe “H2” position, this reminds you thatthe transfer mode is not securely in “H2”mode. Drive straight ahead while acceler-ating or decelerating, or drive forward orbackward in a short distance.

If the indicator light continues to blinkeven if doing so, contact your Toyotadealer as soon as possible. There may bea trouble in the four−wheel drive system.

CAUTION


07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

(c) Shifting procedure (withautomatic transmission)

179

SHIFTING BETWEEN “H4” AND “L4”

To shift from “H4” to “L4”.

(1) Bring the vehicle to a complete stopwith the brake pedal held down withyour foot.

(2) Shift the automatic transmission selec-tor lever into “N”.

(3) Push and turn the front drive controlswitch knob fully clockwise.


To shift from “L4” to “H4”.

(1) Bring the vehicle to a complete stopwith the brake pedal held down withyour foot.

(2) Shift the automatic transmission selec-tor lever into “N”.

(3) Turn the front drive control switchknob counterclockwise.


If the “4LO” (low speed four−wheel drive)indicator light continues to blink when youoperate the front drive control switch knobto the “H4” or “L4” position, drive forwardor backward in a short distance, then stopthe vehicle completely, shift the automatictransmission selector lever securely into“N” and operate the switch knob again.

If the indicator continues to blink even ifdoing so, contact your Toyota dealer assoon as possible. There may be a troublein the four−wheel drive system.

CAUTION


The traction control system automatical-ly helps prevent the spinning of rearwheels (two−wheel drive models) or 4wheels (four−wheel drive models) whenthe vehicle is started or accelerated onslippery road surfaces.

When the engine switch is turned to “ON”,the system automatically turns on.

CAUTION

Under certain slippery road condi-tions, full traction of the vehicle andpower to the rear wheels (two−wheeldrive models) or 4 wheels (four−wheeldrive models) cannot be maintained,even though the traction control sys-tem is in operation. Do not drive thevehicle under any speed or maneuver-ing conditions which may cause thevehicle to lose traction control. In si-tuations where the road surface iscovered with ice or snow, your ve-hicle should be fitted with snow tiresor tire chains. Always drive at an ap-propriate and cautious speed for thepresent road conditions.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Traction control system

180

LS17007b

NORMAL MODE

Leave the system on during the ordi-nary driving so that it can operatewhen needed.

You may hear a sound in the enginecompartment for a few seconds when theengine is started or just after the vehiclebegins to move. This means that the trac-tion control system is in the self−checkmode, but does not indicate a malfunction.

When the traction control system is oper-ating, the following conditions occur:

D The system controls the spinning of therear wheels (two−wheel drive models)or 4 wheels (four−wheel drive models).At this time, the slip indicator lightblinks.

D You may feel vibration or noise in yourvehicle, caused by operation of thebrakes. This indicates the system isfunctioning properly.

The slip indicator light comes on for a fewseconds when the engine switch is turnedto “ON”. If the indicator light does notcome on when the engine switch is turnedon, contact your Toyota dealer.

The brake actuator temperature increasesduring continuous operation of the follow-ing systems under conditions such as onslippery roads.





If the brake actuator temperature becomestoo high while any of the systems is oper-ating, a buzzer will start to sound intermit-tently to indicate that the traction controlsystem can no longer operate. In thiscase, immediately stop your vehicle at asafe place.

If the system continues to operate, thebuzzer sound changes from intermittent tocontinuous. (The continuous buzzersounds for about 3 seconds.)

At the time, the slip indicator light willcome on and the traction control systemtemporarily stops operating in order toprotect the brake actuator. (Although thetraction control system does not operate,it is no problem to continue driving.) Thesystem will be automatically restored aftera short time and the slip indicator lightgoes off.

With rear differential lock: However, it isa normal operation for the light to be onwith rear differential locked. At this time,the traction control system does not oper-ate.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

181

LS17027a

TRACTION CONTROL OFF MODE(two−wheel drive mode only)

When getting the vehicle out of mud ornewly fallen snow, etc., turn off thetraction control system. This systemthat controls engine performance inter-feres with the process of freeing rearwheels 4 wheels (four−wheel drive mod-els).

To turn off: Briefly push the “VSC OFF”switch.

The “AUTO LSD” and slip indicator lightswill come on.

The vehicle stability control system is al-ways activated, even if the traction controlsystem is turned off.

To turn on: Briefly push the “VSC OFF”switch once again.

The “AUTO LSD” and slip indicator lightswill go off.

If the engine is turned off while the“AUTO LSD” and slip indicator lights areon and then restarted, the indicator lightswill turn off automatically.

When you push and hold the “VSC OFF”switch for 3 seconds or more with thevehicle stopped, turn off the vehicle stabil-ity control system. See “Vehicle stabilitycontrol system” on page 185 in this Sec-tion.

“AUTO LSD” and slip indicator lights comeon for a few seconds when the engineswitch is turned to “ON”. If the indicatorlights do not come on when the engineswitch is turned to “ON”, contact yourToyota dealer.

CAUTION

Do not drive with the traction controlsystem continuously turned off.

LS17010

“VSC OFF” warning light







07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

182

When the system is normal and the en-gine switch is turned to “ON”, the light willcome on and will go off after a few sec-onds.

It is not a malfunction that the warninglight may stay on for 60 seconds after theengine switch is turned to “ON”.

Depressing the brake pedal repeatedlymay turn on the lights. It is normal if itgoes out after a few seconds.

If the “VSC OFF” warning light flasheswhile driving, the traction control systemdoes not work. However, if the brakesoperate normally when applied, it is noproblem to continue your driving.





LS17011

The “AUTO LSD” system aids tractionby using the traction control system tocontrol engine performance and brakingwhen one of the rear wheels begins tospin.

This system should be used only whenwheel spinning occurs in a ditch orrough surface.

This system is effective in case one ofthe rear wheels is spinning.

CAUTION

Do not use the “AUTO LSD” systemin conditions other than the above. Amuch greater steering effort and morecareful cornering control will be re-quired.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

“AUTO LSD” system

183

LS17027a

To turn on the system, briefly push the“VSC OFF” switch.

The “AUTO LSD” is activated under thefollowing condition. At this time, the“AUTO LSD” and slip indicator lightswill come on.

D The driving mode is set in the two−wheel drive mode (In the four−wheeldrive mode, the system does notwork.)

D Driving at a speed under 100 km/h (62mph)

To turn off the system, briefly push the“VSC OFF” switch again and the “AUTOLSD” and slip indicator lights will go off.

If the engine is turned off while the“AUTO LSD” and slip indicator lights areon and then restarted, the indicator lightwill turn off automatically.

When you push and hold the “VSC OFF”switch for 3 seconds or more with thevehicle stopped, turn off the vehicle stabil-ity control system. See “Vehicle stabilitycontrol system” on page 185 in this Sec-tion.

LS17029a

Make sure the “AUTO LSD” and slip indi-cator lights come on under the above con-dition when you use the “AUTO LSD” sys-tem.

The slip indicator light blinks when thesystem is controlling the spinning of therear wheels.

The “AUTO LSD” and slip indicator lightscome on for a few seconds when theengine switch is turned to “ON”. If theindicator lights does not come on whenthe engine switch is turned to “ON”, con-tact your Toyota dealer.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

184





If the brake actuator temperature becomestoo high while any of the systems is oper-ating, a buzzer will start to sound intermit-tently to indicate that the “AUTO LSD”system can no longer operate. In thiscase, immediately stop your vehicle at asafe place.


At the time the slip indicator light willcome on and the “AUTO LSD” systemtemporarily stops operating in order toprotect the brake actuator. (Although the“AUTO LSD” system does not operate, itis no problem to continue driving.) Thesystem will be automatically restored aftera short time.

LS17010







When the system is normal and the en-gine switch is turned to “ON”, the light willcome on and will go off after a few sec-onds.


Depressing the brake pedal repeatedlymay turn on the lights. It is normal if itgoes out after a few seconds.

If the “VSC OFF” warning light flasheswhile driving, the “AUTO LSD” systemdoes not work. However, as the brakesoperate normally when applied, it is noproblem to continue your driving.





CAUTION

Do not drive with the “AUTO LSD”system continuously turned on.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

185

The vehicle stability control systemhelps provide integrated control of thesystems such as anti−lock brake sys-tem, traction control, engine control,etc. This system automatically controlsthe output of the brakes or engine tohelp prevent the vehicle from skiddingwhen cornering on a slippery road sur-face or operating steering wheel abrupt-ly.

The vehicle stability control system is acti-vated when the vehicle speed is morethan 15 km/h (9 mph).

You may hear a sound in the enginecompartment for a few seconds when theengine is started or just after the vehiclebegins to move. This means that the sys-tem is in the self−check mode, but doesnot indicate a malfunction.

CAUTION

D Do not rely excessively on the ve-hicle stability control system. Evenif the vehicle stability control sys-tem is operating, you must alwaysdrive carefully and attentively toavoid serious injury. Reckless driv-ing will result in an unexpected ac-cident. If the slip indicator lightblinks and an alarm sounds, specialcare should be taken while driving.

D Only use tires of specified size. Thesize, manufacturer, brand and treadpattern for all 4 tires should be thesame. If you use the tires otherthan specified, or different type orsize, the vehicle stability controlsystem may not function correctly.When replacing the tires or wheels,contact your Toyota dealer. (See“Checking and replacing tires” onpage 379 in Section 7−2.)

LS17007b

If the vehicle is going to skid during driv-ing, the slip indicator light blinks and analarm sounds intermittently. Special careshould be taken while driving.


07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Vehicle stability controlsystem

186

LS17010

The vehicle stability control system au-tomatically turns off, and the “VSCOFF” indicator light is illuminated,when either one of the following condi-tions applies:

D Four−wheel drive mode is set. (onfour−wheel drive models)

D The rear differential is locked. (on mod-els equipped with the rear differentiallock system)

The “VSC OFF” indicator light comes onfor a few seconds when the engine switchis turned to “ON”, and then turns off. Ifeither one of the above conditions applies,the indicator light is illuminated again.

LS17028a

When getting the vehicle out of mud ornewly fallen snow, etc., turn off thevehicle stability control system. Thissystem that controls engine perfor-mance interferes with the process offreeing rear wheels (two−wheel drivemodels) or 4 wheels (four−wheel drivemodels).

To turn off: First, push the “VSC OFF”switch to turn off the traction controlsystem and check that the “AUTO LSD”and slip indicator lights come on. Then,push and hold the “VSC OFF” switchfor 3 seconds or more with the vehiclestopped.

The “VSC OFF” and slip indicator lightswill come on.

To turn on: Briefly push the “VSC OFF”switch once again.

The “VSC OFF” and slip indicator lightswill go off.

If the engine is turned off while the “VSCOFF” and slip indicator lights are on andthen restarted, the indicator lights will turnoff automatically.

When you briefly push the “VSC OFF”switch, turn off the vehicle stability controlsystem. See “Traction control system” onpage 179 in this Section.

The “VSC OFF” and slip indicator lightscome on for a few seconds when theengine switch is turned to “ON”. If theindicator lights do not come on when theengine switch is turned to “ON”, contactyour Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

Do not drive with the vehicle stabilitycontrol system continuously turnedoff.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

187

LS17010








The light comes on when the engineswitch is turned to “ON”, and will go offafter a few seconds.

The light may come on for 60 secondsafter the engine switch is turned to “ON”.It is normal if they go out after a while.

Depressing the brake pedal repeatedlymay turn on the light. It is normal if theygo out after a few seconds.

If the light flashes while driving, the ve-hicle stability control system does notwork. However, if the brakes operate nor-mally when applied, it is no problem tocontinue your driving.





The downhill assist control system is asystem that assists the deceleration ofthe engine brake when you drive downa steep hill. When you are driving downa hill with the front drive control switchknob in the “L4” position, push the“DAC” switch to limit the vehicle’s ac-celeration. If the vehicle is traveling ata speed of 25 km/h (15 mph) or less,you can descend at a constant speed.

CAUTION

Do not rely excessively on the down-hill assist control system. It may notbe able to maintain a low speed overroad surfaces or off−road surfaces onwhich sliding can easily occur, suchas extremely steep slopes or icy ormuddy roads.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Downhill assist controlsystem

188

TO ACTIVATE THE DOWNHILL ASSISTCONTROL SYSTEM

1. Turn the front drive control switchknob to the “L4” position.

The system does not operate when thefront drive control switch knob is in the“H2” or “H4” position, or the rear differen-tial is locked.

2. In order to make full use of the en-gine brake, putting the transmissionin “L” or “2” is recommended.

The system will operate even if the trans-mission selector lever is in “D”, “4”, “3”or “N”. However, when it is in “L” or “2”the engine brake can also be utilized en-abling the system to operate more effec-tively.

LS17016a

3. Push the “DAC” switch to turn thesystem on. The downhill assist con-trol system indicator light on the in-strument panel will come on.

If the downhill assist control system indi-cator light flashes, one of the followingmay be the cause:

D The selector lever is in the “N” posi-tion.

D The front drive control switch knob isin the “H2” or “H4” position.

D The rear differential is locked.

If the indicator light does not come onwhen the switch is pushed, contact yourToyota dealer.

LS17007b

With the vehicle traveling at a speed of25 km/h (15 mph) or less, release yourfoot from the accelerator or brake pedalto activate the system. The vehicle willdescend the hill at a low speed. While thesystem is operating, the slip indicator lighton the instrument panel will flash and thestop lights and high mounted stoplight willbe lit.

If you push the “DAC” switch to turn thesystem off while it is in operation, thesystem will stop operating gradually. Thedownhill assist control system indicatorlight will flash to alert the driver. To con-tinue driving at a low speed, push the“DAC” switch to turn the system on.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

189

The slip indicator light and downhill assistcontrol system indicator light come on fora few seconds when the engine switch isturned to “ON”. If any of the indicatorlights does not come on when the engineswitch is turned on, contact your Toyotadealer.

If the system is used frequently, thebrake actuator temperature may becometoo high and a buzzer will sound inter-mittently.

If this happens, the downhill assist controlsystem indicator light will flash and abuzzer will sound intermittently. When thetemperature of the brake actuator de-creases, the system will begin to operateagain. Until it restarts, the traction controlsystem and hill−start assist control systemwill not operate; however, the conventionalbrake can be operated.





If the brake actuator temperature becomestoo high while any of the systems is oper-ating, a buzzer will start to sound intermit-tently to indicate that the downhill assistcontrol system can no longer operate. Inthis case, stop your vehicle immediately ata safe place.


At this time, the slip indicator light willcome on and the downhill assist controlsystem stops operating temporarily in or-der to protect the brake actuator. (Al-though the downhill assist control systemdoes not operate, it is no problem to con-tinue your driving.) The system will beautomatically restored after a short timeand the slip indicator light goes out.

LS17010

If there is any abnormality in the sys-tem, the “VSC OFF” warning light willflash. When the “DAC” switch ispushed, the downhill assist control sys-tem indicator light also flash.

If the “VSC OFF” warning light flashes,there may be an abnormality in any of thefollowing system in addition to the down-hill assist control system.





07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

190


When the system is normal and the en-gine switch is turned to “ON”, the warninglight will come on and will go off after afew seconds.

It is not a malfunction that the warninglight may stay on for 60 seconds after theengine switch is turned to the “ON” posi-tion.

Depressing the brake pedal repeatedlymay turn on the light. It is normal if itgoes out after a few seconds.

If the warning light flashes while driving,the system does not work. However, if thebrakes operate normally when applied, itis no problem to continue your driving.





The hill−start assist control system as-sists you in starting to move up asteep or slippery hill. When you startto move up the hill slope, the systemhelps to prevent the vehicle from roll-ing backward in the interval while youmove your foot from the brake pedal tothe accelerator pedal.

CAUTION

D Do not rely excessively on the hill−start assist control system. The ve-hicle may not be able to startsmoothly on road surfaces or off−road surfaces such as extremelysteep slopes or icy roads, on whichsliding can occur very easily.

D Do not use the hill−start assist con-trol system to stop the vehicle. Thissystem is not designed as a func-tion for stopping the vehicle on auphill slope.

The hill−start assist control system willoperate for 5 seconds maximally whenall of the following conditions apply.

D 5−speed automatic transmission—When the transmission is in any ofpositions “D”, “4”, “3”, “2” or “L”

4−speed automatic transmission—When the transmission is in any ofpositions “D”, “3”, “2” or “L”

D When the brake pedal is not de-pressed

The system is designed to operate whenthe vehicle is starting on an uphill slope;therefore, if the transmission is in “P” or“N” it will not operate. It will not operateeither if the vehicle starts to move inreverse on a slope with the transmissionin the “R” or the rear differential is locked.(with the rear differential lock)

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Hill−start assist controlsystem (automatictransmission only)

191

LS17007b

When the hill−start assist control systemis operating, the slip indicator light flashesand an alarm sounds intermittently. At thesame time, the stop lamps and highmounted stoplight are lit.


Keep in mind the following when driv-ing.

D The hill−start assist control system op-erates for 5 seconds maximally. If boththe brake and accelerator pedals re-main unexpressed for longer than 5seconds, the buzzer will sound at morefrequent intervals and the system willgradually stop operating.

D The hill−start assist control system isnot designed as a function for stoppingthe vehicle on a uphill slope. Whenstopping the vehicle, be sure to de-press the brake pedal.

If the system is used frequently, thebrake actuator temperature may becometoo high and a buzzer will sound inter-mittently.

In this case, a buzzer will sound intermit-tently. When the temperature of the brakeactuator goes down, the system will beginto operate again. Until it restarts, the trac-tion control system, “AUTO LSD” system,hill−start assist control system and down-hill assist control system will not operate;however, the conventional brake can beoperated.






If the brake actuator temperature becomestoo high while any of the systems is oper-ating, a buzzer will start to sound intermit-tently to indicate that the hill−start assistcontrol system can no longer operate. Inthis case, stop your vehicle immediately ata safe place.


At this time, the slip indicator light willcome on and the hill−start assist controlsystem stops operating temporarily in or-der to protect the brake actuator. (Al-though the hill−start assist control systemdoes not operate, it is no problem to con-tinue your driving.) The system will beautomatically restored after a short timeand the slip indicator light goes out.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

192

LS17010

If there is any abnormality in the sys-tem, the “VSC OFF” warning light willflash.

If the system malfunctions, the “VSC OFF”warning light will flash.

If the “VSC OFF” warning light flashes,there may be an abnormality in any of thefollowing systems in addition to the hill−start assist control system.






When the system is normal and the en-gine switch is turned to “ON”, the warninglight will come on and will go off after afew seconds.


Depressing the brake pedal repeatedlymay turn on the light. It is normal if itgoes out after a few seconds.

If the warning light flashes while driving,the system does not work. However, if thebrakes operate normally when applied, itis no problem to continue your driving.





LS17011

The rear differential lock system is pro-vided for use only when wheel spinningoccurs in a ditch or on a slippery orragged surface.

This differential lock system is effective incase one of the rear wheels is spinning.

Four−wheel drive models—Before using the rear differential lock sys-tem, first shift the four−wheel drive controlinto “L4” to see if this is sufficient. If thishas no effect, additionally use the reardifferential lock system.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Rear differential lock system

193

CAUTION

Do not use the rear differential lockin the conditions other than above.Large steering effort and careful cor-nering control will be required. LS17013

To lock the rear differential, push theswitch.

Be sure to stop the wheels before lockingthe differential.

For easy locking, depress the clutch ped-al, push the lock switch and slowly re-lease the clutch pedal.

The indicator light will blink when theswitch is turned on. Wait a few secondsfor the system to complete operation. Af-ter the differential is locked, the light willstop blinking and remain on.

The following systems do not operatewhen the rear differential is locked. It isnormal operation for the “ABS” warninglight ,“VSC OFF” indicator light and slipindicator light to be on at this time.

With the downhill assist control system: Ifthe “DAC” switch turns on, the downhillassist control system indicator lightflashes.







CAUTION

D Do not lock the differential until thewheels have stopped spinning.Otherwise, the vehicle may move inan unexpected direction when thedifferential lock is engaged, result-ing in an accident. This may alsolead to possible damage to differen-tial lock component parts.

D Do not drive over 8 km/h (5 mph)when the differential is locked.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

194

To unlock the differential, push theswitch once again.

Unlock the differential as soon as the ve-hicle moves out.

For easy unlocking, slightly turn the steer-ing wheel in either direction while the ve-hicle is in motion.

When the differential lock is disengaged,the indicator light will go out.

Four−wheel drive models—The differential will also unlock if you shiftthe front drive control switch knob to the“H2” or “H4” position. Never forget to turnoff the switch after using this feature.

To check the indicator bulb, turn the en-gine switch to the “ON” position, but donot start the engine.

CAUTION

Do not keep driving with the differen-tial lock switch on.

The tire pressure warning system warnsyou that the tire inflation pressure islow.

The tire pressure warning system is nota substitute for checking normal tire infla-tion pressure. Check the tire inflationpressure with a tire pressure gauge regu-larly.

CAUTION

The warning system may not activateimmediately if blowout or sudden airloss should occur.

LS17023

The tire pressure warning light comes onwhen the engine switch is turned to the“ON” position and goes off after a fewseconds. This means the tire pressurewarning system is operating properly. Ifthe tire inflation pressure becomes low,the light comes on again. In this case,adjusting the tire inflation pressure willturn off the light after a few minutes. Ifthe light comes on after blinking for 1minute, the tire pressure warning systemis not working properly.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Tire pressure warning system

195

Indicatorstatus

Meanings Do this

ONTire inflationpressure islow

Adjust thetire inflationpressure

ON afterblinking for1 minute

Tirepressurewarningsystemmalfunction

Have thesystemchecked atyour Toyotadealer

CAUTION

If the tire pressure warning lightcomes on, be sure to observe thefollowing precautions. Failure to doso could cause loss of vehicle controland result in death or serious injury.

D Stop your vehicle in a safe place assoon as possible. Adjust the tireinflation pressure immediately.

D If the tire pressure warning lightcomes on even after tire inflationpressure adjustment, it is probablethat you have a flat tire. Check thetires. If the tire is flat, change tothe spare tire and have the flat tirerepaired by the nearest Toyota deal-er.

D Avoid abrupt maneuvering and brak-ing. If the vehicle tires deteriorate,you could lose control of the steer-ing wheel or the brakes.

The tire pressure warning light may turnon due to natural causes such as naturalair leaks or tire inflation pressure changescaused by temperature. In this case, ad-justing the tire inflation pressure will turnoff the light after a few minutes.

Pushing the tire pressure warning resetswitch should not turn off the tire pressurewarning light. Adjusting the tire inflationpressure will turn off the light.

The spare tire is also equipped with thetire pressure warning valve and transmit-ter. The tire pressure warning light willturn on if the tire inflation pressure of thespare tire is low. If a tire goes flat, eventhough the flat tire is replaced with thespare tire, the warning light does not turnoff. Replace the spare tire with the re-paired tire and adjust the proper tire infla-tion pressure. The tire pressure warninglight will turn off after a few minutes.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

196

CAUTION

Each tire, including the spare (if pro-vided), should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehiclemanufacturer on the vehicle placardor tire inflation pressure label (tireand load information label). (If yourvehicle has tires of a different sizethan the size indicated on the vehicleplacard or tire inflation pressure label(tire and load information label), youshould determine the proper tire infla-tion pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your ve-hicle has been equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS−tire pressure warning system) that il-luminates a low tire pressure telltale(tire pressure warning light) when oneor more of your tires is significantlyunder−inflated. Accordingly, when thelow tire pressure telltale (tire pres-sure warning light) illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate them tothe proper pressure. Driving on a sig-nificantly under−inflated tire causesthe tire to overheat and can lead totire failure. Under−inflation also re-duces fuel efficiency and tire treadlife, and may affect the vehicle’s han-dling and stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS (tire pres-sure warning system) is not a substi-tute for proper tire maintenance, andit is the driver’s responsibility tomaintain correct tire pressure, even ifunder−inflation has not reached thelevel to trigger illumination of theTPMS low tire pressure telltale (tirepressure warning light).

Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS (tire pressure warningsystem) malfunction indicator to indi-cate when the system is not operat-ing properly. The TPMS (tire pressurewarning system) malfunction indicatoris combined with the low tire pres-sure telltale (tire pressure warninglight). When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated. Thissequence will continue upon subse-quent vehicle start−ups as long asthe malfunction exists. When the mal-function indicator is illuminated, thesystem may not be able to detect orsignal low tire pressure as intended.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

197

TPMS (tire pressure warning system)malfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS (tire pressure warning sys-tem) from functioning properly. Al-ways check the TPMS (tire pressurewarning system) malfunction telltaleafter replacing one or more tires orwheels on your vehicle to ensure thatthe replacement or alternate tires andwheels allow the TPMS (tire pressurewarning system) to continue to func-tion properly.

NOTICE

z Do not use liquid sealants for a flattire as tire pressure warning valveand transmitter will be damaged.

zWhen the tires must be repaired orreplaced, have them repaired or re-placed by the nearest Toyota dealeror an authorized tire dealer. Thetire pressure warning valves andtransmitters will be affected by theinstallation or removal of tires.

LS17025

IF THE TIRE PRESSURE WARNINGLIGHT COMES ON AFTER BLINKINGFOR 1 MINUTE...

If the tire pressure warning light comeson after blinking for 1 minute when theengine switch is turned to the “ON”position, the tire pressure warning sys-tem is not working properly.

The system will be disabled in the follow-ing conditions:(When the condition becomes normal, thesystem will work properly.)

D If tires not equipped with tire pressurewarning valves and transmitters areused.

D If the ID code on the tire pressurewarning valves and transmitters is notregistered in the tire pressure warningcomputer.

D If the tire inflation pressure is morethan 500 kPa (5.1 kgf/cm2 or bar, 73psi) or higher than the specified level.

The system may be disabled in the follow-ing conditions:(When the condition becomes normal, thesystem will work properly.)

D If electronic devices or facilities usingsimilar radio wave frequencies arenearby.

D If a radio set at similar frequencies isin use in the vehicle.

D If a window tint that affects the radiowave signals is installed.

D If there is a lot of snow or ice on thevehicle, in particular around the wheelsor wheel housings.

D If non−genuine Toyota wheels are used.

D If tire chains are used.

D If the spare tire is in a location subjectto poor radio wave signal reception.

D If a large metallic object which caninterfere with signal reception is put inthe deck.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

198

If the tire pressure warning light continuesto come on after blinking for 1 minutewhen the engine switch is turned to the“ON” position, have the system checkedby your Toyota dealer.

Even if you use genuine wheels, the tirepressure warning system may not workproperly with some types of tires.

Pushing the tire pressure warning resetswitch should not turn off the tire pressurewarning light.

For vehicles sold in U.S.A.

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, includ-ing interference that may cause unde-sired operation.

NOTICE:

This equipment has been tested andfound to comply with the limits for aClass B digital device, pursuant to Part15 of the FCC Rules. These limits aredesigned to provide reasonable protec-tion against harmful interference in aresidential installation. This equipmentgenerates, uses and can radiate radiofrequency energy and, if not installedand used in accordance with the instruc-tions, may cause harmful interference toradio communications. However, there isno guarantee that interference will notoccur in a particular installation. If thisequipment does cause harmful interfer-ence to radio or television reception,which can be determined by turning theequipment off and on, the user is en-couraged to try to correct the interfer-ence by one or more of the followingmeasures:

D Reorient or relocate the receiving an-tenna.

D Increase the separation between theequipment and receiver.

D Connect the equipment into an outleton a circuit different from that towhich the receiver is connected.

D Consult the dealer or an experiencedradio/TV technician for help.

FCC WARNING:

Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party respon-sible for compliance could void theuser’s authority to operate the equip-ment.

For vehicles sold in Canada

NOTE:

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:

(1) this device may not cause interfer-ence, and (2) this device must acceptany interference, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation ofthe device.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

199

REPLACING TIRES AND WHEELS

When replacing the tires and wheels, besure to install tire pressure warning valvesand transmitters. ID codes on the tirepressure warning valves and transmittersare registered in the tire pressure warningcomputer. When replacing a tire pressurewarning valve and transmitter, it is neces-sary to register the ID code of tire pres-sure warning valve and transmitter. Havethe ID code registered by your Toyotadealer.

If the ID code is not registered, the sys-tem will not work properly. After about 20minutes, the tire pressure warning lightcomes on after blinking for 1 minute toindicate a system malfunction.

NOTICE

When the tires or tire pressure warn-ing valves and transmitters must bereplaced, have them replaced by yourToyota dealer. The tire pressure warn-ing valves and transmitters will beaffected by the installation or removalof tires.

LS17026a

TIRE PRESSURE WARNING RESETSWITCH

When initializing the system, the presenttire inflation pressure is stored as stan-dard. The tire pressure warning systemdetermines decreased air pressure bycomparing the present and the standardtire inflation pressures. When you changethe set tire inflation pressure, it is neces-sary to initialize the tire pressure warningsystem.

D When rotating the tires on vehicles dif-fering with front and rear tire inflationpressures.

D When changing the tire inflation pres-sure by changing traveling speed orload weight, etc.

D When changing the tire size.

To initialize the system, perform thefollowing:

1. Park the vehicle in a safe place andturn the engine switch off.

2. Adjust the pressure of all the installedtires (including the spare tire) to thespecified cold tire inflation pressurelevel. (See “Tires” on page 410 in Sec-tion 8.)

3. Turn the engine switch to the “ON”position.

4. Push and hold the tire pressure warn-ing reset switch until the tire pressurewarning light blinks slowly three times.

5. Wait for a few minutes with the engineswitch “ON”, and then turn the engineswitch off.

If you push the tire pressure warning re-set switch while the vehicle is moving,initialization is not performed.

If you push the tire pressure warning re-set switch accidentally and initialization isperformed, adjust the tire inflation pres-sure to the specified level and initializethe system again.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

200

LS17025

If the tire pressure warning light does notblink slowly three times when you pushand hold the tire pressure warning resetswitch, initialization has failed and the tirepressure warning system may not workproperly. In this case, initialize the systemagain. If initialization cannot be performed,have the system checked at your Toyotadealer.

CAUTION

Do not push the tire pressure warn-ing reset switch without first adjust-ing the tire inflation pressure to thespecified level. Otherwise, the tirepressure warning light may not comeon even if the tire inflation pressureis low, or it may come on when thetire inflation pressure is actually nor-mal.

LS17018

Pedal type

LS17019

Lever type

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Parking brake

201

When parking, firmly apply the parkingbrake to avoid inadvertent creeping.

Pedal type—

To set: Fully depress the parking brakepedal. For better holding power, first de-press the brake pedal and hold it whilesetting the parking brake.To release: Depress the parking brakepedal once again.

Lever type—

To set: Pull out on the lever. For betterholding power, first depress the brakepedal and hold it while setting the parkingbrake.To release: Press the lock release button(1), turn the lever clockwise (2), thenpush it in (3).

To remind you that the parking brake isset, the parking brake reminder light inthe instrument panel remains on until yourelease the parking brake.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure the parkingbrake is fully released and the park-ing brake reminder light is off.

The cruise control is designed to main-tain a set cruising speed without requir-ing the driver to operate the accelera-tor. Cruising speed can be set to anyspeed above 40 km/h (25 mph).

Within the limits of the engine’s capabili-ties, cruising speed can be maintained upor down grades. However, changes in ve-hicle speed may occur on steeper grades.

CAUTION

D To help maintain maximum controlof your vehicle, do not use thecruise control when driving inheavy or varying traffic, or on slip-pery (rainy, icy or snow−covered) orwinding roads.

D Avoid vehicle speed increases whendriving downhill. If the vehiclespeed is too fast in relation to thecruise control set speed, cancel thecruise control then downshift thetransmission to use engine brakingto slow down.

LS17020b

TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF

To turn the cruise control on, press the“ON−OFF” button. The “CRUISE” indicatorlight on the instrument panel will come onto indicate that the cruise control is opera-tional. Pressing the “ON−OFF” buttonagain turns the system off.

When the system is turned off, cruisingspeed must be reset when the cruise con-trol is turned on again.

When the engine switch is turned off, thesystem is also automatically turned off. Touse the cruise control again, press the“ON−OFF” button again to turn it on.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Cruise control

202

CAUTION

To avoid accidentally engaging thecruise control, turn the system offwhen it is not in use. Make sure the“CRUISE” indicator light is off. LS17021b

SETTING THE CRUISING SPEED

On vehicles with automatic transmission,the transmission must be in “D”, “4”(5−speed automatic transmission) or “3”(4−speed automatic transmission) beforeyou set the cruising speed.

Bring your vehicle to the desired speed,push the lever down in the “−SET” direc-tion and release it. This sets the vehicleat that speed. If the speed is not satisfac-tory, tap the lever up for a faster speed,or tap it down for a slower speed. Eachtap changes the set speed by 1.6 km/h(1.0 mph). You can now take your foot offthe accelerator pedal.

If you need acceleration—for example,when passing—depress the acceleratorpedal enough for the vehicle to exceedthe set speed. When you release it, thevehicle will return to the speed set priorto the acceleration.

CAUTION

For manual transmission:

While driving with the cruise controlon, do not shift to neutral withoutdepressing the clutch pedal, as thismay cause engine racing or overrev-ving.

CANCELLING THE CRUISE CONTROL

The cruise control may be temporarilycancelled by the driver or by the systemitself under certain circumstances. Tempo-rary cancellation allows the set cruisingspeed to remain in memory.

The cruise control can be temporarily can-celled by doing the following:

D Pulling the lever in the “CANCEL” di-rection and releasing it

D Depressing the brake pedal

D Depressing the clutch pedal

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

203

Under certain circumstances, the cruisecontrol is temporarily cancelled:

D When vehicle speed falls below 40km/h (25 mph)

D When vehicle stability control is acti-vated

When vehicle speed drops 16 km/h (10mph) below the set speed, the cruise con-trol is cancelled and the set speed iserased from memory.

The “CRUISE” indicator light remains onto indicate that the system is still in op-eration.

To turn the cruise control off, press the“ON−OFF” button. Make sure the“CRUISE” indicator light is off.

If the cruise control automatically cancelsout other than for the above cases, haveyour vehicle checked by your Toyota deal-er at the earliest opportunity.

RESUMING THE CRUISE CONTROL

If the cruise control is temporarily can-celled, the cruising speed can be resumedby pushing the lever up in the “+ RES”direction.

Vehicle speed must be above 40 km/h (25mph).

RESETTING TO A FASTER SPEED

Push the lever up in the “+RES” directionand hold it. Release the lever when thedesired speed is attained. While the leveris held up, the vehicle will gradually gainspeed.

However, a faster way to reset is to ac-celerate the vehicle and then push thelever down in the “−SET” direction.

RESETTING TO A SLOWER SPEED

Push the lever down in the “−SET” direc-tion and hold it. Release the lever whenthe desired speed is attained. While thelever is held down, the vehicle speed willgradually decrease.

However, a faster way to reset is to de-press the brake pedal and then push thelever down in the “−SET” direction.

On vehicles with automatic transmission,even if you downshift from “D” to “4”(5−speed automatic transmission) or “3”(4−speed automatic transmission), with thecruise control on, engine braking will notbe enabled because the cruise control isnot cancelled. To decrease the vehiclespeed, reset to a slower speed with thecruise control lever or depress the brakepedal. If you use the brake pedal, cruisecontrol is cancelled.

CRUISE CONTROL FAILURE WARNING

If the “CRUISE” indicator light flasheswhen using the cruise control, press the“ON−OFF” button to turn the system offand then press it again to turn it on.

If any of the following conditions then oc-curs, there is some trouble in the cruisecontrol system.

D The indicator light does not come on.

D The indicator light flashes again.

D The indicator light goes out after itcomes on.

If this is the case, contact your Toyotadealer and have your vehicle inspected.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

204

LS17022

To crank the engine without depressingthe clutch pedal, push the switch withthe engine switch on.

The switch stays on as long as the engineswitch is on. And it will automatically turnoff when the engine switch is off. An indi-cator light will illuminate to indicate thesystem is operating.

This switch cancels the clutch start sys-tem, which is designed to keep the startermotor from operating if the clutch pedal isnot depressed all the way down.

The switch allows the vehicle to be drivenout of difficult situations by cranking theengine with the clutch engaged.

Never use the switch for normal enginestarting. Be sure to follow the startingprocedure instructed in “How to start theengine” on page 304 in Section 3.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Clutch start cancel switch

205

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSAudio systemReference 206. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Using your audio system 207. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Audio remote controls 225. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Audio system operating hints 226. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

SECTION 1−8

206

LS18001

Type 1: AM·FM radio/compact disc player(with compact disc changer controller)

LS18003

Type 2: AM·FM radio/compact disc playerwith changer

LS18005

Type 3: AM·FM radio/compact disc playerwith changer

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Reference

207

This section describes some of the basicfeatures on Toyota audio systems. Someinformation may not pertain to your sys-tem.

Your audio system works when the engineswitch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF

Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio systemon and off.

Push “AM”, “FM1·2”, “FM1”, “FM2”, “DISC”or “LOAD” to turn on that function withoutpushing “PWR·VOL”. To turn on the com-pact disc player, a compact disc must beloaded in the player.

You can turn on the compact disc playerby inserting a compact disc.

You can turn off the compact disc playerby ejecting the compact disc. If the audiosystem was previously off, then the entireaudio system will be turned off when youeject the compact disc. If the radio waspreviously on, it will come on again.

SWITCHING BETWEEN FUNCTIONS

Push “AM”, “FM1·2”, “FM1”, “FM2”, “DISC”or “LOAD” if the system is already on butyou want to switch from one function toanother.

TONE AND BALANCE

For details about your system’s tone andbalance controls, see the description ofyour own system.

Tone

How good an audio program sounds toyou is largely determined by the mix ofthe treble, midrange (type 3), and basslevels. In fact, different kinds of musicand vocal programs usually sound betterwith different mixes of treble, midrangeand bass.

Balance

A good balance of the left and right stereochannels and of the front and rear soundlevels is also important.

Keep in mind that if you are listening toa stereo recording or broadcast, changingthe right/left balance will increase the vol-ume of one group of sounds while de-creasing the volume of another.

YOUR RADIO ANTENNA

To remove an antenna, carefully turn itcounterclockwise.

YOUR COMPACT DISC PLAYER(type 1)

When you insert a disc, gently push it inwith the label side up. The player will playfrom track 1 through to the end of thedisc. Then it will play from track 1 again.

NOTICE

Never try to disassemble or oil anypart of the compact disc player. Donot insert anything other than com-pact discs into the slot.

8 cm (3 in.) compact disc singles

Your compact disc player does not needan adaptor to play compact disc singles.Compact disc singles are about 8 cm (3in.) in diameter−smaller than standarddiscs.

After you eject a compact disc single, donot insert a standard 12 cm (4.7 in.) discuntil “DISC” disappears from the display.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Using your audio system——Some basics

208

NOTICE

Do not use an adaptor for compactdisc singles—it could cause trackingerrors or interfere with the ejection ofcompact discs.

YOUR COMPACT DISC PLAYER WITHCHANGER (type 2 and type 3)

When you insert a disc, push the “LOAD”button, wait for the load/eject status lightto turn green, then gently push the discin with the label side up. This compactdisc player can store up to six discs. Theplayer will play from track 1 through tothe end of the disc. Then it will play fromtrack 1 of the next disc.

The player is intended for use with 12 cm(4.7 in.) discs only.

LS18007

NOTICE

z Do not stack up two discs for in-sertion, or it will cause damage tothe compact disc changer. Insertonly one compact disc into slot ata time.

z Never try to disassemble or oil anypart of the compact disc player. Donot insert anything other than com-pact discs into the slot.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

209

Details of specific buttons, controls andfeatures are described in the alphabeticallist that follows.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Controls and features"Type 1

LS18002

210

1 2 3 4 5 6 (Preset buttons)

These buttons are used to preset andtune in radio stations.

To preset a station to a button: Tune inthe desired station. (See “TUNE” or“SEEK”.) Push and hold down the buttonuntil you hear a beep—this will set thestation to the button. The preset buttonnumber will appear on the display.

To recall a preset station: Push the buttonfor the station you want. The button num-ber and station frequency will appear onthe display.

These systems can store one AM and twoFM stations for each button. (The displaywill show “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when youpush “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” button.)

(Eject button)

Push the compact disc eject button toeject a compact disc.

(Reverse/Fast−forward button)

Push and hold “ ” (preset button 6) or“ ” (preset button 5) to fast forward orreverse within a compact disc. When yourelease the button, the compact disc play-er will resume playing.

AM

Push the “AM” button to turn on the radioand select the AM band. “AM” will appearon the display.

AUDIO CONTROL (Tone and sound bal-ance adjustment function)

Each time you push the “AUDIOCONTROL” knob, the mode changes. Toadjust the tone and balance, turn theknob.

BAS: Adjusts low−pitched tones. The dis-play ranges from −5 to 5.

TRE: Adjusts high−pitched tones. The dis-play ranges from −5 to 5.

FAD: Adjusts the sound balance betweenthe front and rear speakers. The displayranges from F7 to R7.

BAL: Adjusts the sound balance betweenthe right and left speakers. The displayranges from L7 to R7.

DISC (Compact disc)

Push the “DISC” button to play a compactdisc.

When the audio system is set into com-pact disc operation, the display shows thetrack, or track and disc number currentlybeing played.

Error messages

If the player malfunctions, your audio sys-tem will display following error messages.

“WAIT”: The compact disc player unitmay be too hot. Allow the player to cooldown.

“ERROR 1”: The disc may be dirty, dam-aged or inserted incorrectly (up−sidedown). Clean the disc and re−insert it.

“NO DISC”: The compact disc changer ofseparate unit is empty. Insert a disc.

“ERROR 3”: There is a problem insidethe system. Eject the disc or magazine.Set the disc or magazine again.

“ERROR 4”: Over−current. Ask yourToyota dealer to inspect.

“CD OPEN”: The compact disc changerlid of separate unit is open. Close thecompact disc changer lid.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

211

If the malfunction still exists, take yourvehicle to your Toyota dealer.

DISC With compact disc changer only—

Use these buttons to select a disc youwant to listen to.

Push “” (preset button 3) or “” (presetbutton 4) until the number of the disc youwant to listen appears on the display.

FM1 FM2

Push the “FM1” or “FM2” button to turn onthe radio and select the FM band. “FM1”or “FM2” will appear on the display. Thissystem allows you to set twelve FM sta-tions, two for each of the preset button.

PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)

Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio systemon and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust thevolume.

RAND (Random)

There are two random features—you caneither listen to the tracks on one compactdisc in random order, or listen to thetracks on all the compact discs in themagazine in random order.

To play the tracks on one disc in randomorder:Quickly push and release “RAND” (presetbutton 1). “ ” will appear on thedisplay and the player will perform thetracks on the disc you are listening to inrandom order. To turn off the random fea-ture, push this button again.

With compact disc changer only—

To play all the tracks in the magazine inrandom order:Push and hold “RAND” (preset button 1)until you hear a beep. “ ” will ap-pear on the display and the player willperform all the tracks on all the discs inthe magazine in random order. To turn offthe random feature, push this buttonagain.

RPT (Repeat)

There are two repeat features—You caneither replay a disc track or a whole com-pact disc.

Repeating a track:Quickly push and release “RPT” (presetbutton 2) while the track is playing.“ ” will appear on the display. Whenthe track ends, it will automatically replay.To turn off the repeat feature, push thisbutton again.


Repeating a disc:Push and hold “RPT” (preset button 2)until you hear a beep. “ ” will ap-pear on the display. The player will repeatall the tracks on the disc you are listeningto. When the disc ends, the player willautomatically go back to the first track onthe disc and replay. To turn off the repeatfeature, push this button again.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

212

SCAN

Radio

You can either scan all the frequencies ona band or scan only the preset stationsfor that band.

To scan the preset stations:Push and hold the “SCAN” button untilyou hear a beep. The radio will tune inthe next preset station up the band, staythere for 5 seconds, and then move to thenext preset station. To stop scanning,push this button again.

To scan all the frequencies:Quickly push and release the “SCAN” but-ton. The radio will find the next station upthe station band, stay there for 5 seconds,and then scan again to the next station.To stop scanning, push this button again.

Compact disc player

There are two scan features—you can ei-ther scan the tracks on a specific disc orscan the first tracks of all the discs in themagazine.

Scanning the tracks on a disc:Quickly push and release the “SCAN” but-ton. “SCAN” will appear on the displayand the player will scan all the tracks onthe disc you are listening to. To stopscanning, push this button again. If theplayer scanned all the tracks on the disc,it will stop scanning.


Scanning the first tracks of all the discsin the magazine:Push the “SCAN” button until you hear abeep. “ ·SCAN” will appear on the dis-play and the player will scan the firsttrack of the next disc. To stop scanning,push this button again. If the player hasscanned all the discs, it will stop scan-ning.

SEEK/TRACK (Seeking/Track up/down)

Radio

In the seek mode, the radio finds andplays the next station up or down thestation band.

To seek the next station, quickly push andrelease “” or “” side of the “SEEK/TRACK” button. Do this again to find thestation after that.

Compact disc player

Use this button to skip up or down to adifferent track.

Push “” or “” side of the “SEEK/TRACK” button until the number of thetrack you want to listen to appears on thedisplay. If you want to return to the begin-ning of the current track, quickly push thedown side of the button one time.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

213

ST (Stereo reception) display

Your radio automatically changes to stereoreception when a stereo broadcast is re-ceived. “ST” appears on the display. If thesignal becomes weak, the radio reducesthe amount of channel separation to prev-ent the weak signal from creating noise.If the signal becomes extremely weak, theradio switches from stereo to mono recep-tion.

TEXT

This button is used to change the displayfor the compact disc that contains textdata.

To change the display, quickly push andrelease the “TEXT” button while the com-pact disc is playing. The display changesin the order from the elapsed time to disctitle to track title, then back to theelapsed time.

If this button is pushed while a compactdisc that does not contain text data isplaying, “NO TITLE” will appear on thedisplay.

If the entire disc or track title does notappear on the display, push and hold thebutton until you hear a beep. The rest ofthe title will appear.

TUNE (Tuning)

Turn the “TUNE” knob clockwise to stepup the frequency. Turn the knob counter-clockwise to step down the frequency.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

214


07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

"Type 2

LS18004

215




To recall a preset station: Push the buttonfor the station you want. The preset but-ton number and station frequency will ap-pear on the display.

This radio can store one AM and two FMstations for each button. (The display willshow “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when youpush “AM” or “FM1·2” button.)

(Eject button)

This button is used to eject one or allcompact discs.

To eject the current compact disc, pushand release the compact disc eject button.

To eject a specific disc, push “” (presetbutton 3) or “” (preset button 4) until thenumber of the disc you want to eject isdisplayed. Push and release the eject but-ton.

To eject all discs at a time, press andhold the eject button until you hear abeep. The last compact disc played beforepushing the button will be ejected first. Ifthe ejected disc is not removed for a longtime, the eject function will be cancelled.



AM



Each time you push the “AUDIO CONT”knob, the mode changes. To adjust thetone and balance, turn the knob.





DISC (Compact disc)



Error messages







07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

216



DISC Use these buttons to select a disc youwant to listen to.


FM1·2

Push the “FM1·2” button to turn on theradio and select the FM band. “FM1” or“FM2” will appear on the display. Thissystem allows you to set twelve FM sta-tions, two for each of the preset button.

LOAD

This button is used to load the compactdiscs in the compact disc player. Thisplayer can store up to six discs.

To load one compact disc only, quicklypush and release the button, then inserta compact disc. After the disc is loaded,the shutter of the slot will close.

If no compact disc is inserted, the shutterwill close after 15 seconds.

To load multiple compact discs, push andhold the button (until you hear a beepwhen the audio system is on), then insertthe first compact disc. After the disc isloaded, the shutter of the slot will close.After a few seconds, the shutter will auto-matically open again so the next disc canbe inserted. The same process can beapplied for loading the rest of the discs.If the player is full of discs, “DISC FULL”will appear on the display.




RAND (Random)




07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

217

RPT (Repeat)




SCAN

Radio




Compact disc player



Scanning the first tracks of all the discsin the magazine:Push the “SCAN” button until you hear abeep. “ ·SCAN” will appear on the dis-play and the player will scan the firsttrack of the next disc. To stop scanning,push this button again. If the changer hasscanned all the discs, it will stop scan-ning.


Radio



07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

218

Compact disc player





TEXT





TUNE (Tuning)


07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

219


07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

"Type 3

LS18006

220




To recall a preset station: Push the buttonfor the station you want. The preset but-ton number and station frequency will ap-pear on the display.

This radio can store one AM and two FMstations for each button. (The display willshow “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when youpush “AM” or “FM1·2” button.)

(Eject button)

This button is used to eject one or allcompact discs.

To eject the current compact disc, pushand release the compact disc eject button.

To eject a specific disc, push “” (presetbutton 3) or “” (preset button 4) until thenumber of the disc you want to eject isdisplayed. Push and release the eject but-ton.

To eject all discs at a time, press andhold the eject button until you hear abeep. The last compact disc played beforepushing the button will be ejected first. Ifthe ejected disc is not removed for a longtime, the eject function will be cancelled.



AM



Each time you push the “AUDIO CONT”knob, the mode changes. To adjust thetone and balance, turn the knob.


MID: Adjusts mid−pitched tones. The dis-play ranges from −5 to 5.




07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

221

DISC (Compact disc)



Error messages









DISC Use these buttons to select a disc youwant to listen to.


FM1·2

Push the “FM1·2” button to turn on theradio and select the FM band. “FM1” or“FM2” will appear on the display. Thissystem allows you to set twelve FM sta-tions, two for each of the preset button.

LOAD

This button is used to load the compactdiscs in the compact disc player. Thisplayer can store up to six discs.

To load one compact disc only, quicklypush and release the button, then inserta compact disc. After the disc is loaded,the shutter of the slot will close.


To load multiple compact discs, push andhold the button (until you hear a beepwhen the audio system is on), then insertthe first compact disc. After the disc isloaded, the shutter of the slot will close.After a few seconds, the shutter will auto-matically open again so the next disc canbe inserted. The same process can beapplied for loading the rest of the discs.If the player is full of discs, “DISC FULL”will appear on the display.




07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

222

RDS (Radio Data System) display

The radio will automatically switch to theRDS mode to receive an RDS stationwhile turned to FM broadcasts. “RDS” willappear on the display.

RAND (Random)




RPT (Repeat)




SCAN

Radio




07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

223

Compact disc player



Scanning the first tracks of all the discsin the magazine:Push the “SCAN” button until you hear abeep. “ ·SCAN” will appear on the dis-play and the player will scan the firsttrack of the next disc. To stop scanning,push this button again. If the changer hasscanned all the discs, it will stop scan-ning.


Radio



Compact disc player





TEXT

Radio

This button is operational only in RDSmode.

When an RDS station transmits a textmessage, “MSG” will appear on the dis-played.

To display the text message, first pushthe “TEXT” button to change the radiostation display. Then push the “TEXT” but-ton once more to display, and the mes-sage will appear on the display.

If the entire the message is not displayed,“ ” will appear on the display. To displaythe rest of the message, push and holdthe “TEXT” button until you hear a beep.

After the entire message has been dis-played, the message will disappear.

The message display will be canceled ifany button that affects the display ispushed.

If no messages are received, “NOMESSAGE” will appear on the display, andthe display returns to the previous mode.

The message display will be canceled ifyou activate any function that affects thedisplay.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

224

Compact disc player





TRAF (Traffic)

A station that regularly broadcasts trafficinformation is automatically located.

When you push the “TRAF” button in the“FM” mode, “TRAF SEEK” appears on thedisplay and the radio will start seekingany traffic program station.

If no traffic program station is found, “NOTRAF INFO” appears on the display for afew seconds and the display returns tothe previous mode.

TUNE (Tuning)


TYPE (Program Types)

When you push “” or “” of the “TYPE”button while receiving an RDS station, thecurrent program type will appear on thedisplay. If the system is receiving a sta-tion that is not RDS, “NO PTY” will ap-pear.

Repeat this operation within 6 seconds todisplay the program types in the followingorder:

D ROCK

D EASY LIS (Easy listening)

D CLS/JAZZ (Classical music and Jazz)

D R&B (Rhythm and Blues)

D INFORM (Information)

D RELIGION

D MISC (Miscellaneous)

D ALERT (Emergency message)

To seek or scan for the same type ofprogram, push the “SEEK/TRACK” or“SCAN” button while the program type isdisplayed.

If no program is found, “NOTHING” willappear on the display. The previous pro-gram information will resume.

When the system is left untouched for 6seconds, the program type display willchange to the frequency display.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

225

5c020

Some parts of the audio system can beadjusted using the switches on the steer-ing wheel.

Details of the specific switches, controls,and features are described below.

1. Volume control switch

2. “” switch

3. “MODE” switch

1. Volume control switch

Push “+” to increase the volume. The vol-ume continues to increase while theswitch is being pushed.

Push “−” to decrease the volume. Thevolume continues to decrease while theswitch is being pushed.

2. “” switch

Radio

This switch has the following features—

To select a preset station:Quickly push and release the “” or “”side of the switch. Do this again to selectthe next preset station.

To seek a station:Push and hold the “” or “” side of theswitch until you hear a beep. Do thisagain to find the next station. If you pushthe switch on either side during the seekmode, seeking will be cancelled.

To step up or down the frequency, pushand hold the switch even after you heara beep. When you release from theswitch, the radio will begin seeking up ordown for a station. Do this again to findthe next station.

Compact disc player

Use this switch to skip up or down to adifferent track in either direction.

Quickly push and release the “” or “”side of the switch until the track you wantto listen to is set. If you want to returnto the beginning of the current track, pushthe “” side of the switch once, quickly.


Push and hold the “” or “” side of theswitch until the disc you want to listen tois set.

3. “MODE” switch

Push “MODE” switch to select an audiomode. Each push changes the mode se-quentially if the desired mode is ready touse.

To turn the audio system on, push the“MODE” switch.

To turn the audio system off, push andhold the “MODE” switch until the systemturns off.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Audio remote controls(steering switches)

226

NOTICE

To ensure correct audio system op-erations:

z Be careful not to spill beveragesover the audio system.

z Do not put anything other than acompact disc into the slot.

z The use of a cellular phone insideor near the vehicle may cause anoise from the speakers of the au-dio system which you are listeningto. However, this does not indicatea malfunction.

RADIO RECEPTION

Usually, a problem with radio receptiondoes not mean there is a problem withyour radio—it is just the normal result ofconditions outside the vehicle.

For example, nearby buildings and terraincan interfere with FM reception. Powerlines or telephone wires can interfere withAM signals. And of course, radio signalshave a limited range. The farther you arefrom a station, the weaker its signal willbe. In addition, reception conditionschange constantly as your vehicle moves.

Here are some common reception prob-lems that probably do not indicate a prob-lem with your radio:

FM

Fading and drifting stations—Generally, theeffective range of FM is about 40 km (25miles). Once outside this range, you maynotice fading and drifting, which increasewith the distance from the radio transmit-ter. They are often accompanied by distor-tion.

Multi−path—FM signals are reflective,making it possible for two signals to reachyour antenna at the same time. If thishappens, the signals will cancel each oth-er out, causing a momentary flutter orloss of reception.

Static and fluttering—These occur whensignals are blocked by buildings, trees, orother large objects. Increasing the basslevel may reduce static and fluttering.

Station swapping—If the FM signal youare listening to is interrupted or weak-ened, and there is another strong stationnearby on the FM band, your radio maytune in the second station until the origi-nal signal can be picked up again.

AM

Fading—AM broadcasts are reflected bythe upper atmosphere—especially at night.These reflected signals can interfere withthose received directly from the radio sta-tion, causing the radio station to soundalternately strong and weak.

Station interference—When a reflected sig-nal and a signal received directly from aradio station are very nearly the samefrequency, they can interfere with eachother, making it difficult to hear the broad-cast.

Static—AM is easily affected by externalsources of electrical noise, such as hightension power lines, lightening, or electri-cal motors. This results in static.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Audio system operating hints

227

CARING FOR YOUR COMPACT DISCPLAYER AND DISCS

D Type 2 and type 3—The player is in-tended for use with 12 cm (4.7 in.)discs only.

D Extremely high temperatures can keepyour compact disc player from working.On hot days, use the air conditioningto cool the vehicle interior before youlisten to a disc.

D Bumpy roads or other vibrations maymake your compact disc player skip.

D If moisture gets into your compact discplayer, you may not hear any soundeven though your compact disc playerappears to be working. Remove thedisc from the player and wait until itdries.

CAUTION

Compact disc players use invisible la-ser beam which could cause hazard-ous radiation exposure if directedoutside the unit. Be sure to operatethe player correctly.

XS18016

D Use only compact discs marked asshown above. The following productsmay not be playable on your compactdisc player.

Copy−protected CDCD−ROM

Special shaped discs

Z17058

Transparent/translucent discs

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

228

Low quality discs

Labeled discs

NOTICE

z Do not use special shaped, trans-parent/translucent, low quality or la-beled discs such as those shown inthe illustrations. The use of suchdiscs may damage the player orchanger, or it may be impossible toeject the disc.

z This system is not designed for useof Dual Disc. Do not use Dual Discbecause it may cause damage tothe player or changer.

Correct Wrong

D Handle compact discs carefully, espe-cially when you are inserting them.Hold them on the edge and do notbend them. Avoid getting fingerprintson them, particularly on the shiny side.

D Dirt, scratches, warping, pin holes, orother disc damage could cause theplayer to skip or to repeat a section ofa track. (To see a pin hole, hold thedisc up to the light.)

D Remove discs from the compact discplayer when you are not listening tothem. Store them in their plastic casesaway from moisture, heat, and directsunlight.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

229

To clean a compact disc: Wipe it with asoft, lint−free cloth that has been damp-ened with water. Wipe in a straight linefrom the center to the edge of the disc(not in circles). Dry it with another soft,lint−free cloth. Do not use a conventionalrecord cleaner or anti−static device.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

230

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

231

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSAir conditioning systemControls 232. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Air flow selector settings 235. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Operating tips 235. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Instrument panel vents 238. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Air conditioning filter 238. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

SECTION 1−9

232

1. Fan speed selector

2. Temperature selector

3. Air flow selector

4. Air intake selector

5. “A/C” button (on some models)

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Controls

LS19001

233

Fan speed selector

Turn the knob to adjust the fan speed—tothe right to increase, to the left to de-crease.

Temperature selector

Turn the knob to adjust the temperature—to the right to warm, to the left to cool.

G18021

Air flow selector

Turn the knob to select the vents used forair flow.

1. Panel—Air flows mainly from theinstrument panel vents.

2. Bi−level—Air flows from both the floorvents and the instrument panel vents.

3. Floor—Air flows mainly from the floorvents.

4. Floor/Windshield—Air flows mainlyfrom the floor vents and windshieldvents.

Turning the air flow selector to thefloor/windshield position turns on thedefogging/defrosting function with thepurpose of clearing the windshield.

In this position, air intake selectormode changes to FRESH automaticallyto clear the windshield quickly. If youwant to return the setting to RECIRCU-LATE mode, press the air intake selec-tor button once again.

Vehicles with “A/C” button—

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidifiedheating or cooling. This setting clearsthe windshield more quickly.

5. Windshield—Air flows mainly from thewindshield vents.

Turning the air flow selector to thewindshield position turns on the defog-ging/defrosting function with the pur-pose of clearing the windshield.

In this position, air intake selectormode changes to FRESH automaticallyto clear the windshield quickly. It is notpossible to return to RECIRCULATE inthis position.


Press the “A/C” button for dehumidifiedheating or cooling. This setting clearsthe windshield more quickly.

For details about air flow selector settings,see “Air flow selector settings” describedbelow.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

234

LS19003

Air intake selector

Press the button to select the air source.

1. Recirculate (indicator light is on)—Re-circulates the air inside the vehicle.

2. Fresh (indicator light is off)—Drawsoutside air into the system.

To prevent fogging up of the windshield,the air intake mode may change automati-cally to FRESH depending on the condi-tion of the air conditioning system.

“A/C” button (on some models)

To turn on the air conditioning, press the“A/C” button. The “A/C” button indicatorwill come on. To turn the air conditioningoff, press the button again.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

235

D To cool off your Toyota after it hasbeen parked in the hot sun, drive withthe windows open long enough for thehot air to escape. This operation allowsthe air conditioning to cool the interiormore quickly.

D Make sure the air intake grilles in frontof the windshield are not blocked (byleaves or snow, for example).

D On humid days, do not blow cold airon the windshield. The windshield couldfog up because of the difference in airtemperature on the inside and outsideof the windshield.

D Keep the area under the front seatsclear to allow air to circulate through-out the vehicle.

D On cold days, set the fan speed tohigh for a minute to help clear theintake ducts of snow or moisture. Thiscan reduce the amount of fogging onthe windows.

D When driving on dusty roads, close allwindows. If dust thrown up by the ve-hicle is still drawn into the vehicle afterclosing the windows, it is recommendedthat the air intake selector be set toFRESH and the fan speed selector toany setting except “OFF”.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Air flow selector settings Operating tips

LS19002

Double cab models only

236

D If following another vehicle on a dustyroad, or driving in windy and dustyconditions, it is recommended that theair intake selector be temporarily set toRECIRCULATE, which will close off theoutside passage and prevent outsideair and dust from entering the vehicleinterior.

Heating

For best results, set controls to:

Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”Temperature—Towards red zoneAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—FLOORAir conditioning—OFF

D For quick heating, select recirculatedair for a few minutes. To keep thewindows from fogging, select fresh af-ter the vehicle interior has beenwarmed.

D Press the “A/C” button on for dehumidi-fied heating.

D Choose floor/windshield air flow to heatthe vehicle interior while defrosting ordefogging the windshield.

Air conditioning


Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”Temperature—Towards blue zoneAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—PANELAir conditioning—ON

D For most effective cooling, move theair intake selector to recirculate.

Ventilation


Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”Temperature—Towards blue zoneAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—PANELAir conditioning—OFF

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

237

Defogging

Condition: Moisture is on the inside of thewindshield.


Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”Temperature—Towards red zone to heat;

blue zone to coolAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—WINDSHIELD

Turning the air flow selector to the wind-shield or floor/windshield position turns onthe defogging function with the purpose ofclearing the windshield.

When turning the air flow selector to wind-shield or floor/windshield position, air in-take selector mode changes to FRESHautomatically to clear the windshieldquickly. If you want to return the settingto RECIRCULATE mode, press the air in-take selector button once again. However,if the air flow selector is in the windshieldposition, it is not possible to return toRECIRCULATE.


Press the “A/C” button for dehumidifiedheating or cooling. This setting clears thefront view more quickly.

D On humid days, do not blow cold airon the windshield—the difference be-tween the outside and inside tempera-tures could make the fogging worse.

D When side windows fog up, turn theside vents toward the windows.

Defrosting

Condition: Moisture is on the outside ofthe windshield.


Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”Temperature—Towards red zoneAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—WINDSHIELD

Turning the air flow selector to the wind-shield or floor/windshield position turns onthe defrosting function with the purpose ofclearing the windshield.

When turning the air flow selector to wind-shield or floor/windshield position, air in-take selector mode changes to FRESHautomatically to clear the windshieldquickly. If you want to return the settingto RECIRCULATE mode, press the air in-take selector button once again. However,if the air flow selector is in the windshieldposition, it is not possible to return toRECIRCULATE.


Press the “A/C” button for dehumidifiedheating or cooling. This setting clears thefront view more quickly.

D To heat the vehicle interior while de-frosting the windshield, choose floor/windshield air flow.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

238

LS19004

Open

Close

Open

Close

1. Side vents

2. Center vents

If air flow control is not satisfactory, checkthe instrument panel vents. The instrumentpanel vents may be opened or closed asshown.

LS19005

1. Side vents

2. Center vents

You can change air flow direction by turn-ing the instrument panel vents.

Air conditioning filter—

LS19007b

The air conditioning filter informationlabel is placed inside of the glove boxas shown and indicates that a filter hasbeen installed.

The air conditioning filter prevents dustfrom entering the vehicle through the airconditioning vent.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Instrument panel vents

239

LS19008b

The air conditioning filter is behind theglove box.

The air conditioning filter may clog af-ter long use. The filter may need to bereplaced if the air flow of the air condi-tioning and heater experiences extremereductions in operating efficiency, or ifthe windows begin to fog up easily.

To maintain the air conditioning efficiency,inspect and replace the air conditioningfilter according to the maintenanceschedule. In dusty areas or areas withheavy traffic flow, such as inner city ordesert areas, early replacement may berequired. (For scheduled maintenanceinformation, please refer to the “ScheduledMaintenance Guide” or “Owner’s ManualSupplement.”)

LS19009

1. Open the glove box, and slide offthe damper as shown.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Checking and replacing theair conditioning filter

240

LS19010

2. Push in each side of the glove boxto disconnect the claws.

LS19011

3. Push down on the tabs and open thefilter door.

LS19012a

4. Remove the filter from the filter out-let. Inspect the filter on the surface.

If it is dirty, it should be replaced.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

241

LS19013a

When installing the filter in the filteroutlet, follow the instructions indicatedon the label.

INFORMATION

The air filter should be installed prop-erly in position. The use of air condi-tioning with the air filter removedmay cause deteriorated dustproof per-formance and then affect air condi-tioning performance.

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

242

07 08.03

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

243

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSOther equipmentAccessory meter 244. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Clock 249. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cigarette lighter 249. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Power outlet 249. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Glove box 254. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Garage door opener box 254. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Auxiliary boxes 257. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rear console box 259. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cup holders 259. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Bottle holders 261. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Storage boxes 262. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Flashlight holder 262. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Seatback table 263. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cargo net hooks 263. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Grocery bag hooks 264. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Deck hooks 264. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Deck rails 264. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Floor mat 267. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

SECTION 1−10

244

Accessory meter—

LS10034

1. “E/M” button

2. Compass

3. Outside temperature display

Operate the accessory meter with theengine switch on.

When the engine switch is turned to “ON”,the last previously used mode displayedjust before the engine switch is turned offwill appear.

When the instrument panel lights areturned on, the brightness of the displaywill be reduced.

“E/M” button

This button is used to switch betweenEnglish/U.S. Customary System andmetric units of the outside temperaturedisplay.

Every time you push this button, the dis-play toggles through the following informa-tion.

1. Compass and outside temperature (_F)

2. Compass and outside temperature (_C)

3. Display off (no compass)

The display variations are as follows;

Indication Outsidetemperature

English/U.S. CustomarySystem (E)

_F

Metric (M) _C

The initial mode will be English/U.S. Cus-tomary System units, however, if the unitis switched to metric and the engineswitch is off, it will display metric unitswhen the engine switch is turned to “ON”.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Before using the accessorymeter

245

LS10035

The outside temperature display indi-cates the outside air temperature. Thedisplayed value is updated.

To set the unit, push the “E/M” buttonuntil the desired unit display appears.

The displayed temperature ranges from−30_C (−22_F) up to 50_C (122_F).

If an abnormality exists in the connectionof the outside air temperature sensor,“−−_C” (“−−_F”) will appear on the display.If “−−_C” (“−−_F”) appears on the display,contact your Toyota dealer.

There may be a case that “−−_C” (“−−_F”)appears momentarily when the engineswitch is quickly turned to “ON”. It isnormal if it goes out soon.

—Compass

LS10036

The compass indicates the directionthat the vehicle is heading. In theabove case, it shows that the vehicle isheading west.

The direction display is updated every 2seconds.

Displays Directions

NNEESESSWWNW

NorthNortheast

EastSoutheastSouth

SouthwestWest

Northwest

The compass may not show the correctdirection in the following conditions:

D The vehicle is stopped immediately af-ter turning.

D The compass does not adjust while thevehicle is stopped.

D The engine switch is turned off immedi-ately after turning.

D The vehicle is on an inclined surface.

D The vehicle is in a place where theearth’s magnetic field is subject to in-terference by artificial magnetic fields(underground parking, under a steeltower, between buildings, roof parking,near a crossing, near a large vehicle,etc.).

D The vehicle is magnetized. (There is amagnet or a metal object on or nearthe roof.)

D The battery has been disconnected.

If the deviation is small, the compassworks to calibrate the direction automati-cally while the vehicle is in motion.

For additional precision or for completecalibrating, see “CALIBRATING THECOMPASS” below.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Outside temperaturedisplay

246

If the direction is not indicated or thesystem does not operate properly, contactyour Toyota dealer.

LS10037

Compass sensor

The compass sensor is on the roof ofthe vehicle.

NOTICE

Do not put magnets or a metal objecton or near the roof of the vehicle.Doing this may cause malfunction ofthe compass sensor.

CALIBRATING THE COMPASS (deviationcalibration)

The direction display on the compassdeviates from the true direction deter-mined by the earth’s magnetic field. Theangle of deviation varies according to thegeographic position of the vehicle.

To adjust this deviation, stop the vehicle,then push and hold the “E/M” button untilthe “VAR” indication appears on the com-pass display. Then push the “E/M” button,referring to the following map to select thenumber of the zone where the vehicle is.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

247

Zone number

After calibration, leaving the system forseveral seconds returns to the compassmode.

CAUTION

Do not adjust the display while thevehicle is moving. Be sure to adjustthe display only when the vehicle isstopped.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

LS10048

Samoa: 5 Guam: 8 Saipan: 8

248

LS10038a

CALIBRATING THE COMPASS (circlingcalibration)

Sometimes the direction display on thecompass may not change after a turn. Torectify this, stop the vehicle and push andhold the “E/M” button until the “CAL” indi-cation appears on the compass display.(At this time, the compass display islocked in “N”.)

LS10039

Drive the vehicle in a circle at 8 km/h (5mph) or less. If there is not enough spaceto drive in a circle, drive around theblock.

When the “CAL” indication goes off andthe compass returns to the normal mode,calibration is complete.

If calibration cannot be performed becauseof the magnetized vehicle etc., take yourvehicle to Toyota dealer.

Perform circling calibration just afteryou have purchased your Toyota. Andthen always perform circling calibrationafter the battery has been removed, re-placed or disconnected.

D Do not perform circling calibration ofthe compass in a place where theearth’s magnetic field is subject to in-terference by artificial magnetic fields(underground parking, under a steeltower, between buildings, roof parking,near a crossing, near a large vehicle,etc.).

D During calibration, do not operate elec-tric systems (power windows, etc.) asthey may interfere with the calibration.

CAUTION

D When doing the circling calibration,be sure to secure a wide space,and watch out for people and ve-hicles in the neighborhood. Do notviolate any local traffic rules whileperforming circling calibration.

D Do not adjust the display while thevehicle is moving. Be sure to adjustthe display only when the vehicle isstopped.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

249

LS10001

To reset the hour: Push the “H” button.To reset the minutes: Push the “M” button.

The engine switch must be in the “ACC”or “ON” position.

If the electrical power source has beendisconnected from the clock, the time dis-play will automatically be set to 1:00 (oneo’clock).

When the instrument panel lights areturned on, the brightness of the time in-dication will be reduced.

LS10002

To use the cigarette lighter, press it in.After it finishes heating up, it automati-cally pops out ready for use.

If the engine is not running, the engineswitch must be in the “ACC” position.

Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressedin.

Use a Toyota genuine cigarette lighter orequivalent for replacement.

LS10003

The power outlet is designed for powersupply for car accessories.

The engine switch must be in the “ACC”or “ON” position for the power outlets tobe used.

NOTICE

z To prevent the fuse from beingblown, do not use the electricityover the total capacity of 12V/120W.

z To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, do not use the poweroutlets longer than necessary whenthe engine is not running.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Clock Cigarette lighter Power outlet (12 VDC)

250

z Close the power outlet lids whenthe power outlets are not in use.Inserting anything other than an ap-propriate plug that fits the outlet,or allowing any liquid to get intothe outlet may cause electrical fail-ure or short circuits.

Power outlet (115 VAC)

LS10005

This power outlet is designed for useas a power supply for electric ap-pliances.

The power outlet must only be used afterthe engine is started.

If the engine is started with the poweroutlet main switch on, the maximum ca-pacity of the power supply may decreaseto below the standard, or may be cut offcompletely, even when the vehicle is sta-tionary.

While the vehicle is being driven, themaximum capacity of the power outlet isalways 115 VAC/100W. When the vehicleis stationary, the maximum capacity of thepower outlet varies depending on the fol-lowing conditions (a) or (b):

(a) The maximum capacity is 115VAC/400W when the following condi-tion applies:

D Automatic transmission models: Theselector lever is in the “P” or “N” posi-tion.

D Manual transmission models: The shiftlever is in the neutral position and theclutch pedal is not depressed.

(b) The maximum capacity is 115VAC/100W when the following condi-tion applies:

D Automatic transmission models: Theselector lever is moved to any posi-tions other than “P” and “N”.

D Manual transmission models: Theclutch pedal is depressed.

A maximum capacity of 400W can only berestored by turning the power outlet mainswitch off and then on again under condi-tion (a) described above.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

251

The protection circuit may be activated tocut the power supply if any of the follow-ing conditions apply:

D The engine is started with the poweroutlet switch on.

D Use of electrical appliances exceedingthe maximum capacity is attempted.

A sound may be heard when theprotection circuit is activated. This isnormal and does not indicate a mal-function.

D Electrical appliances, which consumepower exceeding 100W, have beenused continuously for a long time per-iod.

D The total power usage by all electricalfeatures (headlights, air conditioning,etc.) has exceeded the total vehiclemaximum for an extended period oftime.

If the protection circuit is activated andthe power supply is cut, conduct the fol-lowing procedure:

1. Park the vehicle in a safe area, andthen securely apply the parking brake.

2. Check and ensure the following condi-tions:

Automatic transmission models: Theselector lever is in the “P” or “N” posi-tion.

Manual transmission models: The shiftlever is in the neutral position and theclutch pedal is not depressed.

3. Make sure that the power consumptionof the electric appliance is within themaximum capacity of the power outletand the appliance is not broken.

4. Push the power outlet main switchagain.

When the cabin temperature is high, openthe windows to cool the temperaturedown. Once it reaches the normal temper-ature, turn the power outlet main switchon again.

If the power supply is not resumed evenafter performing the above procedure,have the vehicle inspected by a Toyotadealer.

LS10004

Indicator light(green)

Indicator light(yellow)

To use the power outlet, push the mainswitch located on the instrument panel.

The color of the indicator light changesaccording the maximum available capacity,as follows:

Illumination color Maximum capacity

Green and yellow 115 VAC/400W

Yellow 115 VAC/100W

To turn the power outlet off, push themain switch again. When the power outletis not in use, make sure that the mainswitch is off and that the indicator light isnot illuminated.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

252

The power supply starts a few secondsafter the main switch is pressed.

If the main switch is pressed repeatedlyat short intervals, the indicator light mayremain unchanged, but this does not indi-cate a malfunction.

When the power outlet is in operation, thesound of the cooling fan may be heardfrom the rear console box. This is normaland does not indicate a malfunction.

After removing a plug from the power out-let, ensure that the power outlet lid isproperly closed.

CAUTION

D Use of the power outlet when it iswet with rain, drinking water orsnow may result in electricalshocks and is extremely dangerous.The power outlet must be thorough-ly dried before use.

D Do not allow children to use orplay with the power outlet.

D Be careful not to get any part ofyour body caught in the power out-let lid.

D When using electrical appliances,strictly follow any cautions and no-tices written on their labels and inthe manufacturers’ instruction man-uals.

D Do not modify, disassemble orrepair the power outlet or itsinverter, in any way. Doing so mayresult in unexpected malfunctionsor accidents, which could causeserious damage or injuries. Contacta Toyota dealer for any necessaryrepairs.

To prevent injuries and accidents, se-curely fix all electric appliances be-fore use and do not use any ap-pliances that may do any of the fol-lowing:

D Distract the driver while driving, orhamper safe driving.

D Result in a fire or burn injuries dueto the appliance rolling, falling oroverheating while driving.

D Emit steam, while the windows ofthe cabin are closed.

Do not perform any of the following.Doing so is very dangerous and maycause unexpected accidents, such aselectric shocks.

D Using the power outlet for electricheaters while sleeping.

D Contaminating the power outlet withliquid substances or mud, or usingit in rainy and snowy weather.

D Handling electrical appliance plugsat the power outlet with wet handsor feet.

D Inserting foreign objects into thepower outlet.

D Using malfunctioning electric ap-pliances.

D Inserting inappropriate or badly fit-ting plugs into the power outlet.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

253

NOTICE

z To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, turn off all the vehicle’selectronic equipment and accesso-ries, such as the headlights, foglights and air conditioner, whenelectrical appliances that consumein excess of 100W are used contin-uously for long periods of time.

z To prevent any damage caused byheat, do not use any electrical ap-pliances that give off intense heatsuch as toasters, in any locationsincluding the internal or externaltrim, seats and deck.

z Do not use any electrical ap-pliances, which are easily affectedby vibration or heat, inside the ve-hicle. Vibration while driving, or theheat of the sun while parking, mayresult in damage to those electricalappliances.

z Keep the lid closed when the poweroutlet is not in use. Do not insertany items other than appropriateplugs, as this may cause electricalfailure or short circuits.

z After inserting a plug, gently closethe power outlet lid. Failure to doso may cause damage to the plug.

z If any electrical appliances are tobe used while driving, securely fas-ten both the appliances and theircables to prevent them from fallingor getting caught any of the power-train components.

z Do not use plug adaptors to con-nect too many plugs to the poweroutlet.

z If the power outlet is loose when anelectrical appliance plug is con-nected, replace the outlet. Contacta Toyota dealer for any necessaryreplacements.

z If the power outlet gets dirty, turnthe main switch off and use a soft,clean, dry−wet cloth to wipe it gent-ly. Do not use any cleansing materi-als, such as organic solvents, wax,or compound cleaners, as thesemay damage the power outlet orcause it to malfunction.

z Keep the power outlet free fromdust and foreign materials andclean it regularly.

The power outlet is not designed forthe following electric appliances even iftheir power consumption is below themaximum capacity. These appliancesmay not operate properly.

D Appliances with high initial peak watt-age: cathode−ray tube type televisions,compressor−driven refrigerators, electrictools, etc.

D Measuring devices which process pre-cise data: medical equipment, measur-ing instruments, etc.

D Other appliances requiring an extremelystable power supply: microcomputer−controlled electric blankets, touch sen-sor lamps, etc.

Use of the power outlet may not bepossible if the vehicle battery voltage islow due to decreased battery capacity.

The integrated timers of electrical ap-pliances may not function properlywhen the power supply is cut by theprotection circuit.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

254

Some electrical appliances may not op-erate properly unless they are installedon a level place.

The precise power outlet voltage cannotbe measured using commercial testers.If necessary, contact a Toyota dealer.

Certain electrical appliances may causeradio noise.

LS10006

To open the glove box door, pull thelever.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a sudden stop,always keep the glove box doorclosed while driving.

LS10007

The box is designed to store a garagedoor opener transmitter.

Open the cover and remove the hook−and−loop fastener square.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Glove box Garage door opener box

255

LS10008

Remove the paper strip covering the adhe-sive on back side of square and adherethe square to back side of the transmitternear the center.

LS10009

Please note if transmitter has wire clip forsun visor, this clip must be removed priorto adhesion of the fastener.

LS10010

Place the transmitter with fastener squarefacing inside of box into the box. Makesure the transmitter button is locatedabove button pins.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

256

LS10011

Remove spacers from the center panel.Place one spacer on the pin that would bebelow transmitter button when the cover isclosed. Close the cover.

LS10012

When the garage door opener transmitteris properly installed, you can operate thetransmitter by pushing the center panel ofthe cover.

LS10013

If the center panel does not contact yourgarage door opener transmitter:

D Check to see if spacer is on the cor-rect pin.

D Attach another spacer to the top oforiginal spacer. Check operation. If re-quired, continue to add spacers untilcontact is achieved.

If the transmitter is clattering during driv-ing, fill in a piece of felt or pad to preventthe transmitter from clattering.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

257

CAUTION

D To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a suddenstop, always keep the garage dooropener box closed while driving.

D Keep the remaining spacers awayfrom children.

To use the auxiliary boxes, open thelids as shown in the following illustra-tions.

CAUTION

D To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a suddenstop, always keep the auxiliary boxclosed while driving.

D Type A only—As these holders aredesigned for holding a light objectsuch as an eyeglass, do not placeany heavy objects in them. Heavyobjects may cause the holder toopen and contents to fly out result-ing in injuries.

NOTICE

Type A only—During hot weather, theinterior of the vehicle becomes veryhot. Do not leave anything flammableor deformable such as a lighter,glasses, etc. inside.

LS10014

Type A (over head console)

LS10015

Type B (instrument panel)

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Auxiliary boxes

258

LS10016aFront

Type C (under the rear seat of access cabmodels)

LS10017aFront

Type D (under the rear seat of double cabmodels)

LS10019a

Type E (left side of bed)

LS10043

Type F (right side of bed)

LS10018a

Type G (right side of bed)

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

259

LS10020

To use the rear console box, raise theconsole box lid while pushing the lockrelease button.

LS10021

The rear console box is equipped withthe flexible cargo net.

The flexible cargo net is detachable.

The cup holders are designed for hold-ing cups or drink−cans securely.

Type A and B—The cup holder can beadjustable to the size of the cups ordrink−cans by changing the holder posi-tion and the arm position, as shown.

CAUTION

Do not place anything else other thancups or drink−cans in the cup holder,as such items may be thrown aboutin the compartment and possibly in-jured people in the vehicle duringsudden braking or in an accident.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Rear console box Cup holders

260

LS10028

Type A (bench seat)

LS10027

Type B (separate seats with automatictransmission)

LS10026

Type C (separate seats with automatictransmission)

LS10025

Type D (separate seats with manual trans-mission)

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

261

LS10022

Front doors

LS10023

Rear doors (double cab models only)

LS10024

Rear console box

The bottle holders are designed to holdbottles securely.

CAUTION

Do not attempt to use the holder forany other purpose for which it wasintended. Inappropriately sized orshaped objects may be thrown aboutin the compartment and possibly in-jured people in the vehicle during asudden braking or an accident.

NOTICE

Do not put a cup or open bottle inthe bottle holder because the con-tents may spill when the door opensor closes.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Bottle holders

262

LS10031a

Separator

Type A (left side behind the rear seatback)

LS10030b

Separator

Type B (right side behind the rear seatback)

This box is designed to place thingslike bottles.

The separator is detachable, and it can beinstalled in various positions as required.

LS10044

The flashlight holder is designed tohold the flashlight securely.

The flashlight holder is detachable, and itcan be installed in various positions asrequired.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Storage boxes (double cabmodels only)

Flashlight holder (double cabmodels only)

263

LS13156

You should use the front passenger’sseatback as a temporary table only whenthe vehicle is stopped.

To use the seatback table, fold the seat-back down. (For detailed information, see“—Folding front passenger’s seat” on page38 in Section 1−3.)

CAUTION

To avoid serious injury:

D Do not set up the seatback tablewhile the vehicle is moving.

D Do not sit on the seatback table.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the seat, avoidputting heavy loads on the temporarytable.

LS10051a

These hooks are designed to hang thefactory−supplied cargo net.

To hang the cargo net, use the cargo nethooks.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the hook, avoidhanging items other than the cargonet on it.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Seatback table (on somemodels)

Cargo net hooks (double cabmodels with subwoofer)

264

LS10029

The hooks are designed to hang thingslike grocery bags.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the hook, avoidhanging heavy loads on it.

LS10042b

To secure your luggage, use the deckhooks.


CAUTION

To avoid personal injury, keep thedeck hooks folded when not in use.

LS10041a

Deck rails

To use the deck rails, you must installgenuine Toyota accessories or theirequivalent for the deck rails.

Follow the manufacturer’s instructions andprecautions when installing a genuineToyota accessory or equivalent.


07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Grocery bag hooks Deck hooks Deck rails—

265

CAUTION

When you secure cargo with the deckrails, be sure follow the instructionsbelow in order to avoid the cargocoming loose:

D Do not install accessories (tie−downcleats, storage boxes, etc.) at morethan the following number of loca-tions per deck rail:

Side rail:Short deck—Max. 3 locationsLong deck—Max. 4 locations

Headboard rail: Max. 3 locations

D Spread out tie−down/support loca-tions evenly along the length of therails.

D Do not exceed a total tensile loadof 200 kg (440 lb.) per deck rail.

D To prevent luggage or cargo fromsliding forward during braking,make sure the deck rail accessoriessuch as storage box are securelyattached on the deck rails.

LS10055a

1: Locking plate2: Thumb wheel3: Tie−down cleat

The deck rail system enables you toinsert and move tie−down cleats totheir best location along deck rails tosecure a load.

LS10056a

12.7 mm(0.5 in.)

1: Deck rail2: Detent3: Locking plate

INSTALLING THE TIE−DOWN CLEAT:

1. Loosen the thumb wheel in a coun-terclockwise motion, and depress thewheel so locking plate maintains12.7 mm (0.5 in.) gap.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Tie−down cleats

266

LS10057a

2. Insert the locking plate into the deckrail, rotate the tie−down cleat 90_,and release the thumb wheel.

LS10058

3. Slide the cleat to the closest detentin the rail system. You will feel thatthe locking plate snaps into a det-ent.

LS10059a

4. Tighten the thumb wheel in a clock-wise motion until the clutch mecha-nism ratchets.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

267

LS10060a

5. Check the tie−down cleat to confirmthat it is locked into a detent andsecurely mounted to the deck railsystem.

CAUTION

D Properly install and tighten the tie−down cleats into the deck rail sys-tem. Failure to properly install andtighten the tie−down cleats cancause cargo to become unsecured.Unsecured cargo can cause injurywhen the vehicle is in motion.

D Properly secure all cargo to preventshifting or sliding during driving.Failure to properly secure cargocan cause injury when the vehicleis in motion.

D Applying loads at an angle to thetie−down cleat greater than 45_ orloads greater than 100 kg (220 lb.)may cause damage to the deck,deck rail system, tie−down cleatand/or the cargo.

D Do not exceed a total tensile loadof 200 kg (440 lb.) per deck rail.

D Do not install more than the follow-ing number of tie−down cleats perdeck rail:

Side rail:Short deck—Max. 3 locationsLong deck—Max. 4 locations

Headboard rail: Max. 3 locations

LS10032

Use a floor mat of the correct size.

If the vehicle carpet and floor mat havetwo holes, then it is designed for use withtwo locking clips. Attach the floor mat tothe vehicle carpet using the clips. Lockthe clips into the holes in the vehiclecarpet.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Floor mat

268

LS10033

CAUTION

Observe the following precautions.Failure to do so may result in thefloor mat slipping and interfering withthe movement of the pedals duringdriving, resulting in an accident.

D Make sure the floor mat is properlyplaced on the vehicle carpet andthe correct side faces upward.

D Do not place floor mats on top ofexisting mats.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

269

INFORMATION BEFORE DRIVING YOURTOYOTAOff−road vehicle precautions 270. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Break−in period 271. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fuel 271. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fuel pump shut off system 273. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Operation in foreign countries 274. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Three−way catalytic converters 274. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Engine exhaust cautions 275. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Facts about engine oil consumption 276. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Iridium−tipped spark plugs 277. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Brake system 278. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Brake pad wear limit indicators 283. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rear step bumper 283. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Limited−slip differential 284. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Your Toyota’s identification 284. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Theft prevention labels 286. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Suspension and chassis 286. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tire information 287. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vehicle load limits 299. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cargo and luggage 300. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Types of tires 302. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

SECTION 2

270

LS20001

This vehicle has higher ground clear-ance and narrower tread in relation tothe height of its center of gravity tomake it capable of performing in a widevariety of off−road applications. Specificdesign characteristics give it a highercenter of gravity than ordinary passen-ger cars. This vehicle design featurecauses this type of vehicle to be morelikely to rollover. And, it has a signifi-cantly higher rollover rate than othertypes of vehicles. An advantage of thehigher ground clearance is a betterview of the road allowing you to antici-pate problems. It is not designed forcornering at the same speeds as ordi-nary passenger cars any more thanlow−slung sports cars are designed toperform satisfactorily under off−roadconditions. Therefore, sharp turns atexcessive speeds may cause rollover.

CAUTION

Always observe the following precau-tions to minimize the risk of seriouspersonal injury or damage to your ve-hicle:

D In a rollover crash, an unbelted per-son is significantly more likely todie than a person wearing a seatbelt. Therefore, the driver and allpassengers should fasten their seatbelts whenever the vehicle is mov-ing.

D Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneu-vers, if at all possible. Failure tooperate this vehicle correctly mayresult in loss of control or vehiclerollover causing death or seriousinjury.

D Avoid loading any items on the roofthat will raise the vehicle’s centerof gravity.

D Always slow down in gusty cross-winds. Because of its profile andhigher center of gravity, your ve-hicle is more sensitive to sidewinds than an ordinary passengercar. Slowing down will allow you tohave much better control.

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Off−road vehicle precautions(four−wheel drive models andPreRunner)

271

D When driving off−road or in ruggedterrain, do not drive at excessivespeeds, jump, make sharp turns,strike objects, etc. This may causeloss of control or vehicle rollovercausing death or serious injury. Youare also risking expensive damageto your vehicle’s suspension andchassis.

D Do not drive horizontally acrosssteep slopes. Driving straight up orstraight down is preferred. Your ve-hicle (or any similar off−road ve-hicle) can tip over sideways muchmore easily than forward or back-ward.

Drive gently and avoid high speeds.

Your vehicle does not need an elaboratebreak−in. But following a few simple tipsfor the first 1600 km (1000 miles) can addto the future economy and long life ofyour vehicle:

D Avoid full throttle acceleration whenstarting and driving.

D Avoid racing the engine.

D Try to avoid hard stops during the first300 km (200 miles).

D Do not drive slowly with the manualtransmission in a high gear.

D Do not drive for a long time at anysingle speed, either fast or slow.

D Do not tow a trailer during the first 800km (500 miles).

FUEL TYPE

Your new vehicle must use only un-leaded gasoline.

To help prevent gas station mix−ups, yourToyota has a smaller fuel tank opening.The special nozzle on pumps with un-leaded fuel will fit it, but the larger stan-dard nozzle on pumps with leaded gas willnot.

At a minimum, the gasoline you useshould meet specifications of ASTMD4814 in the U.S.A. and CGSB 3.5−M93in Canada.

NOTICE

Do not use leaded gasoline. Use ofleaded gasoline will cause the three−way catalytic converter to lose its ef-fectiveness and the emission controlsystem to function improperly. Also,this can increase maintenance costs.

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Break−in period Fuel

272

OCTANE RATING

Select Octane Rating 87 (Research Oc-tane Number 91) or higher.

Use of unleaded gasoline with an OctaneRating lower than 87 may result in engineknocking. Persistent knocking can lead toengine damage.

If your engine knocks...

If you detect heavy knocking even whenusing the recommended fuel, or if youhear steady knocking while holding asteady speed on level roads, consult yourToyota dealer.

However, occasionally, you may noticelight knocking for a short time while accel-erating or driving up hills. This is normaland there is no need for concern.

GASOLINE CONTAINING DETERGENTADDITIVES

Toyota recommends the use of gasolinethat contains detergent additives toavoid build−up of engine deposits.

However, all gasoline sold in the U.S.contains detergent additives to keep cleanand/or clean intake systems.

QUALITY GASOLINE

Automotive manufacturers in the U.S.,Europe and Japan have developed aspecification for quality fuel namedWorld−Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) thatis expected to be applied world wide.The WWFC consists of four categoriesthat depend on required emission lev-els. In the U.S., category 4 has beenadopted. The WWFC improves air quali-ty by providing for better emissions invehicle fleets, and customer satisfactionthrough better vehicle performance.

CLEANER BURNING GASOLINE

Cleaner burning gasoline, including re-formulated gasoline that contains oxy-genates such as ethanol or MTBE isavailable in many areas.

Toyota recommends the use of cleanerburning gasoline and appropriately blendedreformulated gasoline. These types of gas-oline provide excellent vehicle perfor-mance, reduce vehicle emissions, and im-prove air quality.

OXYGENATES IN GASOLINE

Toyota allows the use of oxygenateblended gasoline where the oxygenatecontent is up to 10% ethanol or 15%MTBE. If you use gasohol in yourToyota, be sure that it has an octanerating no lower than 87.

Toyota does not recommend the use ofgasoline containing methanol.

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

273

GASOLINE CONTAINING MMT

Some gasoline contain an octane en-hancing additive called MMT (Methylcy-clopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).

Toyota does not recommend the use ofgasoline that contains MMT. If fuel con-taining MMT is used, your emission con-trol system may be adversely affected.The Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the in-strument cluster may come on. If this hap-pens, contact your Toyota dealer for ser-vice.

GASOLINE QUALITY

In a very few cases, you may experiencedriveability problems caused by the partic-ular gasoline that you are using. If youcontinue to have unacceptable driveability,try changing gasoline brands. If this doesnot rectify your problem, then consult yourToyota dealer.

NOTICE

z Do not use gasohol other thanstated above. It will cause fuel sys-tem damage or vehicle performanceproblems.

z If driveability problems occur (poorhot starting, vaporizing, engineknock, etc.), discontinue the use.

z Take care not to spill gasohol dur-ing refueling. Gasohol may causepaint damage.

FUEL TANK CAPACITY

80 L (21.1 gal., 17.6 Imp. gal.)

Fuel pump shut off systemThe fuel pump shut off system stops sup-plying fuel to the engine to minimize therisk of fuel leakage when the engine stallsor an airbag inflates upon collision. Torestart the engine after the fuel pump shutoff system activates, turn the engineswitch to “ACC” or “LOCK” once and startit.

CAUTION

Inspect the ground under the vehiclebefore restarting the engine. If youfind that fuel has leaked onto theground, the fuel system has beendamaged and is in need of repair. Inthis case, do not restart the engine.

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

274

If you plan to drive your Toyota inanother country...

First, comply with the vehicle registrationlaws.

Second, confirm the availability of the cor-rect fuel (unleaded and minimum octanenumber). LS20004

2.7 L 4−cylinder (2TR−FE) engine

LS20003

4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engine

The three−way catalytic converter is anemission control device installed in theexhaust system.

The purpose is to reduce pollutants in theexhaust gas.

CAUTION

D Keep people and combustible mate-rials away from the exhaust pipewhile the engine is running. Theexhaust gas is very hot.

D Do not idle or park your vehicleover anything that might burn easi-ly such as grass, leaves, paper orrags.

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Operation in foreigncountries

Three−way catalyticconverters

275

NOTICE

A large amount of unburned gasesflowing into the three−way catalyticconverter may cause it to overheatand create a fire hazard. To preventthis and other damage, observe thefollowing precautions:

z Use only unleaded gasoline.

z Do not drive with an extremely lowfuel level; running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, creat-ing an excessive load on the three−way catalytic converter.

z Do not allow the engine to run atidle speed for more than 20 minu-tes.

z Avoid racing the engine.

z Do not push−start or pull−start yourvehicle.

z Do not turn off the engine switchwhile the vehicle is moving.

z Keep your engine in good runningorder. Malfunctions in the engineelectrical system, electronic ignitionsystem/distributor ignition systemor fuel systems could cause an ex-tremely high three−way catalyticconverter temperature.

z If the engine becomes difficult tostart or stalls frequently, take yourvehicle in for a check−up as soonas possible. Remember, your Toyotadealer knows your vehicle and itsthree−way catalytic converter sys-tem best.

z To ensure that the three−way cata-lytic converter and the entire emis-sion control system operate proper-ly, your vehicle must receive theperiodic inspections required by theToyota Maintenance Schedule. Forscheduled maintenance information,refer to the “Scheduled MaintenanceGuide” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-ment”.

CAUTION

D Exhaust gases include harmful car-bon monoxide (CO) that is colorlessand odorless. Inhaling exhaustgases may lead to death or a seri-ous health hazard.

D The exhaust should be checkedoccasionally. If there is a hole orcrack caused by corrosion, damageto a joint or abnormal exhaustnoise, be sure to have the vehicleinspected and repaired by yourToyota dealer. Failure to do so mayallow exhaust gases to enter thevehicle, resulting in death or aserious health hazard.

D If the vehicle is in a poorly venti-lated area, turn the engine off. In aclosed area, such as a garage, ex-haust gases may collect and enterthe vehicle. This may lead to deathor a serious health hazard.

D Do not remain for a long time in aparked vehicle with the engine run-ning. If it is unavoidable, however,do so only in an unconfined areaand adjust the heating or coolingsystem to force outside air into thevehicle.

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Engine exhaust cautions

276

D Keep the rear window closed whiledriving. An open or unsealed rearwindow may cause exhaust gasesto be drawn into the vehicle.

D To allow proper operation of yourvehicle’s ventilation system, keepthe inlet grilles in front of the wind-shield clear of snow, leaves, or oth-er obstructions.

D If the smell of exhaust is noticedinside the vehicle, open the win-dows. Large amounts of exhaust inthe vehicle can cause driver drowsi-ness and an accident, resulting indeath or a serious health hazard.Have the vehicle inspected by yourToyota dealer immediately.

D Do not leave the engine running inan area with snow build−up, orwhere it is snowing. If snowbanksbuild up around the vehicle whilethe engine is running, exhaustgases may collect and enter the ve-hicle. This may lead to death or aserious health hazard.

D When taking a nap in the vehicle,always turn the engine off. Other-wise, you may accidentally movethe shift lever or depress the accel-erator pedal, which could cause anaccident or fire due to engine over-heating. Additionally, if the vehicleis parked in a poorly ventilatedarea, exhaust gases may collect andenter the vehicle, leading to deathor a serious health hazard.

D Toyota does not recommend occu-pying the rear cargo area when itis fitted with a slide−in camper,camper shell or other type coverwhile the engine is running. Thiscaution applies to both driving andstopped or parked situations withthe engine running. Particular careshould be taken to prevent exhaustgases from entering camper bodies,trailers or other enclosures on oraround your vehicle. If exhaustfumes are detected, open all win-dows and thoroughly ventilate thearea.

FUNCTIONS OF ENGINE OIL

Engine oil has the primary functions oflubricating and cooling the inside of theengine, and plays a major role in main-taining the engine in proper working order.

ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION

It is normal that an engine should con-sume some engine oil during normalengine operation. The causes of oilconsumption in a normal engine are asfollows.

D Oil is used to lubricate pistons, pistonrings and cylinders. A thin film of oilis left on the cylinder wall when a pis-ton moves downwards in the cylinder.High negative pressure generated whenthe vehicle is decelerating sucks someof this oil into the combustion chamber.This oil as well as some part of the oilfilm left on the cylinder wall is burnedby the high temperature combustiongases during the combustion process.

D Oil is also used to lubricate the stemsof the intake valves. Some of this oilis sucked into the combustion chambertogether with the intake air and isburned along with the fuel. High tem-perature exhaust gases also burn theoil used to lubricate the exhaust valvestems.

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Facts about engine oilconsumption

277

The amount of engine oil consumed de-pends on the viscosity of the oil, thequality of the oil and the conditions thevehicle is driven under.

More oil is consumed by high−speed driv-ing and frequent acceleration and decel-eration.

A new engine consumes more oil, sinceits pistons, piston rings and cylinder wallshave not become conditioned.

Oil consumption: Max. 1.0 L per 1000km (1.1 qt./600 miles, 0.9 lmp. qt./600miles)

When judging the amount of oil con-sumption, note that the oil may becomediluted and make it difficult to judgethe true level accurately.

As an example, if a vehicle is used forrepeated short trips, and consumes a nor-mal amount of oil, the dipstick may notshow any drop in the oil level at all, evenafter 1000 km (600 miles) or more. Thisis because the oil is gradually becomingdiluted with fuel or moisture, making itappear that the oil level has not changed.

The diluting ingredients evaporate outwhen the vehicle is then driven at highspeeds, as on an expressway, making itappear that oil is excessively consumedafter driving at high speeds.

IMPORTANCE OF ENGINE OIL LEVELCHECK

One of the most important points in prop-er vehicle maintenance is to keep the en-gine oil at the optimum level so that oilfunction will not be impaired. Therefore, itis essential that the oil level be checkedregularly. Toyota recommends that the oillevel be checked every time you refuelthe vehicle.

NOTICE

Failure to check the oil level regularlycould lead to serious engine troubledue to insufficient oil.

For detailed information on oil level check,see “Checking the engine oil level” onpage 370 in Section 7−2.

Your engine is fitted with iridium−tippedspark plugs.

NOTICE

Use only iridium−tipped spark plugs.Do not adjust gaps for engine perfor-mance smooth driveability.

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Iridium−tipped spark plugs(2.7 L 4−cylinder [2TR−FE]engine)

278


The tandem master cylinder brake systemis a hydraulic system with two separatesub−systems. If either sub−system shouldfail, the other will still work. However, thepedal will be harder to press, and yourstopping distance will increase. Also, thebrake system warning light may come on.

CAUTION

Do not drive your vehicle with only asingle brake system. Have yourbrakes fixed immediately.


This brake system has 2 independent hy-draulic circuits. If either circuit should fail,the other will still work. However, the ped-al will be harder to press, and your stop-ping distance will increase. Also, thebrake system warning light may come on.

CAUTION

Do not drive your vehicle with only asingle brake system. Have yourbrakes fixed immediately.

BRAKE BOOSTER (without the vehiclestability control system)

The brake booster uses engine vacuum topower−assist the brakes. If the engineshould quit while you are driving, you canbring the vehicle to a stop with normalpedal pressure. There is enough reservedvacuum for one or two stops—but nomore!

CAUTION

D Do not pump the brake pedal if theengine stalls. Each push on thepedal uses up your reserved vacu-um.

D Even if the power assist is com-pletely lost, the brakes will stillwork. But you will have to push thepedal hard, much harder than nor-mal. And your braking distance willincrease.

BRAKE BOOSTER (with the vehiclestability control system)

The brake booster uses brake fluid pres-surized by the pump to power−assist thebrakes. If the brake booster fails duringdriving, the brake system warning lightcomes on and buzzer sounds continuous-ly. In this case, the brakes may not workproperly. If they do not work well, depressthe brake pedal firmly. If the brake systemwarning light comes on, immediately stopyour vehicle and contact your Toyota deal-er.

The brake system warning light may stayon for about 60 seconds after the engineswitch is turned to the “ON” position. It isnormal if the light turns off after a while.

Depressing the brake pedal repeatedlymay turn on the brake system warninglight and buzzer. It is normal if the lightturns off and the buzzer stops soundingafter a few seconds.

You may hear a small sound in the enginecompartment after the engine is started orthe brake pedal is depressed repeatedly.This is a pump pulsating sound of thebrake system, and it is not a malfunction.

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Brake system

279

CAUTION

D Do not pump the brake pedal if theengine stalls. Each push on thepedal uses up your brake fluidpressure reserve.

D Even if the power assist is com-pletely lost, the brakes will stillwork. But you will have to push thepedal hard, much harder than nor-mal. And your braking distance willincrease.

ANTI−LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM(with “ABS” warning light)

The anti−lock brake system is designedto help prevent lock−up of the wheelsduring a sudden braking or braking onslippery road surfaces. This assists inproviding directional stability and steer-ing performance of the vehicle underthese circumstances.

Effective way to press the ABS brakepedal: When the anti−lock brake systemfunction is in action, you may feel thebrake pedal pulsating and hear a noise.In this situation, to let the anti−lockbrake system work for you, just hold thebrake pedal down more firmly. Do notpump the brake in a panic stop. Thiswill result in reduced braking performan-ce.

The anti−lock brake system becomes op-erative after the vehicle has acceleratedto a speed in excess of approximately 10km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when thevehicle decelerates to a speed belowapproximately 5 km/h (3 mph).

Depressing the brake pedal on slipperyroad surfaces such as on a manhole cov-er, a steel plate at a construction site,joints in a bridge, etc. on a rainy daytends to activate the anti−lock brake sys-tem.

You may hear a click or motor sound inthe engine compartment for a few secondswhen the engine is started or just afterthe vehicle begins to move. This meansthat the anti−lock brake system is in theself−check mode, and does not indicate amalfunction.

When the anti−lock brake system is ac-tivated, the following conditions mayoccur. They do not indicate a malfunc-tion of the system:

D You may hear the anti−lock brake sys-tem operating and feel the brake pedalpulsating and the vibrations of the ve-hicle body and steering wheel. Youmay also hear the motor sound in theengine compartment even after the ve-hicle is stopped.

D At the end of the anti−lock brake sys-tem activation, the brake pedal maymove a little forward.

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

280

CAUTION

Do not overestimate the anti−lockbrake system: Although the anti−lockbrake system assists in providing ve-hicle control, it is still important todrive with all due care and maintaina moderate speed and safe distancefrom the vehicle in front of you, be-cause there are limits to the vehiclestability and effectiveness of steeringwheel operation even with the anti−lock brake system on.

If tire grip performance exceeds itscapability, or if hydroplaning occursduring high speed driving in the rain,the anti−lock brake system does notprovide vehicle control.

Anti−lock brake system is not de-signed to shorten the stopping dis-tance: Always drive at a moderatespeed and maintain a safe distancefrom the vehicle in front of you.Compared with vehicles without ananti−lock brake system, your vehiclemay require a longer stopping dis-tance in the following cases:

D Driving on rough, gravel or snow−covered roads.

D Driving with tire chains installed.

D Driving over the steps such as thejoints on the road.

D Driving on roads where the roadsurface is pitted or has other differ-ences in surface height.

Install all 4 tires of specified size atappropriate pressure: The anti−lockbrake system detects vehicle speedsusing the speed sensors for respec-tive wheels’ turning speeds. The useof tires other than specified may failto detect the accurate turning speedresulting in a longer stopping dis-tance.

LS20017

Type A

LS20018

Type B

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

281

“ABS” warning light (without thevehicle stability control system)

The light comes on when the engineswitch is turned to the “ON” position. Ifthe anti−lock brake system works properly,the light turns off after a few seconds.Thereafter, if the system malfunctions, thelight comes on again.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti−lock brake system does not operate,but the brake system still operates con-ventionally.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti−lock brake system does not operatebut the brake assist system still operates.In this case the wheels could lock upduring a sudden braking or braking onslippery road surfaces.

If either of the following conditionsoccurs, this indicates a malfunctionsomewhere in the components moni-tored by the warning light system. Con-tact your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible to service the vehicle.

D The light does not come on when theengine switch is turned to the “ON”position, or the light remains on.

D The light comes on while you are driv-ing.


CAUTION



With rear differential lock: However, it isa normal operation for the light to be onwith rear differential locked. At this time,the anti−lock brake system does not oper-ate.

“ABS” warning light (with the vehiclestability control system)

The light comes on when the engineswitch is turned to the “ON” position. Ifthe anti−lock brake system and the brakeassist system work properly, the lightturns off after a few seconds. Thereafter,if either of the systems malfunctions, thelight comes on again.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), thefollowing systems do not operate, but thebrake system still operates conventionally.








When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti−lock brake system does not operateso that the wheels will lock up during asudden braking or braking on slipperyroad surfaces.

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

282

If either of the following conditions oc-curs, this indicates a malfunction some-where in the components monitored bythe warning light system. Contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible toservice the vehicle.

D The light does not come on when theengine switch is turned to the “ON”position, or remains on.

D The light comes on while you are dri-ving.


CAUTION



Any of the following conditions may oc-cur, but do not indicate a malfunction:


D Depressing the brake pedal repeatedlymay turn on the light. It is normal if itturns off after a few seconds.

D With rear differential lock: The lightcomes on with rear differential locked.At this time, the anti−lock brake sys-tem, the brake assist system, the ve-hicle stability control system, the trac-tion control system, the downhill assistcontrol system and the hill−start assistcontrol system do not operate.

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

283

BRAKE ASSIST SYSTEM

When you slam the brakes on, thebrake assist system judges as an emer-gency stop and provides more powerfulbraking for a driver who cannot holddown the brake pedal firmly.

When you slam the brakes on, more pow-erful braking will be applied. At this time,you may hear a sound in the enginecompartment and feel the vibrations of thebrake pedal. This does not indicate a mal-function.

Vehicles with the vehicle stability controlsystem—

The brake assist system becomes opera-tive after the vehicle has accelerated toa speed in excess of approximately 10km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when thevehicle decelerates to a speed belowapproximately 5 km/h (3 mph).

For an explanation of this system’s warn-ing light, see “Service reminder indicatorsand warning buzzers” on page 153 in Sec-tion 1−6.

LS20007

The brake pad wear limit indicators onyour disc brakes give a warning noisewhen the brake pads are worn to wherereplacement is required.

If you hear a squealing or scraping noisewhile driving, have the brake padschecked and replaced by your Toyotadealer as soon as possible. Expensive ro-tor damage can result if the pads are notreplaced when necessary.

LS20010

The rear step bumper is for rear endprotection and easier step−up loading.

CAUTION

D Do not allow more than one personto get on the rear step bumper ata time. It is designed for only oneperson.

D Never drive the vehicle with anyoneon the rear step bumper.

D Do not stand on the rear stepbumper while the vehicle is moving.

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Brake pad wear limitindicators Rear step bumper

284

Some Toyotas are equipped with a limit-ed−slip differential. If one of the rearwheels begins to spin, the limited−slip dif-ferential is designed to aid traction byautomatically transmitting driving force tothe other rear wheel. If you are not surewhether your vehicle is equipped with one,you can ask your Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

Do not start or run the engine whileyour vehicle is supported by a jack.The vehicle could be driven off thejack and could pose a danger or re-sult in serious injury.

NOTICE

Use only a spare tire of the samesize, construction and load capacityas the original tires on your Toyotabecause damage to the limited−slipdifferential could possibly occur withanother tire type.

LS20013

The vehicle identification number (VIN)is the legal identifier for your vehicle.This number is on the left top of theinstrument panel, and can be seenthrough the windshield from outside.

This is the primary identification numberfor your Toyota. It is used in registeringthe ownership of your vehicle.

LS20008b

Regular and double cab models

LS20009b

Access cab models

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Limited−slip differential

Your Toyota’s identification——Vehicle identificationnumber

285

The vehicle identification number (VIN) isalso on the Certification Label.

LS20012

2TR−FE engine

LS20011

1GR−FE engine

The engine number is stamped on theengine block as shown.

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Engine number

286

Your new vehicle carries theft preven-tion labels which are approximately 56mm (2.20 in.) by 16 mm (0.63 in.).

The purpose of these labels is to reducethe incidence of vehicle thefts by facilitat-ing the tracing and recovery of parts fromstolen vehicles. The label is designed sothat once it is applied to a surface, anyattempt to remove it will result in destroy-ing the integrity of the label. Transferringthese labels intact from one part to anoth-er, will be impossible.

NOTICE

You should not attempt to remove thetheft prevention labels as it may vio-late certain state or federal laws.

CAUTION

Do not modify the suspension/chassiswith lift kits, spacers, springs, etc. Itcan cause dangerous handling charac-teristics, resulting in loss of control.

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Theft prevention labels(except for Canada) Suspension and chassis

287

This illustration indicates typical tiresymbols.1. Tire size—For details, see

“—Tire size” on page 289.2. DOT and Tire Identification

Number (TIN)—For details, see“—DOT and Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN)” on page 288.

3. Uniform tire quality grading—For details, see “—Uniform tirequality grading” on page 290.

4. The location of the treadwearindicators—For details, see“Checking and replacing tires” onpage 379.

5. Tire ply composition and mate-rials—Plies mean a layer of rub-ber−coated parallel cords. Cordsmean the strands forming theplies in the tire.

6. Radial tires or bias−ply tires—A radial tire has “RADIAL” on thesidewall. A tire not marked with“RADIAL” is a bias−ply tire.

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Tire information——Tire symbols

LS20014b

288

7. “TUBELESS” or “TUBETYPE”—A tubeless tire does nothave a tube inside the tire andair is directly filled in the tire. Atube type tire has a tube insidethe tire and the tube maintainsthe air pressure.

8. Load limit at maximum coldtire inflation pressure—Fordetails, see “Checking andreplacing tires” on page 379.

9. Maximum cold tire inflationpressure—This means the pres-sure to which a tire may be in-flated. For details about recom-mended cold tire inflationpressure, see “Tires” on page410.

10.Summer tire or all seasontire—An all season tire has“M+S” on the sidewall. The tirenot marked with “M+S” is a sum-mer tire. For details, see “Typesof tires” on page 302.

LS20015

This illustration indicates typicalDOT and Tire Identification Number(TIN).1. “DOT” symbol2. Tire Identification Number (TIN)3. Tire manufacturer’s identification

mark4. Tire size code5. Manufacturer’s optional tire type

code (3 or 4 letters)6. Manufacturing week7. Manufacturing year

The “DOT” symbol certifies that thetire conforms to applicable FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards.

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—DOT and Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN)

289

LS20016b

This illustration indicates typical tiresize.1. Tire use (P=Passenger car,

T=Temporary use)2. Section width (in millimeters)3. Aspect ratio (tire height to sec-

tion width)4. Tire construction code (R=Ra-

dial, D=Diagonal)5. Wheel diameter (in inches)6. Load index (2 digits or 3 digits)7. Speed symbol (alphabet with one

letter)

SU21026a

1. Section width2. Tire height3. Wheel diameter

SU21027

1. Bead2. Sidewall3. Shoulder4. Tread5. Belt6. Inner liner7. Reinforcing rubber8. Carcass9. Rim lines10.Bead wires11.Chafer

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Tire size—Name of each section oftire

290

This information has been preparedin accordance with regulations is-sued by the National Highway TrafficSafety Administration of the U.S.Department of Transportation. It pro-vides the purchasers and/or pro-spective purchasers of Toyota ve-hicles with information on uniformtire quality grading.Your Toyota dealer will help answerany questions you may have as youread this information.DOT quality grades—All passen-ger vehicle tires must conform toFederal Safety Requirements inaddition to these grades. Qualitygrades can be found where appli-cable on the tire sidewall betweentread shoulder and maximum sec-tion width. For example: Tread-wear 200 Traction AA TemperatureA

Treadwear—The treadwear grade isa comparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when tested un-der controlled conditions on a speci-fied government test course. For ex-ample, a tire graded 150 would wearone and a half (1−1/2) times as wellon the government course as a tiregraded 100. The relative perfor-mance of tires depends upon the ac-tual conditions of their use, however,and may depart significantly fromthe norm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices and differ-ences in road characteristics and cli-mate.

Traction AA, A, B, C—The tractiongrades, from highest to lowest, areAA, A, B, and C, and they representthe tire’s ability to stop on wet pave-ment as measured under controlledconditions on specified governmenttest surfaces of asphalt and con-crete. A tire marked C may havepoor traction performance.Warning: The traction grade as-signed to this tire is based on brak-ing (straight ahead) traction testsand does not include cornering (turn-ing) traction.

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Uniform tire quality grading

291

Temperature A, B, C—The temper-ature grades are A (the highest), B,and C, representing the tire’s resis-tance to the generation of heat andits ability to dissipate heat whentested under controlled conditionson a specified indoor laboratory testwheel. Sustained high temperaturecan cause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. The grade C cor-responds to a level of performancewhich all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal Motor Ve-hicle Safety Standard No.109.Grades B and A represent higherlevels of performance on the labora-tory test wheel than the minimum re-quired by law.Warning: The temperature gradesfor this tire are established for a tirethat is properly inflated and not over-loaded. Excessive speed, under-inflation, or excessive loading, eitherseparately or in combination, cancause heat buildup and possible tirefailure.

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

292

Tire related term Meaning

Cold tire inflation pressuretire inflation pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at least 3hours or more, or it has not been driven more than 1.5 km or 1 mileunder that condition

Maximum inflation pressure the maximum cold inflation pressure to which a tire may be inflated andit is shown on the sidewall of the tire

Recommended inflation pressure cold tire inflation pressure recommended by a manufacturer

Accessory weight

the combined weight (in excess of those standard items which may bereplaced) of automatic transmission, power steering, power brakes,power windows, power seats, radio, and heater, to the extent that theseitems are available as factory−installed equipment (whether installed ornot)

Curb weightthe weight of a motor vehicle with standard equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, and, if so equipped, airconditioning and additional weight optional engine

the sum of—the sum of—(a) curb weight;

Maximum loaded vehicle weight(a) curb weight;(b) accessory weight;Maximum loaded vehicle weight (b) accessory weight;(c) vehicle capacity weight; and(d) d ti ti i ht( ) p y g ;(d) production options weight

Normal occupant weight 68 kg (150 lb.) times the number of occupants specified in the secondcolumn of Table 1 that follows

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Glossary of tire terminology

293


Occupant distribution distribution of occupants in a vehicle as specified in the third column of Table1 that follows

Production options weight

the combined weight of those installed regular production options weighingover 2.3 kg (5 lb.) in excess of those standard items which they replace,not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight, includingheavy duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and specialtrim

Rim a metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tirebeads are seated

Rim diameter (Wheel diameter) nominal diameter of the bead seat

Rim size designation rim diameter and width

Rim type designation the industry of manufacturer’s designation for a rim by style or code

Rim width nominal distance between rim flanges

Vehicle capacity weight(Total load capacity)

the rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 kg (150 lb.) times the vehicle’sdesignated seating capacity

Vehicle maximum load on the tire the load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axleits share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight and dividing by two

Vehicle normal load on the tirethe load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axleits share of the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weight(distributed in accordance with Table 1 that follows) and dividing by two

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

294


Weather side the surface area of the rim not covered by the inflated tire

Bead the part of the tire that is made of steel wires, wrapped or reinforced byply cords and that is shaped to fit the rim

Bead separation a breakdown of the bond between components in the bead

Bias ply tirea pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laidat alternate angles substantially less than 90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread

Carcass the tire structure, except tread and sidewall rubber which, when inflated,bears the load

Chunking the breaking away of pieces of the tread sidewall

Cord the strands forming the plies in the tire

Cord separation the parting of cords from adjacent rubber compounds

Cracking any parting within the tread, sidewall, or innerliner of the tire extending tocord material

CT

a pneumatic tire with an inverted flange tire and rim system in which therim is designed with rim flanges pointed radially inward and the tire is de-signed to fit on the underside of the rim in a manner that encloses the rimflanges inside the air cavity of the tire

Extra load tire a tire designed to operate at higher loads and at higher inflation pressuresthan the corresponding standard tire

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

295


Groove the space between two adjacent tread ribs

Innerliner the layer(s) forming the inside surface of a tubeless tire that contains theinflating medium within the tire

Innerliner separation the parting of the innerliner from cord material in the carcass

Intended outboard sidewall

(A) the sidewall that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher ordeeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or

(B) the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has aparticular side that must always face outward when mounted on avehicle

Light truck (LT) tire a tire designated by its manufacturer as primarily intended for use on light-weight trucks or multipurpose passenger vehicles

Load rating the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure

Maximum load rating the load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure forthat tire

Maximum permissible inflation pres-sure the maximum cold inflation pressure to which a tire may be inflated

Measuring rim the rim on which a tire is fitted for physical dimension requirements

Open splice any parting at any junction of tread, sidewall, or innerliner that extends tocord material

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

296


Outer diameter the overall diameter of an inflated new tire

Overall width the linear distance between the exteriors of the sidewalls of an inflated tire,including elevations due to labeling, decorations, or protective bands or ribs

Passenger car tirea tire intended for use on passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles,and trucks, that have a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 10,000 lb.or less

Ply a layer of rubber−coated parallel cords

Ply separation a parting of rubber compound between adjacent plies

Pneumatic tirea mechanical device made of rubber, chemicals, fabric and steel or othermaterials, that, when mounted on an automotive wheel, provides the tractionand contains the gas or fluid that sustains the load

Radial ply tire a pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laidat substantially 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread

Reinforced tire a tire designed to operate at higher loads and at higher inflation pressuresthan the corresponding standard tire

Section width the linear distance between the exteriors of the sidewalls of an inflated tire,excluding elevations due to labeling, decoration, or protective bands

Sidewall that portion of a tire between the tread and bead

Sidewall separation the parting of the rubber compound from the cord material in the sidewall

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

297


Snow tire

a tire that attains a traction index equal to or greater than 110, comparedto the ASTM E−1136 Standard Reference Test Tire, when using the snowtraction test as described in ASTM F−1805−00, Standard Test Method forSingle Wheel Driving Traction in a Straight Line on Snow−and Ice−CoveredSurfaces, and which is marked with an Alpine Symbol ( ) on at leastone sidewall

Test rim the rim on which a tire is fitted for testing, and may be any rim listed asappropriate for use with that tire

Tread that portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road

Tread rib a tread section running circumferentially around a tire

Tread separation pulling away of the tread from the tire carcass

Treadwear indicators (TWI) the projections within the principal grooves designed to give a visual indica-tion of the degrees of wear of the tread

Wheel−holding fixture the fixture used to hold the wheel and tire assembly securely during testing

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

298

Table 1—Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load for various designated seating capaci-ties

Designated seating capacity,number of occupants

Vehicle normal load, number ofoccupants

Occupant distribution in a normallyloaded vehicle

2 through 4 2 2 in front

5 through 10 3 2 in front, 1 in second seat

11 through 15 5 2 in front, 1 in second seat, 1 in thirdseat, 1 in fourth seat

16 through 20 7 2 in front, 2 in second seat, 2 in thirdseat, 1 in fourth seat

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

299

Vehicle load limits include total loadcapacity, seating capacity, towingcapacity and cargo capacity. Followthe load limits shown below. Totalload capacity and seating capacityare also described on the tire andloading information label. Forlocation of the tire and loadinginformation label, see “Checking tireinflation pressure” on page 376.Total load capacity:Total load capacity means combinedweight of occupants, cargo andluggage. Tongue load is includedwhen trailer towing. For the totalload capacity about your vehicle,see “Vehicle capacity weight” onpage 402 in Section 8.

Seating capacity:Regular cab modelsWith separate type seatsTotal 2

With bench type seatTotal 3

Access cab modelsTotal 2+2(Front 2, Rear Temporary 2)

Double cab modelsTotal 5 (Front 2, Rear 3)

Seating capacity means the maxi-mum number of occupants whoseestimated average weight is 68 kg(150 lb.) per person. Depending onthe weight of each person, the seat-ing capacity given may exceed thetotal load capacity.

NOTICE

Even if the number of occupantsare within the seating capacity,do not exceed the total load ca-pacity.

Towing capacity:Towing capacity means the maxi-mum gross trailer weight (trailerweight plus its cargo weight) thatyour vehicle is able to tow. For thetowing capacity about your vehicle,see “Towing capacity” on page 405in Section 8.Cargo capacityCargo capacity may increase or de-crease depending on the size(weight) and the number of occu-pants. For details, see “Capacityand distribution” that follows.

CAUTION

Do not apply the load more thaneach load limit. That may causenot only damage to the tires, butalso deterioration to the steer-ing ability and braking ability,which may cause an accident.

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Vehicle load limits

300

When stowing cargo and luggage inthe vehicle, observe the following:D Put cargo and luggage in the reardeck when at all possible. Besure all items are secured inplace.

D Be careful to keep the vehiclebalanced. Locating the weight asfar forward as possible helpsmaintain balance.

D For better fuel economy, do notcarry unneeded weight.

CAUTION

D To prevent cargo and luggagefrom sliding forward duringbraking, do not stack anythingbehind the front seats higherthan the seatbacks (accesscab and double cab models).Keep cargo and luggage low,as close to the floor as pos-sible.

D Never allow anyone to ride inthe rear deck. It is not de-signed for passengers. Theyshould ride in their seats withtheir seat belts properly fas-tened. Otherwise, they aremuch more likely to sufferdeath or serious bodily injury,in the event of sudden brakingor a collision.

D Do not drive with objects lefton top of the instrument pan-el. They may interfere with thedriver’s field of view. Or theymay move during sharp ve-hicle acceleration or turning,and impair the driver’s controlof the vehicle. In an accidentthey may injure the vehicle oc-cupants.

Cargo capacity depends on the to-tal weight of the occupants.(Cargo capacity) = (Total load ca-pacity) – (Total weight of occupants)Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit—(1) Locate the statement “The

combined weight of occupantsand cargo should never exceedXXX kg or XXX lbs.” on yourvehicle’s placard.

(2) Determine the combined weightof the driver and passengersthat will be riding in your vehicle.

(3) Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kg or XXX lbs.

(4) The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo andluggage load capacity. For ex-ample, if the “XXX” amountequals 1400 lbs. and there willbe five 150 lb passengers inyour vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs.(1400–750 (5x150)=650 lbs.)

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Cargo and luggage——Stowage precautions —Capacity and distribution

301

(5) Determine the combined weightof luggage and cargo beingloaded on the vehicle. Thatweight may not safely exceedthe available cargo and luggageload capacity calculated in Step4.

(6) If your vehicle will be towing atrailer, load from your trailer willbe transferred to your vehicle.Consult this manual to deter-mine how this reduces the avail-able cargo and luggage load ca-pacity of your vehicle.

For details about trailer towing, see“Trailer towing” on page 310 in Sec-tion 3.

SU21020Cargocapacity

Total loadcapacity

Example on Your VehicleIn case that 2 people with the com-bined weight of A kg (lb.) are ridingin your vehicle with the total load ca-pacity of B kg (lb.), the availableamount of cargo and luggage loadcapacity will be C kg (lb.) as follows:B kg (lb.) – A kg (lb.) = C kg (lb.)From this condition, if 3 more pas-sengers with the combined weight ofD kg (lb.) get on, the available cargoand luggage load will be reduced Ekg (lb.) as follows:C kg (lb.) – D kg (lb.) = E kg (lb.)

As shown in the above example, ifthe number of occupants increases,the cargo and luggage load equalingthe combined weight of occupantswho got on later must be reduced.In other words, if the increase in thenumber of occupants causes the ex-cess of the total load capacity (com-bined weight of occupants plus car-go and luggage load), you have toreduce the cargo and luggage onyour vehicle.For details about total load capacity,see “Vehicle load limits” on page 299in this Section.

CAUTION

Even if the total load of occu-pant’s weight and the cargoload is less than the total loadcapacity, do not apply the loadunevenly. That may cause notonly damage to the tire but alsodeterioration to the steeringability due to unbalance of thevehicle, causing an accident.

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

302

Determine what kind of tires yourvehicle is originally equippedwith.1. Summer tiresSummer tires are high−speed capa-bility tires best suited to highwaydriving under dry conditions.Since summer tires do not have thesame traction performance as snowtires, summer tires are inadequatefor driving on snow−covered or icyroads. For driving on snow−coveredor icy roads, we recommend usingsnow tires. If installing snow tires,be sure to replace all four tires.2. All season tiresAll season tires are designed to pro-vide better traction in snow and tobe adequate for driving in most win-ter conditions, as well as for use allyear round.

All season tires, however, do nothave adequate traction performancecompared with snow tires in heavyor loose snow. Also, all season tiresfall short in acceleration and han-dling performance compared withsummer tires in highway driving.The details about how to distinguishsummer tires from all season tiresare described on page 287.

CAUTION

D Do not mix summer and allseason tires on your vehicleas this can cause dangeroushandling characteristics, re-sulting in loss of control.

D Do not use tires other than themanufacture’s designatedtires, and never mix tires orwheels of the sizes differentfrom the originals.

07 09.06

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Types of tires

303

STARTING AND DRIVINGBefore starting the engine 304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .How to start the engine 304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tips for driving in various conditions 305. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Driving in the rain 306. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Off−road driving precautions 307. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Winter driving tips 309. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dinghy towing 310. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Trailer towing 310. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .How to save fuel and make your vehicle last longer 320. . . . . . . . . . .

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

SECTION 3

304

1. Check the area around the vehicle be-fore entering it.

2. Adjust seat position, seatback angle,seat cushion angle, head restraintheight and steering wheel angle.

3. Adjust the inside and outside rear viewmirrors.

4. Lock all doors.

5. Fasten seat belts.

1. Apply the parking brake firmly.

2. Turn off unnecessary lights and acces-sories.

3. Manual transmission: Press the clutchpedal to the floor and shift the trans-mission into neutral. Hold the clutchpedal to the floor until the engine isstarted. A starter safety device will pre-vent the starter from operating if theclutch pedal is not fully depressed.

Automatic transmission: Put the se-lector lever in “P”. If you need to re-start the engine while the vehicle ismoving, put the selector lever in “N”.A starter safety device will prevent thestarter from operating if the selectorlever is in any drive position.

4. Automatic transmission only: De-press the brake pedal and hold it tothe floor until driving off.

Before starting the engine, be sure tofollow the instructions in “(a) Beforecranking”.

Normal starting procedure

The multiport fuel injection system/sequen-tial multiport fuel injection system in yourengine automatically controls the properair−fuel mixture for starting. You can starta cold or hot engine as follows:

With your foot off the accelerator pedal,crank the engine by turning the engineswitch to “START”. Release it when theengine starts.

Engine should be warmed up by driving,not in idle. For warming up, drive withsmoothly turning engine until engine cool-ant temperature is within normal range.

If the engine stalls...

Simply restart it, using the correct proce-dure given in normal starting.

If the engine will not start...

See “If your vehicle will not start” on page324 in Section 4.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Before starting the engineHow to start the engine—(a) Before cranking (b) Starting the engine

305

NOTICE

z Do not crank for more than 30 se-conds at a time. This may overheatthe starter and wiring systems.

z Do not race a cold engine.

z If the engine becomes difficult tostart or stalls frequently, have theengine checked immediately.

D Always slow down in gusty crosswinds.This will allow you much better control.

D Drive slowly onto curbs and, if pos-sible, at a right angle. Avoid drivingonto high, sharp−edged objects andother road hazards. Failure to do socan lead to severe tire damage suchas a tire burst.

Drive slowly when passing over bumpsor travelling on a bumpy road. Other-wise, the impact could cause severedamage to the tires and/or wheels.

D When parking on a hill, turn the frontwheels until they touch the curb sothat the vehicle will not roll. Apply theparking brake, and place the transmis-sion in “P” (automatic) or in first orreverse (manual). If necessary, blockthe wheels.

D Washing your vehicle or driving throughdeep water may get the brakes wet. Tosee whether they are wet, check thatthere is no traffic near you, and thenpress the pedal lightly. If you do notfeel a normal braking force, the brakesare probably wet. To dry them, drivethe vehicle cautiously while lightlypressing the brake pedal with the park-ing brake applied. If they still do notwork safely, pull to the side of the roadand call a Toyota dealer for assistance.

D Four−wheel drive models—Toyota rec-ommends not using four−wheel drive ondry hard−surfaced roads, because four−wheel driving will cause unnecessarynoise and wear, and poor fuel econo-my.

D Four−wheel drive models—In cold tem-peratures, noise may occur when driv-ing in two−wheel drive before the trans-fer is warmed up. Therefore, first drivein four−wheel drive until the transfer iswarmed up.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Tips for driving in variousconditions

306

CAUTION

D Before driving off, make sure thatthe parking brake is fully releasedand the parking brake reminderlight is off.

D Do not leave your vehicle unat-tended while the engine is running.

D Do not rest your foot on the brakepedal while driving. It can causedangerous overheating, needlesswear, and poor fuel economy.

D To drive down a long or steep hill,reduce your speed and downshift.Remember, if you ride the brakesexcessively, they may overheat andnot work properly.

D Be careful when accelerating, up-shifting, downshifting or braking ona slippery surface. Sudden accelera-tion or engine braking, could causethe vehicle to skid or spin.

D Do not drive in excess of the speedlimit. Even if the legal speed limitpermits it, do not drive over 140km/h (85 mph) unless your vehiclehas high−speed capability tires.Driving over 140 km/h (85 mph) mayresult in tire failure, loss of controland possible injury. Be sure to con-sult a tire dealer to determinewhether the tires on your vehicleare high−speed capability tires ornot before driving at such speeds.

D Do not continue normal drivingwhen the brakes are wet. If they arewet, your vehicle will require alonger stopping distance, and itmay pull to one side when thebrakes are applied. Also, the park-ing brake will not hold the vehiclesecurely.

Driving in the rainDriving on a slippery road surface

Drive carefully when it is raining, becausevisibility will be reduced, the windows maybecome fogged−up, and the road will beslippery.

D Drive carefully when it starts to rain,because the road surface will be espe-cially slippery.

D Refrain from high speeds when drivingon an expressway in the rain, becausethere may be a layer of water betweenthe tires and the road surface, prevent-ing the steering and brakes from oper-ating properly.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

307

CAUTION

D Sudden braking, acceleration andsteering when driving on a slipperyroad surface may cause tire slip-page and reduce your ability tocontrol the vehicle, resulting in anaccident.

D Sudden changes in engine speed,such as sudden engine braking,may cause the vehicle to skid, re-sulting in an accident.

D After driving through a puddle,lightly depress the brake pedal tomake sure that the brakes are func-tioning properly. Wet brake padsmay prevent the brakes from func-tioning properly. If the brakes ononly one side are wet and not func-tioning properly, steering controlmay be affected, resulting in an ac-cident.

When encountering flooded roads

Do not drive on a road that has floodedafter heavy rain etc. Doing so may causeserious damage to the vehicle.

NOTICE

Driving on a flooded road may causethe engine to stall as well as causeserious vehicle malfunctions such asshorts in electrical components andengine damage from water immersion.In the event that you drive on aflooded road and the vehicle isflooded, be sure to have your Toyotadealer check brake function, changesin quantity and quality of oil and fluidused for the engine, transmission,transfer (4WD vehicles), differentials,etc. and lubricant condition for thepropeller shaft, bearings and suspen-sion joints (where possible) and thefunction of all joints and bearings.

When driving your vehicle off−road, pleaseobserve the following precautions to en-sure your driving enjoyment and to helpprevent the closure of areas to off−roadvehicles.

a. Drive your vehicle only in areas whereoff−road vehicles are permitted to trav-el.

b. Respect private property. Get owner’spermission before entering private prop-erty.

c. Do not enter areas that are closed.Honor gates, barriers and signs that re-strict travel.

d. Stay on established roads. When condi-tions are wet, driving techniques shouldbe changed or travel delayed to pre-vent damage to roads.

For owners in U.S. mainland, Hawaii andPuerto Rico:

To obtain additional information pertainingto driving your vehicle off−road, consultthe following organizations.

D State and Local Parks and RecreationDepartments

D State Motor Vehicle Bureau

D Recreational Vehicle Clubs

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Off−road driving precautions(four−wheel drive models andPreRunner)

308

D U.S. Forest Service and Bureau ofLand Management

CAUTION

Always observe the following precau-tions to minimize the risk of seriouspersonal injury or damage to your ve-hicle:

D Drive carefully when off the road.Do not take unnecessary risks bydriving in dangerous places.

D Do not grip the steering wheelspokes when driving off−road. Abad bump could jerk the wheel andinjure your hands. Keep both handsand especially your thumbs on theoutside of the rim.

D Always check your brakes for effec-tiveness immediately after driving insand, mud, water or snow.

D After driving through tall grass,mud, rock, sand, rivers, etc., checkthat there is no grass, bush, paper,rags, stone, sand, etc. adhering ortrapped on the underbody. Clear offany such matter from the under-body. If the vehicle is used withthese materials trapped or adheringto the underbody, a breakdown orfire could occur.

D In a rollover crash, an unbelted per-son is significantly more likely todie than a person wearing a seatbelt. Therefore, the driver and allpassengers should fasten their seatbelts whenever the vehicle is mov-ing.

D When driving off−road or in ruggedterrain, do not drive at excessivespeeds, jump, make sharp turns,strike objects, etc. This may causeloss of control or vehicle rollovercausing death or serious injury. Youare also risking expensive damageto your vehicle’s suspension andchassis.

NOTICE

z If driving through water, such aswhen crossing shallow streams,first check the depth of the waterand the bottom of the river bed forfirmness. Drive slowly and avoiddeep water.

z Take all necessary safety measuresto ensure that water damage to theengine or other components doesnot occur.

zWater entering the engine air intakewill cause severe engine damage.

zWater entering the automatic trans-mission will cause deterioration inshift quality, locking up of yourtransmission accompanied by vibra-tion, and ultimately damage.

zWater can wash the grease fromwheel bearings, causing rusting andpremature failure, and may also en-ter the differentials, transmissionand transfer case, reducing the gearoil’s lubricating qualities.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

309

z Sand and mud that has accumulatedin brake drums and around brakediscs may affect braking efficiencyand may damage brake system com-ponents.

z Always perform a maintenance in-spection after each day of off−roaddriving that has taken you throughrough terrain, sand, mud, or water.For scheduled maintenance in-formation, refer to the “ScheduledMaintenance Guide” or “Owner’sManual Supplement”.

Make sure your coolant is properly pro-tected against freezing.

Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”or similar high quality ethylene glycolbased non−silicate, non−amine, non−nitrite,and non−borate coolant with long−life hy-brid organic acid technology. (Coolant withlong−life hybrid organic acid technology isa combination of low phosphates and or-ganic acids.)

See “Checking the engine coolant level”on page 372 in Section 7−2 for details ofcoolant type selection.

For the U.S.A.—“Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and50% deionized water. This coolant pro-vides protection down to about −35_C(−31_F).

For Canada—“Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” is a mixture of 55% coolant and45% deionized water. This coolant pro-vides protection down to about −42_C(−44_F).

NOTICE

Do not use plain water alone.

Check the condition of the battery andcables.

Cold temperatures reduce the capacity ofany battery, so it must be in top shapeto provide enough power for winter start-ing. Section 7−3 tells you how to visuallyinspect the battery. Your Toyota dealerand most service stations will be pleasedto check the level of charge.

Make sure the engine oil viscosity issuitable for the cold weather.

See page 370 in Section 7−2 for recom-mended viscosity. Leaving a heavy sum-mer oil in your vehicle during wintermonths may cause harder starting. If youare not sure about which oil to use, callyour Toyota dealer—they will be pleasedto help.

Keep the door locks from freezing.

Squirt lock de−icer or glycerine into thelocks to keep them from freezing.

Use a washer fluid containing an anti−freeze solution.

This product is available at your Toyotadealer and most auto parts stores. Followthe manufacturer’s directions for howmuch to mix with water.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Winter driving tips

310

NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or anyother substitute because it may dam-age your vehicle’s paint.

Do not use your parking brake whenthere is a possibility it could freeze.

When parking, put the transmission into“P” (automatic) or into first or reverse(manual) and block the front wheels. Donot use the parking brake, or snow orwater accumulated in and around theparking brake mechanism may freeze,making it hard to release.

Keep ice and snow from accumulatingunder the fenders.

Ice and snow built up under your fenderscan make steering difficult. During badwinter driving, stop and check under thefenders occasionally.

Depending on where you are driving,we recommend you carry some emer-gency equipment.

Some of the things you might put in thevehicle are tire chains, window scraper,bag of sand or salt, flares, small shovel,jumper cables, etc.

LS30001a

Your vehicle is not designed to bedinghy towed (with four wheels on theground) behind a motorhome.

NOTICE

Do not tow your vehicle with fourwheels on the ground. This maycause serious damage to your vehicle.

Your vehicle is designed primarily as apassenger−and−load−carryingvehicle.Tow-ing a trailer will have an adverse effect onhandling, performance, braking, durabilityand driving economy (fuel consumption,etc.). Your safety and satisfaction dependon the proper use of correct equipmentand cautious driving habits. For your safe-ty and the safety of others, you must notoverload your vehicle or trailer. Ask yourlocal Toyota dealer for further details be-fore towing.

We recommend you use a weight distribut-ing hitch when towing to keep your ve-hicle level with the ground.

NOTICE

When towing a trailer, be sure to con-sult your Toyota dealer for further in-formation on additional requirementssuch as a towing kit, etc.

WEIGHT LIMITS

Before towing, make sure the total trail-er weight, gross combination weight,gross vehicle weight, gross axle weightand trailer tongue load are all withinthe limits.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Dinghy towing Trailer towing

311

The total trailer weight and tongue loadcan be measured with platform scalesfound at a highway weighing station, build-ing supply company, trucking company,junk yard, etc.

CAUTION

D The maximum gross trailer weight(trailer weight plus cargo weight)must never exceed the following.

Without towing package1587 kg (3500 lb.)

With towing package2948 kg (6500 lb.)

If towing a trailer and cargo weigh-ing over 907 kg (2000 lb.), it is nec-essary to use a sway control devicewith sufficient capacity. The com-bination of the gross trailer weightadded to the total weight of thevehicle, occupants and vehicle car-go must never exceed a total of thefollowing.

Two−wheel drive models except Pre-Runner

3402 kg (7500 lb.)

Four−wheel drive models and Pre-Runner2.7 L 4−cylinder (2TR−FE) engine

3628 kg (8000 lb.)4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engineWithout towing package

3674 kg (8100 lb.)With towing package

5034 kg (11100 lb.)

Exceeding the maximum weight ofthe trailer, the vehicle, or the ve-hicle and trailer combination, cancause an accident resulting in seri-ous personal injuries.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

312

LS20008b


LS20009b

Access cab models

D Trailer hitch assemblies have differ-ent weight capacities established bythe hitch manufacturer. Even thoughthe vehicle may be physically capa-ble of towing a higher weight, theoperator must determine the maxi-mum weight rating of the particularhitch assembly and never exceedthe maximum weight rating speci-fied for the trailer−hitch. Exceedingthe maximum weight rating set bythe trailer hitch manufacturer cancause an accident resulting in seri-ous personal injuries.

D The gross vehicle weight must notexceed the Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR) indicated on theCertification Label. The gross ve-hicle weight is the sum of weightsof the unloaded vehicle, driver, pas-sengers, luggage, hitch and trailertongue load. It also includes theweight of any special equipmentinstalled on your vehicle.

D The load on either the front or rearaxle resulting from distribution ofthe gross vehicle weight on bothaxles must not exceed the GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR) listedon the Certification Label.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

313

Total trailer weight Tongue load

Tongue load

Total trailer weight× 100 = 9 to 11%

D The trailer cargo load should bedistributed so that the tongue loadis 9 to 11% of the total trailerweight, not exceeding the maximumload of the following.



However, if towing with a fifthwheel trailer, the cargo load mustbe distributed so that the tongueload is 19 to 21% of the total trailerweight. Never load the trailer withmore weight in the back than in thefront. About 60% of the trailer loadshould be in the front half of thetrailer and the remaining 40% in therear.

HITCHES

D If you wish to install a trailer hitch, youshould consult with your Toyota dealer.

D Use only a hitch recommended by thehitch manufacturer and the one whichconforms to the total trailer weightrequirement.

D The hitch must be bolted securely tothe vehicle frame and installed accord-ing to the hitch manufacturer’s instruc-tions.

D The hitch ball and king pin should havea light coat of grease.

D Toyota recommends removing the trail-er hitch whenever you are not towinga trailer to reduce the possibility ofadditional damage caused by the hitchif your vehicle is struck from behind.After removing the hitch, seal anymounting holes in the vehicle body toprevent entry of pollutants such as ex-haust fumes, dirt, water, etc.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

314

NOTICE

Do not use axle−mounted hitches asthey can cause damage to the axlehousing, wheel bearings, wheels ortires. Also, never install a hitch whichmay interfere with the normal functionof an Energy Absorbing Bumper, if soequipped.

LS30011

1 Trailer ball load rating2 Ball diameter3 Shank length4 Shank diameter

TRAILER BALL

Follow these easy steps to properly deter-mine the correct trailer ball for your ap-plication:

1. Determine the correct trailer ball sizefor the trailer coupler. Most couplersare stamped with the required trailerball size. The sizes you will most likelyfind stamped on the coupler are:

Trailer class Typical trailer ball size

IV 2 5/16 in.

II and III 2 in.

I 1 7/8 in.

2. Select the appropriate trailer ball tomatch or exceed the gross trailerweight rating of the trailer. The trailerball load rating should be printed onthe top of the ball.

3. When mounted in the ball mount, thethreaded ball shank must protrude be-yond the bottom of the lock washerand nut at least 2 threads. The trailerball shank must be matched to the ballmount hole diameter size.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

315

LS30004

BUMPER TOWING

The rear bumper of your vehicle isequipped with a hole to install a trailerball. The maximum gross trailer weight is1587 kg (3500 lb.).

CAUTION

The maximum gross trailer weight(trailer weight plus cargo weight)when towing with the bumper mustnever exceed 1587 kg (3500 lb.).

LS30005

FIFTH WHEEL TRAILER

NOTICE

When towing a fifth wheel trailer, becareful not to hit the cabin or deckby the trailer while making a sharpturn.

LS30007

LS30008

1 Coupler2 Trailer ball

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

316

MATCHING TRAILER BALL HEIGHT TOTRAILER COUPLER HEIGHT

No matter which class of tow hitch ap-plies, for a safe trailer hookup, the trailerball setup on must be the proper heightfor the coupler on the trailer.

BRAKES AND SAFETY CHAINS

D Toyota recommends trailers withbrakes that conform to any applica-ble federal and state/provincial regu-lations.

D A safety chain must always be usedbetween the towing vehicle and thetrailer. Leave sufficient slack in thechain for turns. The chain shouldcross under the trailer tongue toprevent the tongue from dropping tothe ground in case it becomes dam-aged or separated. For correct safetychain procedures, follow the hitch ortrailer manufacturer’s recommenda-tions.

CAUTION

D If the total trailer weight exceeds453 kg (1000 lb.), trailer brakes arerequired.

D Never tap into your vehicle’s hy-draulic system as it would lower itsbraking effectiveness.

D Never tow a trailer without using asafety chain securely attached toboth the trailer and the vehicle. Ifdamage occurs to the coupling unitor hitch ball, there is danger of thetrailer wandering over into anotherlane.

LS30009

SERVICE CONNECTOR FOR TOWINGBRAKE CONTROLLER

Your vehicle is equipped with a serviceconnector for the trailer brake controlleras shown. Link the connector to the trailerbrake controller via the sub wire harnessstored in the glove box. The detailed ex-planation of the sub wire harness circuitis packed together with the sub wire har-ness.

Be sure to position the trailer brake con-troller where it does not prevent the driverfrom operating the pedal.

Toyota recommends that the sub wire har-ness be stored in the glove box when itis not in use.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

317

TIRES

D Ensure that your vehicle’s tires areproperly inflated. See page 376 in Sec-tion 7−2 and page 410 in Section 8 forinstructions.

D The trailer tires should be inflated tothe pressure recommended by the trail-er manufacturer in respect to the totaltrailer weight.

LS30010

TOWING CONNECTOR FOR TRAILERLIGHTS

D Your vehicle is equipped with a wireharness stored in the rear under body.Some models are fitted with a socketfor trailer lights under the rear bumper.Use either of them to connect and op-erate the trailer lights. However, thetrailer lights must comply with federal,state/provincial and local regulations.See your local recreational vehicledealer or rental agency for the correcttype of wiring and relays for your trail-er. Check for correct operation of theturn signals and stop lights each timeyou hitch up. Direct splicing may dam-age your vehicle’s electrical systemand cause a malfunction of your lights.

The towing connector can be also con-nected to the trailer brake and trailersub battery.

BREAK−IN SCHEDULE

D Toyota recommends that you do nottow a trailer with a new vehicle or avehicle with any new power train com-ponent (engine, transmission, differen-tial, wheel bearing, etc.) for the first800 km (500 miles) of driving.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

318

MAINTENANCE

D If you tow a trailer, your vehicle willrequire more frequent maintenance dueto the additional load. For thisinformation, please refer to thescheduled maintenance information inthe “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or“Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

D Retighten all fixing bolts of the towingball and bracket after approximately1000 km (600 miles) of trailer driving.

PRE−TOWING SAFETY CHECK

D Check that your vehicle remains levelwhen a loaded or unloaded trailer ishitched. Do not drive if the vehicle hasan abnormal nose−up or nose−downcondition, and check for impropertongue load, overload, worn suspensionor other possible causes.

D Make sure the trailer cargo is securelyloaded so that it cannot shift.

D Check that your rear view mirrors con-form to any applicable federal state/provincial or local regulations. If not,install the rear view mirrors requiredfor towing purpose.

TRAILER TOWING TIPS

When towing a trailer, your vehicle willhandle differently than when not tow-ing. The three main causes of vehicle−trailer accidents are driver error, exces-sive speed and improper trailer loading.Keep these in mind when towing:

D Before starting out, check operation ofthe lights and all vehicle−trailer connec-tions. After driving a short distance,stop and recheck the lights and con-nections. Before actually towing a trail-er, practice turning, stopping and back-ing with a trailer in an area away fromtraffic until you learn the feel.

D Backing with a trailer is difficult andrequires practice. Grip the bottom ofthe steering wheel and move your handto the left to move the trailer to theleft. Move your hand to the right tomove the trailer to the right. (This pro-cedure is generally opposite to thatwhen backing without a trailer.) Also,just turn the steering wheel a little ata time, avoiding sharp or prolongedturning. Have someone guide you whenbacking to reduce the risk of an acci-dent.

D Because stopping distance may be in-creased, following distance should beincreased when towing a trailer. Foreach 16 km/h (10 mph) of speed, allowat least one vehicle and trailer lengthbetween you and the vehicle ahead.Avoid sudden braking as you may skid,resulting in jackknifing and loss of con-trol. This is especially true on wet orslippery surfaces.

D Avoid jerky starts or sudden accelera-tion. If your vehicle has a manualtransmission, prevent excessive clutchslippage by keeping engine rpm lowand not racing the engine. Always startout in first gear.

D Avoid jerky steering and sharp turns.The trailer could hit your vehicle in atight turn. Slow down before making aturn to avoid the necessity of suddenbraking.

D Remember that when making a turn,the trailer wheels will be closer thanthe vehicle wheels to the inside of theturn. Therefore, compensate for this bymaking a larger than normal turningradius with your vehicle.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

319

D Crosswinds and rough roads will ad-versely affect handling of your vehicleand trailer, causing sway. Pay attentionto the rear from time to time to pre-pare yourself for being passed by largetrucks or buses, which may cause yourvehicle and trailer to sway. If swayinghappens, firmly grip the steering wheeland reduce speed immediately butgradually. Never increase speed. Steerstraight ahead. If you make no extremecorrection with the steering or brakes,the vehicle and trailer will stabilize.

D Be careful when passing other ve-hicles. Passing requires considerabledistance. After passing a vehicle, donot forget the length of your trailer andbe sure you have plenty of room be-fore changing lanes.

D In order to maintain engine braking effi-ciency, do not use fifth gear (5−speedmanual transmission) or sixth gear(6−speed manual transmission), or donot put the transmission in “D” (auto-matic transmission).

D Because of the added load of the trail-er, your vehicle’s engine may overheaton hot days (at temperatures over30_C [85_F]) when going up a long orsteep grade with a trailer. If the enginecoolant temperature gauge indicatesoverheating, immediately turn off the airconditioning (if in use), pull off the roadand stop in a safe spot. Refer to “Ifyour vehicle overheats” on page 328 inSection 4.

D Always place wheel blocks under boththe vehicle and trailer wheels whenparking. Apply the parking brake firmly.Put the transmission in “P” (automatic)or in first or reverse (manual). Avoidparking on a slope with a trailer, butif it cannot be avoided, do so onlyafter performing the following:

1. Apply the brakes and hold.

2. Have someone place wheel blocks un-der both the vehicle and trailer wheels.

3. When the wheel blocks are in place,release your brakes slowly until theblocks absorb the load.

4. Apply the parking brake firmly.

5. Shift into first or reverse (manual) or“P” (automatic) and turn off the engine.

When restarting out after parking on aslope:

1. With the transmission in “P” position(automatic) or the clutch pedal de-pressed (manual), start the engine.(With an automatic transmission, besure to keep the brake pedal de-pressed.)

2. Shift into gear.

3. Release the parking brake (also footbrake on automatic transmission ve-hicles) and slowly pull or back awayfrom the wheel blocks. Stop and applyyour brakes.

4. Have someone retrieve the blocks.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

320

CAUTION

D Do not exceed 72 km/h (45 mph) orthe posted towing speed limit,whichever is lower. Because insta-bility (swaying) of a towing vehicle−trailer combination usually in-creases as the speed increases, ex-ceeding 72 km/h (45 mph) maycause loss of control.

D Slow down and downshift beforedescending steep or long downhillgrades. Do not make sudden down-shifts.

D Avoid holding the brake pedal downtoo long or too frequently. Thiscould cause the brakes to overheatand result in reduced braking effi-ciency.

Improving fuel economy is easy—just takeit easy. It will help make your vehicle lastlonger, too. Here are some specific tipson how to save money on both fuel andrepairs:

D Keep your tires inflated at the cor-rect pressure. Underinflation causestire wear and wastes fuel. See page376 in Section 7−2 for instructions.

D Do not carry unneeded weight inyour vehicle. Excess weight puts aheavier load on the engine, causinggreater fuel consumption.

D Avoid lengthy warm−up idling. Oncethe engine is running smoothly, begindriving—but gently. Remember, howev-er, that on cold winter days this maytake a little longer.

D Put the selector lever into the “D”when engine braking is not required.

5−speed automatic transmission—Driv-ing with the selector lever in “4” willreduce the fuel economy (For details,see “Automatic transmission (5−speed)”on page 167 in Section 1−7.)

4−speed automatic transmission—Driv-ing with the selector lever in “3” willreduce the fuel economy (For details,see “Automatic transmission (4−speed)”on page 171 in Section 1−7.)

D Accelerate slowly and smoothly.Avoid jackrabbit starts. Get into highgear as quickly as possible.

D Avoid long engine idling. If you havea long wait and you are not in traffic,it is better to turn off the engine andstart again later.

D Avoid engine lugging or over−rev-ving. Use a gear position suitable forthe road on which you are travelling.

D Avoid continuous speeding up andslowing down. Stop−and−go drivingwastes fuel.

D Avoid unnecessary stopping andbraking. Maintain a steady pace. Tryto time the traffic signals so you onlyneed to stop as little as possible ortake advantage of through streets toavoid traffic lights. Keep a proper dis-tance from other vehicles to avoid sud-den braking. This will also reduce wearon your brakes.

D Avoid heavy traffic or traffic jamswhenever possible.

D Do not rest your foot on the clutchor brake pedal. This causes prematurewear, overheating and poor fuel econo-my.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

How to save fuel and makeyour vehicle last longer

321

D Maintain a moderate speed on high-ways. The faster you drive, the greaterthe fuel consumption. By reducing yourspeed, you will cut down on fuel con-sumption.

D Keep the front wheels in properalignment. Avoid hitting the curb andslow down on rough roads. Improperalignment not only causes faster tirewear but also puts an extra load onthe engine, which, in turn, wastes fuel.

D Keep the bottom of your vehicle freefrom mud, etc. This not only lessensweight but also helps prevent corrosion

D Keep your vehicle tuned−up and intop shape. A dirty air cleaner,improper valve clearance, dirty plugs,dirty oil and grease,brakes notadjusted, etc. all lower engineperformance and contribute to poor fueleconomy. For longer life of all partsand lower operating costs, keep allmaintenance work on schedule, and ifyou often drive under severeconditions, see that your vehiclereceives more frequent maintenance.(For scheduled maintenanceinformation, please refer to the“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or“Owner’s Manual Supplement”.)

CAUTION

Never turn off the engine to coastdown hills. Your power steering andbrake booster will not function with-out the engine running. Also, theemission control system operatesproperly only when the engine is run-ning.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

322

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

323

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCYIf your vehicle will not start 324. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .If your engine stalls while driving 327. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .If you cannot increase engine speed 328. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .If your vehicle overheats 328. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .If you have a flat tire 329. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .If your vehicle becomes stuck 339. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .If your vehicle needs to be towed 340. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .If you cannot shift automatic transmission selector lever 345. . . . . . .If you lose your keys 346. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .If you lose your wireless remote control transmitter 346. . . . . . . . . . .

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

SECTION 4

324

Before making these checks, make sureyou have followed the correct starting pro-cedure given in “How to start the engine”on page 304 in Section 3 and that youhave sufficient fuel. If your vehicle isequipped with the engine immobilizer sys-tem, also check whether the other keyswill start the engine. If they work, yourkey may be broken. Have the keychecked at your Toyota dealer. If none ofyour keys work, there may be a malfunc-tion in the immobilizer system. Call yourToyota dealer. (See “Keys (with engineimmobilizer system)” on page 12 in Sec-tion 1−2.)

If the engine is not turning over or isturning over too slowly—

1. Check that the battery terminals aretight and clean.

2. If the battery terminals are O.K., switchon the interior light.

3. If the light is out, dim or goes outwhen the starter is cranked, the batteryis discharged. You may try jump start-ing. See “(c) Jump starting” for furtherinstructions.

If the light is O.K., but the engine still willnot start, it needs adjustment or repair.Call a Toyota dealer or qualified repairshop.

NOTICE

Do not pull− or push−start the ve-hicle. It may damage the vehicle orcause a collision when the enginestarts. Also the three−way catalyticconverter may overheat and become afire hazard.

If the engine turns over at its normalspeed but will not start—

1. Turn the engine switch to “ACC” or“LOCK” and try starting the engineagain.

2. If the engine will not start, the enginemay be flooded because of repeatedcranking. See “(b) Starting a floodedengine” for further instructions.

3. If the engine still will not start, it needsadjustment or repair. Call a Toyotadealer or qualified repair shop.

If the engine will not start, your enginemay be flooded because of repeatedcranking.

If this happens, turn the engine switch to“START” with the accelerator pedal fullydepressed. Keep the key and acceleratorpedal in these positions for 15 secondsand release them. Then try starting theengine with your foot off the acceleratorpedal.

If the engine does not start after 15 se-conds of cranking, release the key, waita few minutes and try again.

If the engine still will not start, it needsadjustment or repair. Call a Toyota dealeror qualified repair shop for assistance.

NOTICE

Do not crank for more than 30 se-conds at a time. This may overheatthe starter and wiring systems.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

If your vehicle will not start—(a) Simple checks (b) Starting a flooded engine

325

To avoid serious personal injury anddamage to your vehicle which might re-sult from battery explosion, acid burns,electrical burns, or damaged electroniccomponents, these instructions must befollowed precisely.

If you are unsure about how to follow thisprocedure, we strongly recommend thatyou seek the help of a competent me-chanic or towing service.

CAUTION

D Batteries contain sulfuric acidwhich is poisonous and corrosive.Wear protective safety glasses whenjump starting, and avoid spillingacid on your skin, clothing, or ve-hicle.

D If you should accidentally get acidon yourself or in your eyes, removeany contaminated clothing and flushthe affected area with water imme-diately. Then get immediate medicalattention. If possible, continue toapply water with a sponge or clothwhile en route to the medical office.

D The gas normally produced by abattery will explode if a flame orspark is brought near. Use onlystandardized jumper cables and donot smoke or light a match whilejump starting.

NOTICE

The battery used for boosting mustbe 12 V. Do not jump start unless youare sure that the booster battery iscorrect.

JUMP STARTING PROCEDURE

1. If the booster battery is installed inanother vehicle, make sure the vehiclesare not touching. Turn off all unneces-sary lights and accessories.

When boosting, use the battery ofmatching or higher quality. Any otherbattery may be difficult to jump startwith.

If jump starting is difficult, charge thebattery for several minutes.

2. If required, remove all the vent plugsfrom the booster and discharged batter-ies. Lay a cloth over the open ventson the batteries. (This helps reduce theexplosion hazard, personal injuries andburns.)

3. If the engine in the vehicle with thebooster battery is not running, start itand let it run for a few minutes. Duringjump starting, run the engine at about2000 rpm with the accelerator pedallightly depressed.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

(c) Jump starting

326

LS40034

Jumpercable

Positiveterminal(“+” mark) Positive terminal

(“+” mark)

Discharged battery

Boosterbattery

4. Make the cable connections in the or-der a, b, c, d.

a. Connect the clamp of the positive(red) jumper cable to the positive (+)terminal on the discharged battery.

b. Connect the clamp at the other endof the positive (red) jumper cable tothe positive (+) terminal on the boosterbattery.

LS40035

Discharged battery

Negative terminal(“−” mark)

Jumper cable

Boosterbattery

c. Connect the clamp of the negative(black) jumper cable to the negative (–)terminal on the booster battery.

d. Connect the clamp at the other endof the negative (black) jumper cable toa solid, stationary, unpainted, metallicpoint of the vehicle with the dischargedbattery.

The recommended connecting pointsare shown in the following illustrations:

LS40002

Connecting point for 2.7 L 4−cylinder(2TR−FE) engine

LS40001

Connecting point for 4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE)engine

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

327

Do not connect the cable to or nearany part that moves when the engineis cranked.

CAUTION

When making the connections, toavoid serious injury, do not lean overthe battery or accidentally let thejumper cables or clamps touch any-thing except the correct battery termi-nals or the ground.

5. Start your engine in the normal way.After starting, run it at about 2000 rpmfor several minutes with the acceleratorpedal lightly depressed.

6. Carefully disconnect the cables in theexact reverse order: the negative cableand then the positive cable.

7. Carefully dispose of the battery covercloths—they may now contain sulfuricacid.

8. If removed, replace all the battery ventplugs.

If the cause of your battery discharging isnot apparent (for example, lights left on),you should have it checked at your Toyotadealer.

If the first start attempt is not success-ful...

Check that the clamp on the jumpercables are tight. Recharge the dischargedbattery with the jumper cables connectedfor several minutes and restart your en-gine in the normal way.

If another attempt is not successful, thebattery may be depleted. Have it checkedat your Toyota dealer.

If your engine stalls while driving...

1. Reduce your speed gradually, keepinga straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.

3. Turn the engine switch to “ACC” or“LOCK”, and try starting the engineagain.

If the engine will not start, see “If yourvehicle will not start” on page 324 in thisSection.

CAUTION

If the engine is not running, the pow-er assist for the brakes and steeringwill not work so steering and brakingwill be much harder than usual.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

If your engine stalls whiledriving

328

If engine speed does not increase whenthe accelerator pedal is depressed, theremay be a problem somewhere in the elec-tronic throttle control system.

At this time, vibration may occur. Howev-er, if you depress the accelerator pedalmore firmly and slowly, you can drive yourvehicle at low speeds. Have your vehiclechecked by your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible.

Even if the abnormality of the electronicthrottle control system is corrected duringlow speed driving, the system may not berecovered until the engine is stopped andthe engine switch is turned to “ACC” or“LOCK” position.

CAUTION

Be especially careful to prevent erro-neous pedal operation.

If your engine coolant temperaturegauge indicates overheating, if you ex-perience a loss of power, or if you heara loud knocking or pinging noise, theengine has probably overheated. Youshould follow this procedure...

1. Pull safely off the road, stop the ve-hicle and turn on your emergencyflashers. Put the transmission in “P”(automatic) or neutral (manual) and ap-ply the parking brake. Turn off the airconditioning if it is being used.

2. If coolant or steam is boiling out of theradiator or reservoir, stop the engine.Wait until the steam subsides beforeopening the hood. If there is no coolantboiling over or steam, leave the enginerunning.

CAUTION

To help avoid personal injury, keepthe hood closed until there is nosteam. Escaping steam or coolant isa sign of very high pressure.

3. Visually check to see if the enginedrive belt (fan belt) is broken or loose.Look for obvious coolant leaks from theradiator, hoses, and under the vehicle.However, note that water draining fromthe air conditioning is normal if it hasbeen used.

CAUTION

When the engine is running, keephands and clothing away from themoving fan and engine drive belts.

4. If the engine drive belt is broken or thecoolant is leaking, stop the engine im-mediately. Call a Toyota dealer for as-sistance.

5. If the engine drive belt is O.K. andthere are no obvious leaks, you mayhelp the engine cool down more quicklyby running it at about 1500 rpm for afew minutes with the accelerator pedallightly depressed.

6. Check the coolant reservoir. If it is dry,add coolant to the reservoir while theengine is running. Fill it about half full.

For the coolant type, See “Coolant typeselection” on page 372 in Section 7−2.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

If you cannot increase enginespeed If your vehicle overheats

329

CAUTION

Do not attempt to remove the radiatorcap when the engine and radiator arehot. Serious injury could result fromscalding hot fluid and steam blownout under pressure.

7. After the engine coolant temperaturehas cooled to normal, again check thecoolant level in the reservoir. If neces-sary, bring it up to half full again. Seri-ous coolant loss indicates a leak in thesystem. You should have it checked assoon as possible at your Toyota dealer.

1. Reduce your speed gradually,keeping a straight line. Movecautiously off the road to a safeplace well away from the traffic.Avoid stopping on the center di-vider of a highway. Park on a lev-el spot with firm ground.

2. Stop the engine and turn on youremergency flashers.

3. With the transmission in “P” (au-tomatic) or reverse (manual),firmly set the parking brake.

4. Have everyone get out of the ve-hicle on the side away from traf-fic.

5. Read the following instructionsthoroughly.

CAUTION

When jacking, be sure to ob-serve the following to reducethe possibility of death or seri-ous injury:D Follow jacking instructions.D Do not put any part of yourbody under the vehicle sup-ported by the jack. Otherwise,personal injury may occur.

D Do not start or run the enginewhile your vehicle is sup-ported by the jack.

D Stop the vehicle on a levelfirm ground, firmly set theparking brake and put thetransmission in “P” (automat-ic) or reverse (manual). Blockthe wheel diagonally oppositeto the one being changed ifnecessary.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

If you have a flat tire—

330

D Make sure to set the jack prop-erly in the jack point. Raisingthe vehicle with jack improp-erly positioned will damagethe vehicle or may allow thevehicle to fall off the jack andcause personal injury.

D Never get under the vehiclewhen the vehicle is supportedby the jack alone.

D Use the jack only for liftingyour vehicle during wheelchanging.

D Do not raise the vehicle withsomeone in the vehicle.

D When raising the vehicle, donot place any objects on topof or underneath the jack.

D Raise the vehicle only highenough to remove and changethe tire.

NOTICE

Do not continue driving with adeflated tire. Driving even ashort distance can damage atire and wheel beyond repair. LS40003

Regular cab models (behind theseatback)

LS40006aFront

Access cab models (under therear seats)

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Required tools and sparetire

331

LS40007a

Front

Double cab models (under therear seats)

1. Get the required tools andspare tire.1 Jack2 Tool bag

To prepare yourself for an emergen-cy, you should familiarize yourselfwith the use of the jack, each of thetools and their storage locations.When storing the tool bag, makesure it is securely by the tighteningstrap.

LS40036

Turn the jack joint by hand.To remove: Turn the joint in direction1 until the jack is free.To store: Turn the joint in direction2 until the jack is firmly secured toprevent it flying forward during a col-lision or sudden braking.

LS40005a

To remove the spare tire:1. Put a jack handle, jack handle ex-

tension and jack handle end to-gether as shown in the illustra-tion.1 Jack handle end2 Jack handle extension3 Wheel nut wrench

CAUTION

Make sure they are each secure-ly fixed with the screws.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

332

LS40004a

2. Insert the end of the jack handleinto the lowering screw and turnit counterclockwise.

3. After the tire is lowered com-pletely to the ground, remove theholding bracket.

When storing the spare tire, put itin place with the outer side of thewheel facing up. Then secure thetire, taking care that the tire goesstraight up without catching on anyother part, to prevent it from flyingforward during a collision or suddenbraking.

LS40008

2. Block the wheel diagonally op-posite the flat tire to keep thevehicle from rolling when it isjacked up.

When blocking the wheel, place awheel block in front of one of thefront wheels or behind one of therear wheels.

LS40010

Type A

LS40011

Type B

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Blocking the wheel —Removing wheel ornament

333

LS40012a

Type C

3. Remove the wheel ornament.Pry off the wheel ornament, usingthe beveled end of the wheel nutwrench as shown.

CAUTION

Do not try to pull off the orna-ment by hand. Take due care inhandling the ornament to avoidunexpected personal injury.

LS40013

4. Loosen all the wheel nuts.Always loosen the wheel nuts beforeraising the vehicle.Turn the wheel nuts counterclock-wise to loosen. To get maximum le-verage, fit the wrench to the nut sothat the handle is on the right side,as shown above. Grab the wrenchnear the end of the handle and pullup on the handle. Be careful that thewrench does not slip off the nut.Do not remove the nuts yet—just un-screw them about one−half turn.

CAUTION

Never use oil or grease on thebolts or nuts. The nuts mayloose and the wheels may falloff, which could cause a seriousaccident.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Loosening wheel nuts

334

LS40014

RearFront

5. Position the jack at the correctjack point as shown.

Make sure the jack is positioned ona level and solid place.JACK POINTS:Front—Under the frame side railRear—Under the rear axle housing

LS40005a

Put a wheel nut wrench, jack handleextension and jack handle end to-gether as shown in the illustration.1 Jack handle end2 Jack handle extension3 Wheel nut wrench

CAUTION

Make sure they are each secure-ly fixed with screws.

LS40037

Front ofvehicle

6. After making sure that no oneis in the vehicle, as the jacktouches the vehicle and beginsto lift, double−check that it isproperly positioned.

Rear side only—When positioning the jack under therear axle housing, make sure thegroove on the top of the jack fits withthe rear axle housing.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Positioning the jack —Raising your vehicle

335

LS40015

7. After making sure that no oneis in the vehicle, raise it highenough so that the spare tirecan be installed.

Remember you will need moreground clearance when putting onthe spare tire than when removingthe flat tire.

To raise the vehicle, insert the jackhandle end with the extension intothe jack (it is a loose fit) and turnit clockwise with the handle. As thejack touches the vehicle and beginsto lift, double−check that it is proper-ly positioned.

CAUTION

Never get under the vehiclewhen the vehicle is supportedby the jack alone.

LS40016

8. Remove the wheel nuts andchange tires.

Lift the flat tire straight off and putit aside.Roll the spare wheel into positionand align the holes in the wheel withthe bolts. Then lift up the wheel andget at least the top bolt startedthrough its hole. Wiggle the tire andpress it back over the other bolts.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Changing wheels

336

LS40017

Before putting on wheels, removeany corrosion on the mounting sur-faces with a wire brush or such.Installation of wheels without goodmetal−to−metal contact at themounting surface can cause wheelnuts to loosen and eventually causea wheel to come off while driving.

LS40018a

9. Reinstall all the wheel nuts fin-ger tight.

Reinstall the wheel nuts (taperedend inward) and tighten them asmuch as you can by hand. Pressback on the tire back and see if youcan tighten them more.

CAUTION

Never use oil or grease on thebolts or nuts. Doing so may leadto overtightening the nuts anddamaging the bolts. The nutsmay loosen and the wheels mayfall off, which could cause a se-rious accident. If there is oil orgrease on any bolt or nut, cleanit.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Reinstalling wheel nuts

337

LS40020

Two−wheel drive models exceptPreRunner

LS40019

Four−wheel drive models andPreRunner

10.Lower the vehicle completelyand tighten the wheel nuts.

Turn the jack handle end with the ex-tension counterclockwise with han-dle to lower the vehicle, making surethe handle remains firmly fitted ontothe jack handle extension.Use only the wheel nut wrench andturn it clockwise to tighten the nuts.Do not use other tools or any addi-tional leverage other than yourhands, such as a hammer, pipe oryour foot. Make sure the wrench issecurely engaged over the nut.Tighten each nut a little at a time inthe order shown. Repeat the pro-cess until all the nuts are tight.

CAUTION

D When lowering the vehicle,make sure all portions of yourbody and all other personsaround will not be injured asthe vehicle is lowered to theground.

D Have the wheel nuts tightenedwith torque wrench to 113 N·m(11.5 kgf·m, 85 ft·lbf), as soonas possible after changingwheels. Otherwise, the nutsmay loosen and the wheelsmay fall off, which couldcause a serious accident.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Lowering your vehicle

338

LS40021

11.Reinstall the wheel ornament.Put the wheel ornament into positionand then tap it firmly with the sideor heel of your hand to snap it intoplace.

CAUTION

D Take due care in handling theornament to avoid unexpectedpersonal injury.

D Do not attach a heavily dam-aged plastic wheel ornament.It may fly off the wheel andcause accidents while the ve-hicle is moving.

12.Check the air pressure of thereplaced tire.

Adjust the air pressure to the specifi-cation designated on page 410 inSection 8. If the pressure is lower,drive slowly to the nearest servicestation and fill to the correct pres-sure.Do not forget to reinstall the tireinflation valve cap as dirt and mois-ture could get into the valve core andpossibly cause air leakage. If thecap is missing, have a new one puton as soon as possible.13.Restow all the tools, jack and

flat tire securely.With a spare tire of the same wheeltype as the installed tires—As soon after changing wheels aspossible, tighten the wheel nuts tothe torque specified on page 410 inSection 8 with a torque wrench.Have a technician repair the flat tire.With a spare tire of different wheeltype from the installed tires—

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Reinstalling wheelornament (type A only) —After changing wheels

339

As soon after changing wheels aspossible, tighten the wheel nuts tothe torque specified on page 410 inSection 8 with a torque wrench.Have a technician repair the flat tireand replace the spare tire with it.

CAUTION

Before driving, make sure all thetools, jack and flat tire are se-curely in place in their storagelocation to reduce the possibil-ity of personal injury during acollision or sudden braking.

If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow,mud, sand, etc., then you may attemptto rock the vehicle free by moving itforward and backward.

If your vehicle is equipped with the“AUTO LSD” system, you can use it inthis situation. (For details, see “AUTOLSD system” on page 182 in Section1−7.)

If your vehicle is equipped with therear differential lock system, you canuse it in this situation. (For details, see“Rear differential lock system” on page192 in Section 1−7.)

CAUTION

Do not attempt to rock the vehiclefree by moving it forward and back-ward if people or objects are any-where near the vehicle. During therocking operation the vehicle maysuddenly move forward or backwardas it becomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people or ob-jects.

NOTICE

If you rock your vehicle, observe thefollowing precautions to prevent dam-age to the transmission and otherparts.

z Do not depress the accelerator ped-al while shifting the selector lever(automatic transmission) or gearshift lever (manual transmission), orbefore the transmission is com-pletely shifted to forward or reversegear.

z Do not race the engine and avoidspinning the wheels.

z If your vehicle remains stuck afterrocking the vehicle several times,consider other ways such as tow-ing.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

If your vehicle becomesstuck

340

LS40024

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck—

—From front

—From rear

(b) Using flat bed truck

Two−wheel drive models

LS40025

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck—

—From front

—From rear



If towing is necessary, we recommendyou have it done by your Toyota dealeror a commercial tow truck service. Inconsultation with them, have your ve-hicle towed using either (a) or (b).

Only when you cannot receive a towingservice from a Toyota dealer orcommercial tow truck service, tow yourvehicle carefully in accordance with theinstructions given in “—Emergencytowing” on page 342 or 343 in thisSection.

Proper equipment will help ensure thatyour vehicle is not damaged while beingtowed. Commercial operators are generallyaware of the state/provincial and locallaws pertaining to towing.

Your vehicle can be damaged if it istowed incorrectly. Although most operatorsknow the correct procedure, it is possibleto make a mistake. To avoid damage toyour vehicle, make sure the following pre-cautions are observed. If necessary, showthis page to the tow truck driver.

TOWING PRECAUTIONS:

Use a safety chain system for all towing,and abide by the state/provincial and locallaws. The wheels and axle on the groundmust be in good condition. If they aredamaged, use a towing dolly.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

If your vehicle needs to betowed—

341

Two−wheel drive models—

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck

From front—

D Manual transmission:

We recommend using a towing dolly underthe rear wheels. If you do not use a tow-ing dolly, release the parking brake andput the transmission in neutral.

D Automatic transmission:

Use a towing dolly under the rear wheels.

NOTICE

Never tow a vehicle with an automatictransmission from the front with therear wheels on the ground, as thismay cause serious damage to thetransmission.

From rear—Place the engine switch in the“ACC” position.

NOTICE

zWhen lifting wheels, take care toensure adequate ground clearancefor towing at the opposite end ofthe raised vehicle. Otherwise, thebumper and/or underbody of thetowed vehicle will be damaged dur-ing towing.

z Do not tow with the key removed orin the “LOCK” position, as thesteering lock mechanism is notstrong enough to hold the frontwheels straight while towing.


Four−wheel drive models—

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck

From front—

D Manual transmission:

We recommend using a towing dolly underthe rear wheels. If you do not use a tow-ing dolly, release the parking brake, putthe transmission in neutral and the frontdrive control switch knob in “H2”.

D Automatic transmission:

Use a towing dolly under the rear wheels.

NOTICE

Never tow a vehicle with an automatictransmission from the front with therear wheels on the ground, as thismay cause serious damage to thetransmission.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

342

From rear—We recommend using a tow-ing dolly under the front wheels. If you donot use a towing dolly, place the engineswitch in the “ACC” position, put thetransmission in “N” (automatic) or neutral(manual) and the front drive control switchknob in “H2”.

NOTICE

Do not tow with the key removed orin the “LOCK” position when towingfrom the rear without a towing dolly.The steering lock mechanism is notstrong enough to hold the frontwheels straight.


LS40028

(c) Towing with sling typetruck

All models—

(c) Towing with sling type truck

NOTICE

Do not tow with sling type truck, ei-ther from the front or rear. This maycause body damage.

LS40031a

If towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by your Toyotadealer or a commercial tow truck ser-vice.

If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be tempo-rarily towed by a cable or chain se-cured to one of the emergency towingeyelet under the front of the vehicle.Use extreme caution when towing thevehicle.

NOTICE

Only use specified towing eyelet;otherwise your vehicle may be dam-aged.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Emergency towing (four−wheeldrive models and PreRunnerwithout off−road package)

343

A driver must be in the vehicle to steerit and operate the brakes.

Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard−surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speeds. Also, thewheels, axles, drive train, steering andbrakes must all be in good condition.

CAUTION

Use extreme caution when towing thevehicle. Avoid sudden starts or errat-ic driving maneuvers which wouldplace excessive stress on the emer-gency towing eyelet and towing cableor chain. The eyelet and towing cableor chain may break and cause seriousinjury or damage.

NOTICE

Use only a cable or chain specificallyintended for use in towing vehicles.Securely fasten the cable or chain tothe towing eyelet provided.

Before towing, release the parking brakeand put the transmission in neutral (manu-al) or “N” (automatic). The engine switchmust be in “ACC” (engine off) or “ON”(engine running).

Four−wheel drive models—Put the frontdrive control switch knob in “H2”.

CAUTION


LS40030a

If towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by your Toyotadealer or a commercial tow truck ser-vice.

If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be tempo-rarily towed by a cable or chain se-cured to the emergency towing hookunder the front of the vehicle. Use ex-treme caution when towing the vehicle.

NOTICE

Only use specified towing hook;otherwise your vehicle may be dam-aged.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Emergency towing (four−wheeldrive models and PreRunnerwith off−road package)

344

A driver must be in the vehicle to steerit and operate the brakes.

Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard−surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speeds. Also, thewheels, axles, drive train, steering andbrakes must all be in good condition.

CAUTION

Use extreme caution when towing thevehicle. Avoid sudden starts or errat-ic driving maneuvers which wouldplace excessive stress on the emer-gency towing hook and towing cableor chain. The hook and towing cableor chain may break and cause seriousinjury or damage.

NOTICE

Use only a cable or chain specificallyintended for use in towing vehicles.Securely fasten the cable or chain tothe towing hook provided.

Before towing, release the parking brakeand put the transmission in neutral (manu-al) or “N” (automatic). The engine switchmust be in “ACC” (engine off) or “ON”(engine running).

Four−wheel drive models—Put the frontdrive control switch knob in “H2”.

CAUTION


D Before emergency towing, check thatthe hook is not broken or damaged andthat the installation bolts are not loose.

D Fasten the towing cable or chain se-curely to the hook or eyelet.

D Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady andeven force.

D To avoid damaging the hook and eye-let, do not pull from the side or at avertical angle. Always pull straightahead.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Emergency towing hookand eyelet precautions

345

CAUTION

If the emergency towing hook is usedto get out when your vehicle becomesstuck in the mud, sand or othercondition from which the vehicle can-not be driven out under its own pow-er, make sure to observe the precau-tions mentioned below. Otherwise, ex-cessive stress will be put on thehook and the towing cable or chainmay break, causing serious injury ordamage.

D If the towing vehicle can hardlymove, do not forcibly continue thetowing. Contact your Toyota dealeror a commercial tow truck servicefor assistance.

D Tow the vehicle as straight aheadas possible.

D Keep away from the vehicle duringtowing.

The following methods are effective touse when your vehicle is stuck in themud, sand or other condition fromwhich the vehicle cannot be driven outunder its own power. Use extreme cau-tion when towing the vehicle. In addi-tion, keep away from the vehicles andtowing cable or chain when towing.

D Remove the sand and soil in the frontand the back of the tires.

D Place stones or wood under the tires.

LS40032

If you cannot shift the selector leverout of “P” position to other positionseven though the brake pedal is de-pressed, use the shift lock override but-ton as follows:

1. Turn the engine switch to “LOCK”position. Make sure the parkingbrake is applied.

2. Pry up the cover with a flatheadscrewdriver or equivalent.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Tips for towing a stuckvehicle

If you cannot shift automatictransmission selector lever

346

LS40033

3. Insert the screwdriver or equivalentinto the hole to push down the shiftlock override button. You can shiftout of “P” position only while push-ing the button.

4. Shift into “N” position.

5. Insert the cover.

6. Start the engine. For your safety,keep the brake pedal depressed.

Be sure to have the system checked byyour Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

You can purchase a new key at yourToyota dealer if you can give them thekey number. If your vehicle is equippedwith the engine immobilizer system, thedealer will also need your master key.

Vehicles with engine immobilizer sys-tem—Even if you lose only one key, con-tact your Toyota dealer to make a newkey. If you lose all your master keys, youcannot make new keys; the whole engineimmobilizer system must be replaced.

See the suggestion given in “Keys” onpage 12 in Section 1−2.

If your keys are locked in the vehicle andyou cannot get a duplicate, many Toyotadealers can still open the door for you,using their special tools. If you mustbreak a window to get in, we suggestbreaking the smallest side window be-cause it is the least expensive to replace.Be extremely cautious to avoid cuts fromthe glass.

You can purchase a new wireless re-mote control transmitter at your Toyotadealer.

Have the registered identification numbersof your transmitters deleted from your ve-hicle by your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible to avoid the possibility of theft oran accident. Then, have the identificationnumber of your new transmitter registered.At the same time, you must bring all ofthe remaining transmitters to have themregistered again as well.

You can use the wireless remote controlsystem with the new transmitter. Contactyour Toyota dealer for detailed information.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

If you lose your keysIf you lose your wirelessremote control transmitter

347

CORROSION PREVENTION ANDAPPEARANCE CAREProtecting your Toyota from corrosion 348. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Washing and waxing your Toyota 349. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cleaning the interior 351. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

SECTION 5

348

Toyota, through its diligent research, de-sign and use of the most advancedtechnology available, helps prevent corro-sion and provides you with the finest qual-ity vehicle construction. Now, it is up toyou. Proper care of your Toyota can helpensure long−term corrosion prevention.

The most common causes of corrosionto your vehicle are:

D The accumulation of road salt, dirt andmoisture in hard−to−reach areas underthe vehicle.

D Chipping of paint, or undercoatingcaused by minor accidents or bystones and gravel.

Care is especially important if you livein particular areas or operate your ve-hicle under certain environmental condi-tions:

D Road salt or dust control chemicals willaccelerate corrosion, as will the pres-ence of salt in the air near the sea−coast or in areas of industrial pollution.

D High humidity accelerates corrosion es-pecially when temperatures range justabove the freezing point.

D Wetness or dampness to certain partsof your vehicle for an extended periodof time, may cause corrosion eventhough other parts of the vehicle maybe dry.

D High ambient temperatures can causecorrosion to those components of thevehicle which do not dry quickly due tolack of proper ventilation.

The above signifies the necessity to keepyour vehicle, particularly the underside, asclean as possible and to repair any dam-age to paint or protective coatings assoon as possible.

To help prevent corrosion on yourToyota, follow these guidelines:

Wash your vehicle frequently. It is, ofcourse, necessary to keep your vehicleclean by regular washing, but to preventcorrosion, the following points should beobserved:

D If you drive on salted roads in thewinter or if you live near the ocean,you should hose off the undercarriageat least once a month to minimize cor-rosion.

D High pressure water or steam is effec-tive for cleaning the vehicle’s undersideand wheel housings. Pay particularattention to these areas as it is difficultto see all the mud and dirt. It will domore harm than good to simply wet themud and debris without removing. Thelower edge of doors, rocker panels andframe members have drain holes whichshould not be allowed to clog with dirtas trapped water in these areas cancause corrosion.

D Wash the underside of the vehicle thor-oughly when winter is over.

See “Washing and waxing your Toyota” onpage 349 in this Section for more tips.

Check the condition of your vehicle’spaint and trim. If you find any chips orscratches in the paint, touch them up im-mediately to prevent corrosion from start-ing. If the chips or scratches have gonethrough the bare metal, have a qualifiedbody shop make the repair.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Protecting your Toyota fromcorrosion

349

Check the interior of your vehicle. Wa-ter and dirt can accumulate under thefloor mats and could cause corrosion. Oc-casionally check under the mats to makesure the area is dry. Be particularly care-ful when transporting chemicals, cleans-ers, fertilizers, salt, etc.; these should betransported in proper containers. If a spillor leak should occur, immediately cleanand dry the area.

Use mud shields on your wheels. If youdrive on salted or gravel roads, mudshields help protect your vehicle. Full−sizeshields, which come as near to the groundas possible, are the best. We recommendthat the fittings and the area where theshields are installed be treated to resistcorrosion. Your Toyota dealer will behappy to assist in supplying and installingthe shields if they are recommended foryour area.

Keep your vehicle in a well ventilatedgarage or a roofed place. Do not parkyour vehicle in a damp, poorly venti-lated garage. If you wash your vehicle inthe garage, or if you drive it covered withwater or snow, your garage may be sodamp as to cause corrosion. Even if yourgarage is heated, a wet vehicle can cor-rode if the ventilation is poor.

Washing your Toyota

Keep your vehicle clean by regularwashing.

The following cases may cause weaknessto the paint or corrosion to the body andparts. Wash your vehicle as soon as pos-sible.

D When driving in a coastal area

D When driving on a road sprinkled withantifreeze

D When exposed to coal tar, tree sap,bird droppings and carcass of an insect

D When driving in areas where there isa lot of smoke, soot, dust, iron dust orchemical substances

D When the vehicle becomes remarkablydirty with dust and mud

Hand−washing your Toyota

Work in the shade and wait until thevehicle body is not warm to the touch.

CAUTION

D When cleaning under floor or chas-sis, be careful not to injure yourhands.

D Exhaust gases cause the exhaustpipe to become quite hot. Whenwashing the vehicle, be careful notto touch the pipe until it has cooledsufficiently, as touching a hot ex-haust pipe can cause burns.

1. Rinse off loose dirt with a hose. Re-move any mud or road salt from theunderside of the vehicle or the wheelwells.

2. Wash with a mild car−wash soap,mixed according to the manufacturer’sinstructions. Use a soft cotton mitt andkeep it wet by dipping it frequently intothe wash water. Do not rub hard—letthe soap and water remove the dirt.

Fuel filler door: Do not apply water (high−pressure car wash, for example) at ornear the fuel tank inlet with the fuel fillerdoor opened. If the water enters the airvent, you may experience trouble with re-fueling or rough engine idling.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Washing and waxing yourToyota

350

Plastic wheel ornaments: The plasticwheel ornaments are damaged easily byorganic substances. If any organic sub-stances splash an ornament, be sure towash them off with water and check if theornament is damaged.

Aluminum wheels: Use only a mild soapor neutral detergent.

NOTICE

z Do not use corrosive chemical−based cleaners on your wheels. (Ex-ample: hydrofluoric acid)

z Do not use steam cleaners or thechemicals therein to clean yourwheels.

z Do not use scouring pads, wirebrushes, or coarse abrasives toclean your wheels.

z Do not use alcohol, solvents, gaso-line, or other non−neutral deter-gents, because they may alter thewheel’s appearance and resistanceto corrosion.

Plastic bumpers: Wash carefully. Do notscrub with abrasive cleaners. The bumperfaces are soft.

Exterior lights: Wash carefully. Do not useorganic substances or scrub them with ahard brush. This may damage the sur-faces of the lights.

Road tar: Remove with turpentine orcleaners that are marked safe for paintedsurfaces.

3. Rinse thoroughly—dried soap cancause streaking. In hot weather youmay need to rinse each section rightafter you wash it.

4. To prevent water spots, dry the vehicleusing a clean soft cotton towel. Do notrub or press hard—you might scratchthe paint.

NOTICE

z Do not use organic substances(gasoline, kerosene, benzine orstrong solvents), which may be tox-ic or cause damage.

z Do not scrub any part of the ve-hicle with a hard brush, which maycause damage.

Waxing your Toyota

Polishing and waxing is recommendedto maintain the original beauty of yourToyota’s finish.

Apply wax once a month or if the vehiclesurface does not repel water well.

1. Always wash and dry the vehicle be-fore you begin waxing, even if you areusing a combined cleaner and wax.

2. Use a good quality polish and wax. Ifthe finish has become extremely weath-ered, use a car−cleaning polish, fol-lowed by a separate wax. Carefully fol-low the manufacturer’s instructions andprecautions. Be sure to polish and waxthe chrome trim as well as the paint.

Windshield washer nozzles: Make surethat the nozzles do not become blockedwhen waxing. If a nozzle becomesblocked, contact your Toyota dealer tohave the vehicle serviced.

NOTICE


07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

351

Exterior lights: Do not apply wax on thesurfaces of the lights. Wax may causedamage to the lenses. If you accidentallyput wax on the light surfaces, wipe orwash it off.

3. Wax the vehicle again when waterdoes not bead but remains on the sur-face in large patches.

CAUTION

D Vehicles with side airbags and cur-tain shield airbags:

Be careful not to splash water orspill liquid on the floor. This mayprevent the side airbags and curtainshield airbags from activating cor-rectly, resulting in serious injury.

D Do not wash the vehicle floor withwater, or allow water to get ontothe floor when cleaning the vehicleinterior or exterior. Water may getinto audio components or otherelectrical components above or un-der the floor carpet (or mat) andcause a malfunction; and it maycause body corrosion.

Vinyl interior

The vinyl upholstery may be easilycleaned with a mild soap or detergentand water.

First vacuum over the upholstery to re-move loose dirt. Then, using a sponge orsoft cloth, apply the soap solution to thevinyl. After allowing it to soak in for a fewminutes to loosen the dirt, remove the dirtand wipe off the soap with a clean dampcloth. If all the dirt do not come off, re-peat the procedure. Commercial foaming−type vinyl cleaners are also availablewhich work well. Follow the manufacturer’sinstructions.

NOTICE

Do not use solvent, thinner, gasolineor window cleaner on the interior.

Carpets

Use a good foam−type shampoo toclean the carpets.

Begin by vacuuming thoroughly to removeas much dirt as possible. Several types offoam cleaners are available; some are inaerosol cans and others are powders orliquids which you mix with water to pro-duce a foam. To shampoo the carpets,use a sponge or brush to apply the foam.Rub in overlapping circles.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Cleaning the interior

352

Do not apply water—the best results areobtained by keeping the carpet as dry aspossible. Read the shampoo instructionsand follow them closely.

Seat belts

The seat belts may be cleaned withmild soap and water or with lukewarmwater.

Use a cloth or sponge. As you are clean-ing, check the belts for excessive wear,fraying, or cuts.

NOTICE

z Do not use dye or bleach on thebelts—it may weaken them.

z Do not use the belts until they be-come dry.

Windows

The windows may be cleaned with anyhousehold window cleaner.

Air conditioning control panel, audiopanel, instrument panel, console panel,and switches

Use a soft damp cloth for cleaning.

Soak a clean soft cloth in water or luke-warm water then lightly wipe off dirt.

NOTICE

z Do not use organic substances (sol-vents, kerosene, alcohol, gasoline,etc.) or alkaline or acidic solutions.These chemicals can cause discol-oring, staining or peeling of thesurface.

z If you use cleaners or polishingagents, make sure their ingredientsdo not include the substances men-tioned above.

z If you use a liquid car freshener, donot spill the liquid onto the ve-hicle’s interior surfaces. It may con-tain the ingredients mentionedabove. Immediately clean any spillusing the method mentioned above.

Leather Interior

The leather upholstery may be cleanedwith neutral detergent for wool.

Remove dirt using a soft cloth dampenedwith 5% solution of neutral detergent forwool. Then thoroughly wipe off all tracesof detergent with a clean damp cloth.

After cleaning or whenever any part of theleather gets wet, dry with a soft cleancloth. Allow the leather to dry in a venti-lated shaded area.

NOTICE

z If a stain should fail to come outwith a neutral detergent, apply acleaner that does not contain anorganic solvent.

z Never use organic substances suchas benzine, alcohol or gasoline oralkaline or acid solutions for clean-ing the leather as these couldcause discoloring.

z Use of a nylon brush or syntheticfiber cloth, etc. may scratch thefine grained surface of the leather.

zMildew may develop on soiled leath-er upholstery. Be especially carefulto avoid oil spots. Try to keep yourupholstery always clean.

z Long exposure to direct sunlightmay cause the leather surface toharden and shrink. Keep your ve-hicle in a shaded area, especially inthe summer.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

353

z The interior of your vehicle is aptto heat up on hot summer days, soavoid placing on the upholsteryitems made of vinyl or plastic orcontaining wax as these tend tostick to leather when warm.

z Improper cleaning of the leather up-holstery could result in discolor-ation or staining.

If you have any questions about thecleaning of your Toyota, your localToyota dealer will be pleased to answerthem.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

354

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

355

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND CAREMaintenance requirements 356. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .General maintenance 357. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Does your vehicle need repairing? 359. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Emissions Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) programs 360. . . . . . . .

For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

SECTION 6

356

Your Toyota vehicle has been designed forfewer maintenance requirements with long-er service intervals to save both your timeand money. However, each regular mainte-nance, as well as day−to−day care, ismore important than ever before to ensuresmooth, and trouble−free, safe, and eco-nomical drivings.

It is the owner’s responsibility to makesure the specified maintenance, includinggeneral maintenance service, is performed.Note that both the new vehicle andemission control system warranties specifythat proper maintenance and care must beperformed. See “Owner’s WarrantyInformation Booklet” or “Owner’s ManualSupplement” for complete warrantyinformation.

General maintenance

General maintenance items are those day−to−day care practices that are important toyour vehicle for proper operation. It is theowner’s responsibility to ensure that thegeneral maintenance items are performedregularly.

These checks or inspections can be doneeither by yourself or a qualified technician,or if you prefer, your Toyota dealer will bepleased to do them at a nominal cost.

Scheduled maintenance

The scheduled maintenance items listed inthe “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or“Owner’s Manual Supplement” are thoserequired to be serviced at regular inter-vals.

For details of your maintenance schedule,read the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide”or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

It is recommended that any replacementparts used for maintenance or for therepair of the emission control systembe Toyota supplied.

The owner may elect to use non−Toyotasupplied parts for replacement pur-poses without invalidating the emissioncontrol system warranty. However, useof replacement parts which are not ofequivalent quality may impair the effec-tiveness of the emission control sys-tems.

You may also elect to havemaintenance, replacement, or repair ofthe emission control devices andsystem performed by any automotiverepair establishment or individualwithout invalidating this warranty. See“Owner’s Warranty Information Booklet”or “Owner’s Manual Supplement” forcomplete warranty information.

Where to go for service?

Toyota technicians are well−trained spe-cialists and are kept up to date with thelatest service information through technicalbulletins, service tips, and in−dealershiptraining programs. They learn to work onToyotas before they work on your vehicle,rather than while they are working on it.

You can be confident that your Toyotadealer’s service department performs thebest job to meet the maintenance require-ments on your vehicle—reliably and eco-nomically.

Your copy of the repair order is proof thatall required maintenance has been per-formed for warranty coverage. If any prob-lems should arise with your vehicle whileunder warranty, your Toyota dealer willpromptly take care of it. Again, be sureto keep a copy of the repair order for anyservice performed on your Toyota.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Maintenance requirements

357

What about do−it−yourself maintenance?

Many of the maintenance items are easyto do yourself if you have a little mechani-cal ability and a few basic automotivetools. Simple instructions for how to per-form them are presented on page 361 inSection 7.

If you are a skilled do−it−yourselfmechanic, the Toyota service manuals arerecommended. Please be aware thatdo−it−yourself maintenance can affect yourwarranty coverage. See “Owner’s WarrantyInformation Booklet” or “Owner’s ManualSupplement” for the details.

Listed below are the general maintenanceitems that should be performed as fre-quently as specified. In addition to check-ing the items listed, if you notice anyunusual noise, smell or vibration, youshould investigate the cause or take yourvehicle to your Toyota dealer or a quali-fied service shop immediately. It is recom-mended that any problem you notice bebrought to the attention of your dealer orthe qualified service shop for their advice.

CAUTION

Make these checks only with ade-quate ventilation if you run the en-gine.

IN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Items listed below should be checkedfrom time to time, e.g. each time whenrefueling.

Washer fluid

Make sure there is sufficient fluid in thetank. See page 391 in Section 7−3 foradditional information.

Engine coolant levelMake sure the coolant level is betweenthe “FULL” and “LOW” lines on the see−through reservoir when the engine is cold.See page 372 in Section 7−2 for addition-al information.Radiator, condenser and hosesCheck that the front of the radiator andcondenser are clean and not blocked withleaves, dirt, or insects. See page 373 inSection 7−2 for additional information.Battery conditionCheck the battery condition by the indica-tor color. See page 388 in Section 7−3 foradditional information.Brake fluid levelMake sure the brake fluid level is correct.See page 373 in Section 7−2 for addition-al information.Engine oil levelCheck the level on the dipstick with theengine turned off and the vehicle parkedon a level spot. See page 370 in Section7−2 for additional information.Power steering fluid level(2.7 L 4−cylinder [2TR−FE] engine)Check the level on the dipstick. The levelshould be in the “HOT” or “COLD” rangedepending on the fluid temperature. Seepage 375 in Section 7−2 for additional in-formation.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

General maintenance

358

Power steering fluid level(4.0 L V6 [1GR−FE] engine)

Check the level through the reservoir. Thelevel should be in the “HOT” or “COLD”range depending on the fluid temperature.See page 375 in Section 7−2 for addition-al information.

Exhaust system

If you notice any change in the sound ofthe exhaust or smell exhaust fumes, havethe cause located and corrected immedi-ately. (See “Engine exhaust cautions” onpage 275 in Section 2.)

INSIDE THE VEHICLE

Items listed below should be checkedregularly, e.g. while performing periodicservices, cleaning the vehicle, etc.

Lights

Make sure the headlights, stop lights, taillights, turn signal lights, and other lightsare all working. Check headlight aim.

Service reminder indicators and warningbuzzers

Check that all service reminder indicatorsand warning buzzers function properly.

Steering wheel

Be alert for changes in steering condition,such as hard steering or strange noise.

Seats

Check that all seat controls such as seatadjusters, seatback recliner, etc. operatesmoothly and that all latches lock securelyin any position. Check that the head re-straints move up and down smoothly andthat the locks hold securely in any latchedposition. For folding−down seatback(bench seat) and rear seatback (rear splitbench seat), check that the latches locksecurely.

Seat belts

Check that the seat belt system such asbuckles, retractors and anchors operateproperly and smoothly. Make sure the beltwebbing is not cut, frayed, worn or dam-aged.

Accelerator pedal

Check the pedal for smooth operation anduneven pedal effort or catching.

Clutch pedal

Check the pedal for smooth operation.

Brake pedal

Check the pedal for smooth operation andthat the pedal has the proper clearance.Check the brake booster function.

Brakes

In a safe place, check that the brakes donot pull to one side when applied.

Parking brake (pedal type)

Check that the pedal has the proper traveland that, on a safe incline, your vehicleis held securely with only the parkingbrake applied.

Parking brake (lever type)

Check that the lever has the proper traveland that, on a safe incline, your vehicleis held securely with only the parkingbrake applied.

Automatic transmission “Park” mecha-nism

On a safe incline, check that your vehicleis held securely with the selector lever in“P” position and all brakes released.

OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE

Items listed below should be performedfrom time to time, unless otherwisespecified.

Fluid leaks

Check underneath for leaking fuel, oil, wa-ter or other fluid after the vehicle hasbeen parked for a while. If you smell fuelfumes or notice any leak, have the causefound and corrected immediately.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

359

Doors and engine hood

Check that all doors including tailgate op-erate smoothly and all latches lock se-curely. Make sure the engine hood sec-ondary latch secures the hood fromopening when the primary latch is re-leased.

Tire inflation pressureCheck the pressure with a gauge ev-ery two weeks, or at least once amonth. See page 376 in Section 7−2for additional information.Tire surface and wheel nutsCheck the tires carefully for cuts,damage or excessive wear. Seepage 379 in Section 7−2 for addition-al information. When checking thetires, make sure no nuts are missing,and check the nuts for looseness.Tighten them if necessary.Tire rotationRotate the tires according to themaintenance schedule. (For sched-uled maintenance information,please refer to the “Scheduled Main-tenance Guide” or “Owner’s ManualSupplement”.) See page 381 in Sec-tion 7−2 for additional information.

Be on the alert for changes in perfor-mance, sounds, and visual tip−offs thatindicate service is needed. Some impor-tant clues are as follows:

D Engine missing, stumbling, or pinging

D Appreciable loss of power

D Strange engine noises

D A leak under the vehicle (however, wa-ter dripping from the air conditioningafter use is normal.)

D Change in exhaust sound (This mayindicate a dangerous carbon monoxideleak. Drive with the windows open andhave the exhaust system checked im-mediately.)

D Flat−looking tire; excessive tire squealwhen cornering; uneven tire wear

D Vehicle pulls to one side when drivingstraight on a level road

D Strange noises related to suspensionmovement

D Loss of brake effectiveness; spongyfeeling brake or clutch pedal; pedal al-most touches floor; vehicle pulls to oneside when braking

D Engine coolant temperature continuallyhigher than normal

If you notice any of these clues, take yourvehicle to your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible. It probably needs adjustment orrepair.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving with the ve-hicle unchecked. It could result in se-rious vehicle damage and possiblypersonal injury.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Does your vehicle needrepairing?

360

Some states have vehicle emission in-spection programs which include OBD(On−Board Diagnostics) checks.

The OBD system monitors the operationof the emission control system. When theOBD system determines that a problemexists somewhere in the emission controlsystem, the malfunction indicator lampcomes on. In this case, your vehicle maynot pass the I/M test and need to berepaired. Contact your Toyota dealer toservice the vehicle.

Even if the malfunction indicator lampdoes not come on, your vehicle may notpass the I/M test as readiness codeshave not been set in the OBD system.

Readiness codes are automatically setduring ordinary driving. However, when thebattery is disconnected or run down, thecodes are erased. Also, depending onyour driving habits, the codes may not becompletely set.

Also, if the malfunction indicator lamp hadcome on recently due to temporary mal-function such as a loose fuel tank cap,your vehicle may not pass the I/M test.

The malfunction indicator lamp will go offafter taking several driving trips, but theerror code in the OBD system will not becleared unless about 40 trips or more aretaken.

If your vehicle does not pass the I/M testeven the malfunction indicator lamp doesnot come on, contact your Toyota dealerto prepare the vehicle for re−testing.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance (I/M) programs

361

DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCEIntroductionEngine compartment overview 362. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fuse locations 364. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Do−it−yourself service precautions 364. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Parts and tools 366. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

SECTION 7−1

362

1. Windshield washer fluid tank

2. Engine coolant reservoir

3. Engine oil filler cap

4. Power steering fluid reservoir

5. Engine oil level dipstick

6. Brake fluid reservoir

7. Fuse block

8. Battery

9. Condenser

10. Radiator

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Engine compartment overview"2.7 L 4−cylinder (2TR−FE) engine

LS71002b

363

1. Windshield washer fluid tank

2. Power steering fluid reservoir

3. Engine oil level dipstick

4. Engine coolant reservoir

5. Engine oil filler cap

6. Brake fluid reservoir

7. Fuse block

8. Battery

9. Condenser

10. Radiator

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

"4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engine

LS71001b

364

LS71003

LS71004Spare fuses

LS71005

If you perform maintenance by yourself,be sure to follow the correct proceduregiven in this Section.

You should be aware that improper or in-complete servicing may result in operatingproblems.

Performing do−it−yourself maintenanceduring the warranty period may affect yourwarranty coverage. Read the separateToyota Warranty statement for details andsuggestions.

This Section gives instructions only forthose items that are relatively easy for anowner to perform. As explained in Section6, there are still a number of items thatmust be done by a qualified technicianwith special tools.

For information on tools and parts for do−it−yourself maintenance, see “Parts andtools” on page 366 in this Section.

Utmost care should be taken when work-ing on your vehicle to prevent accidentalinjury. Here are a few precautions thatyou should be especially careful to ob-serve:

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Fuse locationsDo−it−yourself serviceprecautions

365

CAUTION

D When the engine is running, keephands, clothing, and tools awayfrom the moving fan and enginedrive belts. (Removing rings,watches, and ties is advisable.)

D Right after driving, the enginecompartment—the engine, radiator,exhaust manifold, power steeringfluid reservoir and spark plugboots, etc.—will be hot. So be care-ful not to touch them. Oil, fluidsand spark plugs may also be hot.

D If the engine is hot, do not removethe radiator cap or loosen the drainplugs to prevent burning yourself.

D Do not leave anything that mayburn easily, such as paper or rags,in the engine compartment.

D Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-low open flames around fuel or thebattery. Their fumes are flammable.

D Do not get under your vehicle withjust the body jack supporting it. Al-ways use automotive jack stands orother solid supports.

D Use eye protection whenever youwork on or under your vehiclewhere you may be exposed to flyingor falling material, fluid spray, etc.

D Used engine oil contains potentiallyharmful contaminants which maycause skin disorders such as in-flammation or skin cancer, so careshould be taken to avoid prolongedand repeated contact with it. To re-move used engine oil from yourskin, wash thoroughly with soapand water.

D Do not leave used oil within thereach of children.

D Dispose of used oil and filter onlyin a safe and acceptable manner.Do not dispose of used oil and fil-ter in household trash, in sewers oronto the ground. Call your dealer ora service station for informationconcerning recycling or disposal.

D Be extremely cautious when work-ing on the battery. It contains poi-sonous and corrosive sulfuric acid.

NOTICE

z Remember that battery and ignitioncoil carry high currents or voltages.Be careful of accidentally causing ashort circuit.

z Add only “Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” or similar high quality eth-ylene glycol based non−silicate,non−amine, non−nitrite, and non−bo-rate coolant with long−life hybridorganic acid technology to fill theradiator. “Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” is a mixture of 50% cool-ant and 50% deionized water (forthe U.S.A.) or 55% coolant and 45%deionized water (for Canada).

z If you spill some of the coolant, besure to wash it off with water toprevent it from damaging the partsor paint.

z Do not allow dirt or anything elseto fall through the spark plug holes.

z Use only spark plugs of the speci-fied type. Using other types willcause engine damage, loss of per-formance or radio noise.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

366

z Do not reuse iridium−tipped sparkplugs by cleaning or regapping.

z Do not overfill automatic transmis-sion fluid, or the transmissioncould be damaged.

z Do not drive with the air cleanerfilter removed, or excessive enginewear could result. Also backfiringcould cause a fire in the enginecompartment.

z Be careful not to scratch the glasssurface with the wiper frame.

zWhen closing the engine hood,check to see that you have not for-gotten any tools, rags, etc.

Here is a list of parts and tools you willneed to perform do−it−yourself mainte-nance. Remember all Toyota parts are de-signed in metric sizes, so your tools mustbe metric.

CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL

Parts (if level is low):

D “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equiva-lentSee page 370 in Section 7−2 for de-tails about engine oil selection.

Tools:

D Rag or paper towel

D Funnel (only for adding oil)

CHECKING THE ENGINE COOLANTLEVEL


D “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” orsimilar high quality ethylene glycolbased non−silicate, non−amine, non−ni-trite, and non−borate coolant with long−life hybrid organic acid technology.

“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is amixture of 50% coolant and 50% deion-ized water(for the U.S.A.) or 55% cool-ant and 45% deionized water (for Can-ada).

Tools:

D Funnel (only for adding coolant)

CHECKING BRAKE FLUID


D SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3brake fluid

Tools:


D Funnel (only for adding fluid)

CHECKING POWER STEERING FLUID


D Automatic transmission fluidDEXRONrII or III

Tools:


D Funnel (only for adding fluid)

CHECKING BATTERY CONDITION

Tools:

D Warm water

D Baking soda

D Grease

D Conventional wrench (for terminalclamp bolts)

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Parts and tools

367

CHECKING AND REPLACING FUSES

Parts (if replacement is necessary):

D Fuse with same amperage rating asoriginal

ADDING WASHER FLUID

Parts:

D Water

D Washer fluid containing antifreeze(for winter use)

Tools:

D Funnel

REPLACING LIGHT BULBS

Parts:

D Bulb with same number and wattagerating as original (See charts in“Replacing light bulbs” on page 392 inSection 7−3.)

Tools:

D Screwdriver

D Wrench

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

368

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

369

DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCEEngine and ChassisChecking the engine oil level 370. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Checking the engine coolant level 372. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Checking the radiator and condenser 373. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Checking brake fluid 373. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Checking power steering fluid 375. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Checking tire inflation pressure 376. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Checking and replacing tires 379. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rotating tires 381. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Installing snow tires and chains 382. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Replacing wheels 384. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Aluminum wheel precautions 385. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

07 10.16

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

SECTION 7−2

370

LS72005

Low level Full level

Add oil O.K. Too full

2TR−FE engine

LS72004

Low level Full level

Add oil O.K. Too full

1GR−FE engine

With the engine at operating tempera-ture and turned off, check the oil levelon the dipstick.

1. To get a correct reading, the vehicleshould be on level ground. After turningoff the engine, wait a few minutes forthe oil to drain back into the bottom ofthe engine.

2. Pull the dipstick out, hold a rag underthe end and wipe it clean.

3. Reinsert the dipstick—push it in as faras it will go, or the reading will not becorrect.

4. Pull the dipstick out and look at the oillevel while holding a rag under theend.

CAUTION

Be careful not to touch the hot ex-haust manifold.

NOTICE

Be careful not to drop engine oil onthe vehicle components.

If the oil level is below or only slightlyabove the low level, add engine oil ofthe same type as already in the engine.

Remove the oil filler cap and add engineoil in small quantities at a time, checkingthe dipstick. We recommend that you usea funnel when adding oil.

The approximate quantity of oil needed toraise the level between low and full on thedipstick is indicated as follows:

2.7 L 4−cylinder (2TR−FE) engine1.3 L (1.4 qt., 1.1 Imp.qt.)

4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engine1.5 L (1.6 qt., 1.3 Imp.qt.)

For the engine oil capacity, see “Servicespecifications” on page 406 in Section 8.

When the level reaches within the correctrange, install the filler cap hand−tight.

NOTICE

z Be careful not to spill engine oil onthe vehicle components.

z Avoid overfilling, or the enginecould be damaged.

z Check the oil level on the dipstickonce again after adding the oil.

07 10.16

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Checking the engine oil level

371

ENGINE OIL SELECTION

“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used inyour Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalentto satisfy the following grade and viscos-ity.

Oil grade:ILSAC multigrade engine oil

Recommended viscosity:

2.7 L 4−cylinder (2TR−FE) engine—SAE 5W−20 or 0W−20

SOIL20

Outside temperature

SAE 5W−20 or 0W−20 engine oil may beused. However, SAE 0W−20 is the bestchoice for good fuel economy and goodstarting in cold weather.

4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engine—SAE 5W−30

Outside temperature

SAE 5W−30 is the best choice for goodfuel economy, and good starting in coldweather.

If SAE 5W−30 oil is not available, SAE10W−30 oil may be used. However, itshould be replaced with SAE 5W−30 atthe next oil change.

Oil identification mark

The ILSAC (International Lubricant Stan-dardization and Approval Committee) Certi-fication Mark is added to some oil con-tainers to help you select the oil youshould use.

07 10.16

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

372

To ensure excellent lubrication perfor-mance for your engine, “Toyota GenuineMotor Oil” is available, which has beenspecifically tested and approved for allToyota engines.

Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur-ther details about “Toyota Genuine MotorOil”.

Look at the see−through coolant reser-voir when the engine is cold. The cool-ant level is satisfactory if it is betweenthe “FULL” and “LOW” lines on thereservoir. If the level is low, add thecoolant. (For the coolant type, see“Coolant type selection” described be-low.)

The coolant level in the reservoir will varywith engine temperature. However, if thelevel is on or below the “LOW” line, addcoolant. Bring the level up to the “FULL”line.

If the coolant level drops within a shorttime after replenishing, there may be aleak in the system. Visually check theradiator, hoses, radiator cap and draincock and water pump.

If you can find no leak, have your Toyotadealer test the cap pressure and checkfor leaks in the cooling system.

CAUTION

To prevent burning yourself, do notremove the radiator cap when the en-gine is hot.

Coolant type selection

Use of improper coolants may damageyour engine cooling system.

Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”or similar high quality ethylene glycolbased non−silicate, non−amine, non−nitrite,and non−borate coolant with long−lifehybrid organic acid technology. (Coolantwith long−life hybrid organic acidtechnology is a combination of lowphosphates and organic acids.)

For the U.S.A.—“Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and50% deionized water. This coolant pro-vides protection down to about −35_C(−31_F).

For Canada—“Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” is a mixture of 55% coolant and45% deionized water. This coolant pro-vides protection down to about −42_C(−44_F).

NOTICE


07 10.16

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Checking the engine coolantlevel

373

Toyota recommends “Toyota Super LongLife Coolant”, which has been tested toensure that it will not cause corrosion norresult in malfunction of your enginecoolant system with proper usage. “ToyotaSuper Long Life Coolant” is formulatedwith long−life hybrid organic acidtechnology and has been specificallydesigned to avoid engine cooling systemmalfunction on Toyota vehicles.

Please contact your Toyota dealer forfurther details.

If either of the above parts are extremelydirty or you are not sure of their condi-tion, take your vehicle to a Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

To prevent burning yourself, be care-ful not to touch the radiator or con-denser when the engine is hot.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the radiatorand condenser, do not perform thework by yourself.

LS72007

To check the fluid level, simply look atthe see−through reservoir. The levelshould be between the “MAX” and“MIN” lines on the reservoir.

It is normal for the brake fluid level to godown slightly as the brake pads wear. Sobe sure to keep the reservoir filled.

If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, itmay indicate a serious mechanical prob-lem.

If the level is low, add SAE J1703 orFMVSS No.116 DOT 3 brake fluid to thebrake reservoir.

07 10.16

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Checking the radiator andcondenser

Checking brake fluid (withoutvehicle stability controlsystem)

374

Remove and replace the reservoir cap byhand. Fill the brake fluid to the dottedline. This brings the fluid to the correctlevel when you put the cap back on.

Use only newly opened brake fluid. Onceopened, brake fluid absorbs moisture fromthe air, and excess moisture can cause adangerous loss of braking.

CAUTION

Take care when filling the reservoirbecause brake fluid can harm yourhands or eyes. If fluid gets on yourhands or in your eyes, flush the af-fected area with clean water immedi-ately. If you still feel uncomfortablewith your hands or eyes, go to thedoctor.

NOTICE

If you spill some of the fluid, be sureto wipe it off to prevent it from dam-aging the parts or paintwork.

LS72006

To check the fluid level, simply look atthe see−through reservoir. The levelshould be between the “MAX” and“MIN” lines on the reservoir.

It is normal for the brake fluid level to godown slightly as the brake pads wear orwhen the fluid level in the accumulator ishigh.

If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, itmay indicate a serious mechanical prob-lem.

If the level is low, add SAE J1703 orFMVSS No.116 DOT 3 brake fluid to thebrake reservoir.

Refilling brake fluid:


2. Depress the brake pedal more than 20times.

3. Remove the reservoir cover by hand.Add brake fluid up to the “MAX” line.

If you do not follow the procedure above,the reservoir may overflow.

Use only newly opened brake fluid. Onceopened, brake fluid absorbs moisture fromthe air, and excess moisture can cause adangerous loss of braking.

CAUTION

Take care when filling the reservoirbecause brake fluid can harm yourhands or eyes. If fluid gets on yourhands or in your eyes, flush the af-fected area with clean water immedi-ately. If you still feel uncomfortablewith your hands or eyes, go to thedoctor.

NOTICE

If you spill some of the fluid, be sureto wipe it off to prevent it from dam-aging the parts or paintwork.

07 10.16

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Checking brake fluid(with vehicle stability controlsystem)

375

LS72009

If cold addIf cold O.K.

If hot add

If hot O.K.

Check the fluid level on the dipstick. Ifnecessary, add automatic transmissionfluid DEXRONrII or III.

If the vehicle has been driven around 80km/h (50 mph) for 20 minutes (a littlemore in frigid temperatures), the fluid ishot (40_C—80_C or 104_F—175_F). Youmay also check the level when the fluidis cold (about room temperature,0_C—40_C or 32_F—104_F) if the enginehas not been run for about five hours.

a. Clean all dirt from outside of the reser-voir tank.

b. Remove the reservoir cap by turning itcounterclockwise and wipe the dipstickclean.

c. Reinstall the reservoir cap.

d. Remove the reservoir cap again andlook at the fluid level. If the fluid iscold, the level should be in the “COLD”range on the dipstick. Similarly, if it ishot, the fluid level should be in the“HOT” range. If the level is at the lowside of either range, add automatictransmission fluid DEXRONrII or III tobring the level within the range.

e. After replacing the reservoir cap, visu-ally check the steering box case, vanepump and hose connections for leaksor damage.

CAUTION

The reservoir tank may be hot so becareful not to burn yourself.

NOTICE

Avoid overfilling, or the power steer-ing could be damaged.

LS72008

If coldO.K.

CloseOpen

If hotO.K.

If coldadd

If hotadd

Check the fluid level through the reser-voir. If necessary, add automatic trans-mission fluid DEXRONrII or III.

If the vehicle has been driven around 80km/h (50 mph) for 20 minutes (a littlemore in frigid temperatures), the fluid ishot (60_C—80_C or 140_F—175_F). Youmay also check the level when the fluidis cold (about room temperature,10_C—30_C or 50_F—85_F) if the enginehas not been run for about five hours.

07 10.16

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Checking power steeringfluid (2.7 L 4−cylinder[2TR−FE] engine)

Checking power steeringfluid (4.0 L V6 [1GR−FE]engine)

376

Clean all dirt from the outside of the res-ervoir tank and look at the fluid level. Ifthe fluid is cold, the level should be in the“COLD” range. Similarly, if it is hot, thefluid level should be in the “HOT” range.If the level is at the low side of eitherrange, add automatic transmission fluidDEXRONrII or III to bring the level withinthe range.

To remove the reservoir cap, turn it coun-terclockwise and lift up. To reinstall it,turn it clockwise. After replacing the reser-voir cap, visually check the steering boxcase, vane pump and hose connectionsfor leaks or damage.

CAUTION

The reservoir tank may be hot so becareful not to burn yourself.

NOTICE

Avoid overfilling, or the power steer-ing could be damaged.

LS72020a


LS72021a

Access cab models

07 10.16

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Checking tire inflationpressure

377

Keep your tire inflation pressuresat the proper level.The recommended cold tire inflationpressures, tire sizes and the com-bined weight of occupants and cargo(vehicle capacity weight) are de-scribed on page 402 in Section 8.They are also described on the tireand loading information label asshown.You should check the tire inflationpressure every two weeks, or atleast once a month. And do not for-get the spare!

The following instructions forchecking tire inflation pressureshould be observed:D The pressure should bechecked only when the tiresare cold. If your vehicle hasbeen parked for at least 3 hoursand has not been driven for morethan 1.5 km or 1 mile since, youwill get an accurate cold tire infla-tion pressure reading.

D Always use a tire pressuregauge. The appearance of a tirecan be misleading. Besides, tireinflation pressures that are evenjust a few pounds off can degraderide and handling.

D Do not bleed or reduce tireinflation pressure after driv-ing. It is normal for the tire infla-tion pressure to be higher afterdriving.

D Never exceed the vehicle ca-pacity weight. Passenger andluggage weight should be locatedso that the vehicle is balanced.

LS72003

Tire pressuregauge

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENTPROCEDURE1. Remove the tire valve cap.2. Press the tip of the tire pressure

gauge to the tire valve.3. Read the pressure using the

graduations of the gauge.4. In case the tire inflation pressure

is not within the prescribedrange, insert the compressed airfrom the valve. In case of apply-ing too much air, press the centerof the valve and release the airto adjust.

07 10.16

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

378

5. After completing the tire inflationpressure measurement and ad-justment, apply soapy water tothe valve and check for leakage.

6. Install the tire valve cap.If a gauge and air pump are notavailable, have your vehicle checkedby your Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

Be sure to reinstall the tire valvecaps. Without the valve caps,dirt or moisture could get intothe valve core and cause airleakage. If the caps have beenlost, have new ones put on assoon as possible.

Incorrect tire inflation pressure maywaste fuel, reduce the comfort ofdriving, reduce tire life and makeyour vehicle less safe to drive.If a tire frequently needs refilling,have it checked by your Toyota deal-er.

CAUTION

Keep your tires properly in-flated. Otherwise, the followingconditions may occur and causean accident resulting in death orserious injuries.Low tire pressure (underinfla-tion)—D Excessive wearD Uneven wearD Poor handlingD Possibility of blowouts froman overheated tire

D Poor sealing of the tire beadD Wheel deformation and/or tireseparation

D A greater possibility of tiredamage from road hazards

High tire pressure (overinfla-tion)—D Poor handlingD Excessive wearD Uneven wearD A greater possibility of tiredamage from road hazards

07 10.16

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

379

Treadwear indicator

CHECKING YOUR TIRESCheck the tire’s tread for tread-wear indicators. If the indicatorsshow, replace the tires. The loca-tion of treadwear indicators isshown by the “TWI” or “∆” marks,etc., molded on the sidewall ofeach tire.

The tires on your Toyota have built−in treadwear indicators to help youknow when the tires need replace-ment. When the tread depth wearsto 1.6 mm (0.06 in.) or less, the indi-cators will appear. If you can see theindicators in two or more adjacentgrooves, the tire should be replaced.The lower the tread, the higher therisk of skidding.The effectiveness of snow tires islost if the tread wears down below4 mm (0.16 in.).If you have tire damage such ascuts, splits, cracks deep enoughto expose the fabric, or bulges in-dicating internal damage, the tireshould be replaced.If a tire often goes flat or cannot beproperly repaired due to the size orlocation of a cut or other damage,it should be replaced. If you are notsure, consult with your Toyota deal-er.

If air loss occurs while driving, donot continue driving. Driving even ashort distance can damage a tire be-yond repair.Any tires which are over 6 yearsold must be checked by a quali-fied technician even if damage isnot obvious.Tires deteriorate with age even ifthey have never or seldom beenused.This applies also to the spare tireand tires stored for future use.

07 10.16

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Checking and replacing tires

380

REPLACING YOUR TIRESWhen replacing a tire, use a tireof the same size and construc-tion, and the same or greater max-imum load as the originallyinstalled tires. Also, on four−wheel drive models, all the tiresmust be the same brand and havethe same tread patterns.Using any other size or type of tiremay seriously affect handling, ride,speedometer/odometer calibration,ground clearance, and clearance be-tween the body and tires or snowchains.Check that the maximum load of thereplaced tire is greater than 1/2 ofthe Gross Axle Weight Ratings(GAWR) of either the front axle orthe rear axle, whichever is greater.As for the maximum load of the tire,see the load limit at maximum coldtire inflation pressure mentioned onthe sidewall of the tire, and as forthe Gross Axle Weight Ratings(GAWR), see the Certification Label.

For details about the sidewall of thetire and the Certification Label, see“Tire information” on page 287 inSection 2 and “Your Toyota’s identifi-cation” on page 284 in Section 2.

CAUTION

Observe the following instruc-tions. Otherwise, an accidentmay occur resulting in death orserious injuries.D Do not mix radial, bias belted,or bias−ply tires on your ve-hicle, as this may cause dan-gerous handling characteris-tics resulting in loss of con-trol.

D Do not use tires other than themanufacturer’s recommendedsize, as this may cause dan-gerous handling characteris-tics resulting in loss of con-trol.

D Four−wheel drive models:Do not use tires of differentbrands, sizes, construction ortread patterns, as this maycause dangerous handlingcharacteristics resulting inloss of control.

Toyota recommends all four tires,or at least both of the front or reartires be replaced at a time as a set.See “If you have a flat tire” on page329 in Section 4 for tire change pro-cedure.When a tire is replaced, the wheelshould always be balanced.An unbalanced wheel may affect ve-hicle handling and tire life. Wheelscan get out of balance with regularuse and should therefore be bal-anced occasionally.

07 10.16

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

381

The tire pressure warning systemmust be initialized when thespecified tire inflation pressure ischanged due to tire replacement.See “Tire pressure warningsystem” on page 194 in Section1−7.

NOTICE

zWhen the tires must be re-paired or replaced, havethem repaired or replaced bythe nearest Toyota dealer orauthorized tire dealer. Fail-ure to do so may cause thetire pressure sensors to bedamaged when the tires areremoved or installed.

z Remove the air pressuresensors before replacing thetires to prevent the sensorsfrom being damaged.

LS72010

With a spare tire of the samewheel type as the installed tires

LS72012

With a spare tire of differentwheel type from the installedtires

07 10.16

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Rotating tires

382

To equalize the wear and helpextend tire life, Toyotarecommends that you rotate yourtires according to themaintenance schedule. (Forscheduled maintenanceinformation, please refer to the“Scheduled Maintenance Guide”or “Owner’s ManualSupplement”.) However, the mostappropriate timing for tirerotation may vary according toyour driving habits and roadsurface conditions.See “If you have a flat tire” on page329 in Section 4 for tire change pro-cedure.When rotating tires, check for un-even wear and damage. Abnormalwear is usually caused by incorrecttire pressure, improper wheel align-ment, out−of−balance wheels, or se-vere braking.

The tire pressure warning systemmust be initialized when rotatingtires, in case that specified tireinflation pressure is differentbetween front and rear. See “Tirepressure warning system” onpage 194 in Section 1−7.

WHEN TO USE SNOW TIRES ORCHAINS

Snow tires or chains are recommendedwhen driving on snow or ice.

On wet or dry roads, conventional tiresprovide better traction than snow tires.

SNOW TIRE SELECTION

If you need snow tires, select tires ofthe same size, construction and loadcapacity as the originally installed tires.Also, on four−wheel drive models, allthe tires must be the same brand andhave the same tread patterns.

Do not use tires other than those men-tioned above. Do not install studded tireswithout first checking local regulations forpossible restrictions.

CAUTION

Observe the following instructions.Otherwise, an accident may occur re-sulting in death or serious injuries.

D Do not use snow tires other thanthe manufacturer’s recommended si-ze, as this may cause dangeroushandling characteristics resulting inloss of control.

07 10.16

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Installing snow tires andchains

383

D Four−wheel drive models:Do not use snow tires of differentbrands, sizes, construction or treadpatterns, as this may cause danger-ous handling characteristics result-ing in loss of control.

SNOW TIRE INSTALLATION

Snow tires should be installed on allwheels.

Installing snow tires on the rear wheelsonly can lead to an excessive differencein road grip capability between the frontand rear tires which could cause loss ofvehicle control.

When storing removed tires, you shouldstore them in a cool dry place.

Mark the direction of rotation and be sureto install them in the same direction whenreplacing.

CAUTION

D Do not drive with the snow tiresincorrectly inflated.

D Never drive over 120 km/h (75 mph)with any type of snow tires.

G72017

Side chain

Cross chain

TIRE CHAIN SELECTION

Use the tire chains of correct size.

Use the following type chains.

mm (in.)A Diameter of side chain: 5.0 (0.20)B Diameter of cross chain: 6.3 (0.25)

Regulations regarding the use of tirechains vary according to location ortype of road, so always check local reg-ulations before installing chains.

NOTICE

If the wrong combination of tire andchain is used, the chains could dam-age the vehicle body.

CHAIN INSTALLATION

Install the chains on the rear tires astightly as possible. Do not use tirechains on the front tires. Retightenchains after driving 0.5—1.0 km(1/4—1/2 mile).

When installing chains on your tires, care-fully follow the instructions of the chainmanufacturer.

If wheel covers are used, they will bescratched by the chain band, so removethe covers before putting on the chains.

07 10.16

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

384

CAUTION

D Do not exceed 50 km/h (30 mph) orthe chain manufacturer’s recom-mended speed limit, whichever islower.

D Drive carefully avoiding bumps,holes, and sharp turns, which maycause the vehicle to bounce.

D Avoid sharp turns or locked−wheelbraking, as use of chains may ad-versely affect vehicle handling.

D When driving with chains installed,be sure to drive carefully. Slowdown before entering curves toavoid losing control of the vehicle.Otherwise an accident may occur.

NOTICE

Snow tires or chains may affect thetire pressure warning system. See“Tire pressure warning system” onpage 194 in Section 1−7.

As you might have difficulty in identify-ing a flat or deflated tire, a tire pres-sure warning system is provided onthis vehicle.

When replacing the wheels, be sure toinstall tire pressure warning valves andtransmitters on the wheels. Consult yourToyota dealer about how to set up the tirepressure warning valves and transmitters.

CAUTION

D Have the tires, wheels or tire pres-sure warning valves and transmit-ters replaced and ID codes regis-tered by Toyota dealer. If you needtire pressure warning valves andtransmitters, purchase from Toyotadealer.

D The tire pressure warning valve andtransmitter nuts should always betightened to a torque of 4 N·m (0.4kgf·m, 2.9 ft·lbf).

D The use of non−genuine wheels mayresult in the tire pressure warningsystem failure or air−leak.

WHEN TO REPLACE YOUR WHEELS

If you have wheel damage such asbending, cracks or heavy corrosion, thewheel should be replaced.

If you fail to replace a damaged wheel,the tire may slip off the wheel or causeloss of handling control.

WHEEL SELECTION

When replacing wheels, care should betaken to ensure that the wheels are re-placed by ones with the same load ca-pacity, diameter, rim width, and offset.

Correct replacement wheels are availableat your Toyota dealer.

A wheel of a different size or type mayadversely affect handling, wheel and bear-ing life, brake cooling, speedometer/odom-eter calibration, stopping ability, headlightaim, bumper height, vehicle ground clear-ance, and tire or snow chain clearance tothe body and chassis.

07 10.16

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Replacing wheels

385

Replacement with used wheels is not rec-ommended as they may have been sub-jected to rough treatment or high mileageand could fail without warning. Also, bentwheels which have been straightened mayhave structural damage and thereforeshould not be used. Never use an innertube in a leaking wheel which is designedfor a tubeless tire.

CAUTION

Observe the following instructions.Otherwise, an accident may occur re-sulting in death or serious injuries.

D Do not use wheels other than themanufacturer’s recommended size,as this may cause dangerous han-dling characteristics resulting inloss of control.

D Four−wheel drive models:Do not use wheels of differentbrands, sizes and types, as thismay cause dangerous handlingcharacteristics resulting in loss ofcontrol.

The tire pressure warning system mustbe initialized when the specified tireinflation pressure is changed due towheel replacement. See “Tire pressurewarning system” on page 194 inSection 1−7.

NOTICE

The use of non−genuine wheels willcause the air pressure sensors totransmit the electronic code in differ-ent manner, resulting in the systemfailure.

D When installing aluminum wheels,check that the wheel nuts are tightafter driving your vehicle the first 1600km (1000 miles). Retorque the wheelnuts to 113 N·m (11.5 kgf·m, 85 ft·lbf).

D If you have rotated, repaired, orchanged your tires, check that thewheel nuts are still tight after driving1600 km (1000 miles). Retorque thewheel nuts to 113 N·m (11.5 kgf·m, 85ft·lbf).

D When using tire chains, be careful notto damage the aluminum wheels.

D Use only Toyota wheel nuts andwrench designed for your aluminumwheels.

D When balancing your wheels, use onlyToyota balance weights or equivalentand a plastic or rubber hammer.

D As with any wheel, periodically checkyour aluminum wheels for damage. Ifdamaged, replace immediately.

07 10.16

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Aluminum wheel precautions

386

07 10.16

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

387

DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCEElectrical componentsChecking battery condition 388. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Battery recharging precautions 389. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Checking and replacing fuses 390. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Adding washer fluid 391. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Replacing light bulbs 392. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

SECTION 7−3

388

CAUTION

BATTERY PRECAUTIONS

The battery produces flammable andexplosive hydrogen gas.

D Do not cause a spark from the bat-tery with tools.

D Do not smoke or light a match nearthe battery.

The electrolyte contains poisonousand corrosive sulfuric acid.

D Avoid contact with eyes, skin orclothes.

D Never ingest electrolyte.

D Wear protective safety glasses whenworking near the battery.

D Keep children away from the bat-tery.

EMERGENCY MEASURES

D If electrolyte gets in your eyes,flush your eyes with clean waterimmediately and get immediatemedical attention. If possible, con-tinue to apply water with a spongeor cloth while en route to the medi-cal office.

D If electrolyte gets on your skin,thoroughly wash the contact area. Ifyou feel pain or burning, get medi-cal attention immediately.

D If electrolyte gets on your clothes,there is a possibility of its soakingthrough to your skin, so immediate-ly take off the exposed clothing andfollow the procedure above, if nec-essary.

D If you accidentally swallow electro-lyte, drink a large quantity of wateror milk. Follow with milk of magne-sia, beaten raw egg or vegetableoil. Then go immediately for emer-gency help.

LS73001a

Terminals Ground cable

Hold−downclamp

Check the battery for corroded or looseterminal connections, cracks, or loosehold−down clamp.

a. If the battery is corroded, wash it offwith a solution of warm water and bak-ing soda. Coat the outside of the termi-nals with grease to prevent further cor-rosion.

b. If the terminal connections are loose,tighten their clamp nuts—but do notovertighten.

c. Tighten the hold−down clamp onlyenough to keep the battery firmly inplace. Overtightening may damage thebattery case.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Checking battery condition——Precautions —Checking battery exterior

389

NOTICE

z Be sure the engine and all accesso-ries are off before performing main-tenance.

zWhen checking the battery, removethe ground cable from the negativeterminal (“−” mark) first and rein-stall it last.

z Be careful not to cause a short cir-cuit with tools.

z Take care no solution gets into thebattery when washing it.

Type A

Green DarkClear orlight yellow

Type B

Blue White Red

CHECKING BY INDICATOR

Check the battery condition by the indi-cator color.

Indicator colorCondition

Type A Type BCondition

Green Blue Good

Dark White

Charging necessary.Have battery checkedby your Toyotadealer.

Clear orlightyellow

RedHave battery checkedby your Toyotadealer.

During recharging, the battery is pro-ducing hydrogen gas.

Therefore, before recharging:

1. If recharging with the battery installedon the vehicle, be sure to disconnectthe ground cable.

2. Be sure the power switch on the re-charger is off when connecting thecharger cables to the battery and whendisconnecting them.

CAUTION

D Always charge the battery in an un-confined area. Do not charge thebattery in a garage or closed roomwhere there is not sufficient ventila-tion.

D Only do a slow charge (5 A orless). Charging at a quicker rate isdangerous. The battery may ex-plode, causing personal injuries.

NOTICE

Never recharge the battery while theengine is running. Also, be sure allaccessories are turned off.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Checking battery fluidBattery rechargingprecautions

390

LS73002Good Blown

Type A

LS73003

Good Blown

Type B

LS73024

Good Blown

Type C

LS73023

Good Blown

Type D

LS73004a

If the headlights or other electricalcomponents do not work, check thefuses. If any of the fuses are blown,they must be replaced.

See “Fuse locations” on page 364 in Sec-tion 7−1 for locations of the fuses.

Turn the engine switch and inoperativecomponent off. Pull the suspected fusestraight out and check it.

Determine which fuse may be causing theproblem. The lid of the fuse box showsthe name of the circuit for each fuse. Seepage 411 in Section 8 for the functionscontrolled by each circuit.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Checking and replacing fuses

391

Type A fuses can be pulled out by thepull−out tool. The location of the pull−outtool is shown in the illustration.

If you are not sure whether the fuse hasblown, try replacing the suspected fusewith one that you know is good.

If the fuse has blown, push a new fuseinto the clip.

Only install a fuse with the amperage rat-ing designated on the fuse box lid.

If you do not have a spare fuse, in anemergency you can pull out the “A/C”fuse, which may be dispensable for nor-mal driving, and use it if its amperagerating is the same.

If you cannot use one of the same amper-age, use one that is lower, but as closeto the rating as possible. If the amperageis lower than that specified, the fusemight blow out again but this does notindicate anything wrong. Be sure to getthe correct fuse as soon as possible andreturn the substitute to its original clip.

It is a good idea to purchase a set ofspare fuses and keep them in your ve-hicle for emergencies.

If the new fuse immediately blows out,there is a problem with the electrical sys-tem. Have your Toyota dealer correct it assoon as possible.

CAUTION

Never use a fuse with a higher am-perage rating, or any other object, inplace of a fuse. This may cause ex-tensive damage and possibly a fire.

Make sure that the fuse box lid has beenclosed securely after closing it.

If any washer does not work, the wash-er tank may be empty. Add washerfluid.

You may use plain water as washer fluid.However, in cold areas where tempera-tures range below the freezing point, usewasher fluid containing antifreeze. Thisproduct is available at your Toyota dealerand most auto parts stores. Follow themanufacturer’s directions for how much tomix with water.

NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or anyother substitute because it may dam-age your vehicle’s paint.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Adding washer fluid

392

The following illustrations show how togain access to the bulbs. When replacinga bulb, make sure the engine switch andlight switch are off. Use bulbs with thewattage ratings given in the table.

CAUTION

D To prevent burning yourself, do notreplace the light bulbs while theyare hot.

D Halogen bulbs have pressurized gasinside and require special handling.They can burst or shatter ifscratched or dropped. Hold a bulbonly by its plastic or metal case.Do not touch the glass part of abulb with bare hands.

NOTICE

Only use a bulb of the listed type.

The inside of the lens of exterior lightssuch as headlights may temporarily fog upwhen the lens becomes wet in the rain orin a car wash. This is not a problembecause the fogging is caused by thetemperature difference between the outsideand inside of the lens, just like thewindshield fogs up in the rain. However, ifthere is a large drop of water on theinside of the lens, or if there is waterpooled inside the light, contact yourToyota dealer.

Light bulbs BulbNo. W Type

Headlights (highand low beam) — 60/55 A

Front fog lights 9145 42 B

Parking and frontside marker lights — 5 D

Front turn signallights

4157NAK 27/8 D

Rear turn signallights 3157A 27/8 D

Stop/tail and rearside marker lights 3157 27/8 C

Back−up lights 921 18 C

License platelights 168 5 C

High mountedstoplight 168 5 C

Interior light — 5 E

Personal lights 168 5 C

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Replacing light bulbs—

393

A: HB2 halogen bulbsB: H10 halogen bulbsC: Wedge base bulbs (clear)D: Wedge base bulbs (amber)E: Double end bulbs

LS73005

1. Open the hood. Unplug the connec-tor. Remove the rubber cover.

If the connector is tight, wiggle it.

LS73006

2. Release the bulb retaining springand remove the bulb. Install a newbulb and the bulb retaining spring.

To install a bulb, align the tabs of thebulb with the cutouts of the mountinghole.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Headlights

394

LS73007

3. Install the rubber cover as shownand fit it securely on the boss. Thenplug in the connector.

Make sure the rubber cover fits securelyon the bulb base and the mounting body.

Aiming is not necessary after replacingthe bulb. When aiming adjustment is nec-essary, contact your Toyota dealer.

LS73020

1. Turn the bulb base counterclockwiseand remove it.

If the connector is tight, wiggle it.

LS73021

2. Pull the bulb out of the base. Installa new bulb.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Front fog lights

395

LS73022

3. Install the bulb base into the mount-ing hole by turning it clockwise.

LS73008

LS73009

LS73010

LS73011

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Parking and front sidemarker lights —Front turn signal lights

396

LS73012

Remove the bolts.

LS73013

LS73014

a: Rear turn signal lightb: Stop/tail and rear side marker lightc: Back−up light

LS73015

Use a Phillips−head screwdriver.

LS73016

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Rear turn signal, stop/tail,rear side marker and back−uplights —License plate lights

397

LS73017 LS73018a

LS73019

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—High mounted stoplight

398

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

399

SPECIFICATIONSDimensions 400. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vehicle capacity weight 402. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Towing capacity 405. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Engine 405. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fuel 405. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Service specifications 406. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tires 410. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fuses 411. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

SECTION 8

400

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Dimensions

Regular cab models Access cab models

Overall length

Overall height∗2

Front tread

Rear tread

Overall width

Wheelbase

4835 (190.4) 5285 (208.1)

1835 (72.2)1880 (74.0)∗1

1835 (72.2)

1670 (65.8)

3230 (127.2)

1550 (61.0)1580 (62.2)∗1

1550 (61.0)

1550 (61.0)

2780 (109.4)

1670 (65.8)1655 (65.2)∗1

∗1: With P255/45R18∗2: Unladen vehicle

Two−wheel drive models except PreRunner mm (in.)

1550 (61.0)1580 (62.2)∗1

401

Four−wheel drive models and PreRunner mm (in.)

Regular cab models Access cab modelsDouble cab models

Regular cab models Access cab modelsShort deck Long deck

Overall length 4835 (190.4) 5285 (208.1) 5285 (208.1) 5620 (221.3)

Overall width 1895 (74.6) 1895 (74.6) 1895 (74.6) 1895 (74.6)

Overall height∗1 1775 (69.9) 1775 (69.9) 1780 (70.1) 1780 (70.1)

Wheelbase 2795 (110.0) 3245 (127.8) 3245 (127.8) 3580 (140.9)

Front tread 1600 (63.0) 1600 (63.0) 1600 (63.0) 1600 (63.0)

Rear tread 1610 (63.4) 1610 (63.4) 1610 (63.4) 1610 (63.4)

∗1: Unladen vehicle

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

402

Two−wheel drive models except PreRunner kg (lb.)

Cab type Engine Deck type Vehicle capacityweight∗1,2

Regular cab 2.7 L 4−cylinder(2TR−FE) engine Long deck 567 (1250)

Access cab2.7 L 4−cylinder(2TR−FE) engine Long deck 567 (1250)

Access cab4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engine Long deck 386 (850)

∗1: Maximum vehicle capacity weight including weight of driver, passengers and cargo.∗2: Installing accessories in addition to those installed at the factory increases vehicle weight, thereby reducing

vehicle capacity weight. Contact your Toyota dealer about the weight of accessory parts.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Vehicle capacity weight

403

PreRunner kg (lb.)





Double cab 4 0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engineShort deck 590 (1300)

Double cab 4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engineLong deck 590 (1300)



07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

404

Four−wheel drive models kg (lb.)





Double cab 4 0 L V6 (1GR FE) engineShort deck 544 (1200)

Double cab 4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engineLong deck 522 (1150)



07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

405



∗: Trailer weight + cargo weight

Model:2TR−FE and 1GR−FE

Type:2TR−FE engine4 cylinder in line, 4 cycle, gasoline

1GR−FE engine6 cylinder V type, 4 cycle, gasoline

Bore and stroke, mm (in.):

2TR−FE engine95.0 × 95.0 (3.74 × 3.74)

1GR−FE engine94.0 × 95.0 (3.70 × 3.74)

Displacement, cm3 (cu. in.):2TR−FE engine 2694 (164.3)1GR−FE engine 3956 (241.4)

Fuel type:Unleaded gasoline, Octane Rating 87(Research Octane Number 91) or higher

Fuel tank capacity, L (gal., Imp. gal.):

80 (21.1, 17.6)

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Towing capacity∗ Engine Fuel

406

ENGINE

Valve clearance (engine cold), mm (in.):

2.7 L 4−cylinder (2TR−FE) engineAutomatic adjustment

4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engineIntake 0.15—0.25 (0.006—0.010)Exhaust 0.29—0.39 (0.011—0.015)

Spark plug type:

2.7 L 4−cylinder (2TR−FE) engineDENSO SK20HR11NGK ILFR6C11

4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engineDENSO K20HR−U11NGK LFR6C11

Spark plug gap, mm (in.):1.1 (0.043)

ENGINE LUBRICATION

Oil capacity (drain and refill),L (qt., Imp. qt.):

2.7 L 4−cylinder (2TR−FE) engineWith filter 5.8 (6.1, 5.1)Without filter 5.1 (5.4, 4.5)

4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engineTwo−wheel drive models except Pre-RunnerWith filter 4.5 (4.8, 4.0)Without filter 4.2 (4.4, 3.7)

Four−wheel drive models andPreRunner

With filter 5.2 (5.5, 4.6)Without filter 4.9 (5.2, 4.3)

“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used inyour Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalentto satisfy the following grade andviscosity.

Oil grade:ILSAC multigrade engine oil

Recommended oil viscosity:

2.7 L 4−cylinder (2TR−FE) engineSAE 5W−20 or 0W−20

SOIL20

Outside temperature

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Service specifications

407

4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engineSAE 5W−30

Outside temperature

Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur-ther details.

COOLING SYSTEM

Total capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):

With manual transmission2.7 L 4−cylinder (2TR−FE) engine

8.7 (9.1, 7.6)4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engine

9.7 (10.3, 8.5)

With automatic transmission2.7 L 4−cylinder (2TR−FE) engine

8.6 (9.1, 7.6)4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engine

9.6 (10.1, 8.5)

Coolant type:

“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” isused in your Toyota vehicle at factoryfill. In order to avoid technical problems,only use “Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” or similar high quality ethyleneglycol based non−silicate, non−amine,non−nitrite, and non−borate coolant withlong−life hybrid organic acid technology.(Coolant with long−life hybrid organicacid technology is a combination of lowphosphates and organic acids.)


Please contact your Toyota dealer forfurther details.

BATTERY

Open voltage∗ at 20°C (68°F):12.6—12.8 V Fully charged12.2—12.4 V Half charged11.8—12.0 V Discharged∗: Voltage that is checked 20 minutes

after the key is removed with all thelights turned off

Charging rates:5 A max.

CLUTCH

Pedal free play, mm (in.):5—15 (0.2—0.6)

Fluid type:SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3

MANUAL TRANSMISSION

Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):

2.7 L 4−cylinder (2TR−FE) engineTwo−wheel drive models

2.6 (2.7, 2.3)Four−wheel drive models

2.2 (2.3, 1.9)

4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engine1.8 (1.9, 1.6)

Oil type:Gear Oil API GL−4 or GL−5

Recommended oil viscosity:SAE 75W−90

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

408

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (4−speed)

Fluid capacity (drain and refill),L (qt., Imp. qt.):Up to 2.0 (2.1, 1.8)

Fluid type:Toyota Genuine ATF Type T−IV

Change automatic transmission fluid onlyas necessary.

Generally, it is necessary to changeautomatic transmission fluid only if yourvehicle is driven under one of the SpecialOperating Conditions listed in your“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or“Owner’s Manual Supplement”. Whenchanging the automatic transmission fluid,use only “Toyota Genuine ATF Type T−IV”(ATF JWS3309 or NWS6500) to aid inassuring optimum transmission perfor-mance.

Notice: Using automatic transmissionfluid other than “Toyota Genuine ATFType T−IV” may cause deterioration inshift quality, locking up of your trans-mission accompanied by vibration, andultimately damage the automatic trans-mission of your vehicle.


AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (5−speed)

Fluid capacity (drain and refill),L (qt., Imp. qt.):Up to 3.0 (3.2, 2.6)

Fluid type:Toyota Genuine ATF WS

Change automatic transmission fluid onlyas necessary.

Generally, it is necessary to changeautomatic transmission fluid only if yourvehicle is driven under one of the SpecialOperating Conditions listed in your“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or“Owner’s Manual Supplement”. Whenchanging the automatic transmission fluid,use only “Toyota Genuine ATF WS” (ATFJWS3324 or NWS9638) to aid in assuringoptimum transmission performance.

Notice: Using automatic transmissionfluid other than “Toyota Genuine ATFWS” may cause deterioration in shiftquality, locking up of your transmissionaccompanied by vibration, and ultimate-ly damage the automatic transmissionof your vehicle.


TRANSFER

Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):1.0 (1.1, 0.9)

Oil type:Gear Oil API GL−4 or GL−5

Recommended oil viscosity:SAE 75W−90

DIFFERENTIAL

Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):

Two−wheel drive models except PreRun-ner

3.31 (3.5, 2.9)

Four−wheel drive models and PreRunner

Front (four−wheel drive models)1.50 (1.6, 1.3)

Rear2.80 (3.0, 2.5)

Oil type:Without limited−slip differential

Hypoid gear oil API GL−5

With limited−slip differentialHypoid gear oil for limited−slip dif-ferential API GL−5

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

409

Recommended oil viscosity:

FrontSAE 75W−90

RearAbove −18_C (0_F)SAE 90

Below −18_C (0_F)SAE 80W or 80W−90

CHASSIS LUBRICATION

Front drive shaft thrust bushings:Synthetic oil and lithium soap basechassis grease, NLGI No.1

Propeller shafts:

SpidersLithium base chassis grease, NLGINo.2

Slide yokesLithium base chassis grease, NLGINo.2 or Molybdenum−disulfide lithiumbase chassis grease, NLGI No.2

BRAKES

Minimum pedal clearance when depressedwith a pressure of 490 N (50 kgf, 110 lbf)when the engine is stopped and after de-press the brake pedal several times,mm (in.):

Two−wheel drive models except PreRunnerWithout the vehicle stability control sys-tem 109 (4.3)With the vehicle stability control system

89 (3.5)

Four−wheel drive models and PreRunnerWithout the vehicle stability control sys-tem

105 (4.1)With the vehicle stability control system

88 (3.4)

Pedal free play, mm (in.):1—6 (0.04—0.24)

Pad wear limit, mm (in.):1.0 (0.04)

Lining wear limit, mm (in.):1.0 (0.04)

Parking brake adjustment:

Pedal type—when depressed with theforce of 300 N (30.6 kgf, 67.4 lbf)7—10 clicks

Lever type—when pulled with the forceof 200 N (20.4 kgf, 44.9 lbf)7—10 clicks

Fluid type:SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3

STEERING

Wheel free play:Less than 30 mm (1.2 in.)

Power steering fluid type:Automatic transmission fluid DEXRONrIIor III

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

410

Tire size, cold tire inflation pressure and wheel size:

Tire sizeCold tire inflation pressurekPa (kgf/cm2 or bar, psi) Spare∗1 Wheel sizeTire size

Front RearSpare Wheel size

P215/70R15 97S 200 (2.0, 29) 220 (2.2, 32) 220 (2.2, 32) 15 × 6J15 × 6JJ

P245/75R16 109S 200 (2.0, 29) 200 (2.0, 29) 200 (2.0, 29) 16 × 7J16 × 7JJ

P265/70R16 111T 200 (2.0, 29) 220 (2.2, 32) 220 (2.2, 32) 16 × 7JJ

P265/65R17 110S 200 (2.0, 29) 200 (2.0, 29) 200 (2.0, 29) 17× 7 1/2JJ

P255/45R18 99V 240 (2.4, 35) 240 (2.4, 35) 240 (2.4, 35) 18× 8JJ

∗1: If you affix the spare tire to a front position, please make sure to adjust the tire to the correct inflation pressureas soon as possible.

For sustained high speeds above 160 km/h (100 mph), in countries where such speeds are permitted by law, addthe tire inflation pressure given below to the front tires and rear tires, but never exceed the maximum cold tireinflation pressure molded on the tire sidewall.Except P255/45R18 20 kPa (0.2 kgf/cm2, 0.2 bar, 3 psi)P255/45R18 30 kPa (0.3 kgf/cm2, 0.3 bar, 4 psi)Wheel nut torque, N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf):113 (11.5, 85)

NOTE: For complete information on tires (e.g. replacing tires or replacing wheels), see “Checking tire inflationpressure” through “Aluminum wheel precautions”, pages 376 through 385, in Section 7−2.

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Tires

411

LS80001

Engine compartment

Fuses (type A)

1. A/C 10 A: Air conditioning system

2. FR FOG 15 A: Front fog lights

3. TOWING TAIL 30 A: Trailer lights (taillights)

4. STOP 10 A: Stop lights, high mountedstop light, vehicle stability control sys-tem, anti−lock brake system, shift locksystem, multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection sys-tem, towing converter

5. OBD 7.5 A: On−board diagnosis sys-tem

LS80002

Instrument panel

6. EFI NO.2 10 A: Multiport fuel injectionsystem/sequential multiport fuel injec-tion system

7. TOWING BRK 30 A: Trailer brake con-troller

8. BATT CHG 30 A: Trailer sub battery

9. TOWING 30 A: Towing converter

10. TRN−HAZ 15 A: Turn signal lights,emergency flashers, meter and gauge

11. RADIO NO.2 30 A: Audio system

12. HEAD (LO RH) 10 A: Right−handheadlight (low beam)

13. HEAD (LO LH) 10 A: Left−hand head-light (low beam), front fog lights

14. HEAD (HI RH) 10 A: Right−hand head-light (high beam)

15. HEAD (HI LH) 10 A: Left−hand head-light (high beam), meter and gauge

16. ETCS 10 A: Multiport fuel injectionsystem/sequential multiport fuel injec-tion system, electronic throttle controlsystem

17. ALT−S 7.5 A: Charging system

18. EFI 20 A: Multiport fuel injection sys-tem/sequential multiport fuel injectionsystem

19. HORN 10 A: Horn

20. A/F HEATER 15 A: Multiport fuel injec-tion system/sequential multiport fuel in-jection system

21. ECU−B 7.5 A: Wireless remote controlsystem, air conditioning system, multi-plex communication system, engine im-mobilizer system, meter and gauge,clock, front passenger occupant classi-fication system

22. DOME 7.5 A: Interior light, personallights

23. RADIO NO.1 10 A: Audio system

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Fuses

412

24. STA 7.5 A: Starting system, multiportfuel injection system/sequential multi-port fuel injection system, meter andgauge, clutch start cancel switch

25. IGN 15 A: Multiport fuel injection sys-tem/sequential multiport fuel injectionsystem, engine immobilizer system,anti−lock brake system, traction controlsystem, vehicle stability control system,SRS airbag system, front passengeroccupant classification system

26. GAUGE 7.5 A: Meter and gauge,emergency flashers, front passenger’sseat belt warning system

27. TAIL 10 A: Tail lights, license platelights, parking lights, multiport fuel in-jection system/sequential multiport fuelinjection system, front fog lights, instru-ment panel light control, illuminations

28. ACC 7.5 A: Shift lock system, outsiderear view mirrors, audio system, poweroutlets

29. PWR OUTLET 15 A: Power outlets

30. DR LCK 20 A: Door lock system

31. IG1 NO.2 10 A: Anti−lock brake sys-tem, vehicle stability control system,stop lights, charging system, multiportfuel injection system/sequential multi-port fuel injection system, air condition-ing system, instrument panel light con-trol, clutch start cancel switch, reardifferential lock system, power outlets,tire pressure warning system

32. IG1 10 A: Back−up lights, air condition-ing system, passenger airbag manualon−off switch, shift lock system

33. P RR P/W 20 A: Rear passenger’spower window (right side)

34. P FR P/W 20 A: Front passenger’spower window

35. WSH 10 A: Wipers and washer

36. D RR P/W 20 A: Rear passenger’spower window (left side)

37. 4WD 20 A: Four−wheel drive system,rear differential lock system

38. WIP 30 A: Wipers and washer

Fuses (type B)

39. J/B 50 A: “TAIL”, “AC SKT”, “DR LCK”,“D FR P/W”, “D RR P/W”, “P FR P/W”,“P RR P/W”

40. AM1 50 A: “ACC”, “IG1”, “IG1 NO.2”,“WIP”, “WSH”, “4WD”, “STA”

41. HEATER 50 A: “A/C”, air conditioningsystem

42. ABS NO.1 50 A: Anti−lock brake sys-tem, vehicle stability control system

43. AM2 30 A: “IGN”, “GAUGE”, multiportfuel injection system/sequential multi-port fuel injection system

44. A/PUMP 50 A: Multiport fuel injectionsystem/sequential multiport fuel injec-tion system

45. ABS NO.2 30 A: Anti−lock brake sys-tem, vehicle stability control system

46. D FR P/W 30 A: Power windows

Fuses (type C)

47. AC SKT 100 A: Cigarette lighter, pow-er outlets

Fuses (type D)

48. ALT 120 A (without towing package)/140 A (with towing package): “AM1”,“AC SKT”, “HEATER”, “FR FOG”,“STOP”, “OBD”, “J/B”, “TOWING TAIL”,“TOWING BRK”, “BATT CHG”

07 08.09

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

413

FOR OWNERSReporting safety defects for U.S. owners 414. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Seat belt instructions for Canadian owners (in French) 414. . . . . . . .Camper information 416. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

07 11.08

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

SECTION 9

414

If you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could cause acrash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediately in-form the National Highway TrafficSafety Administration (NHTSA) inaddition to notifying Toyota MotorSales, U.S.A., Inc. (Toll−free:1−800−331−4331).If NHTSA receives similar com-plaints, it may open an investiga-tion, and if it finds that a safetydefect exists in a group of ve-hicles, it may order a recall andremedy campaign. However,NHTSA cannot become involvedin individual problems betweenyou, your dealer, or Toyota MotorSales, U.S.A., Inc.

To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotline toll−free at 1−888−327−4236 (TTY:1−800−424−9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; or writeto: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200New Jersey Ave, S.E., Washing-ton, DC 20590. You can also ob-tain other information about mo-tor vehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

The following is a French explanationof seat belt instructions extracted fromthe seat belt section in this manual.

See the seat belt section for more de-tailed seat belt instructions in English.

07 11.08

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Reporting safety defects forU.S. owners

Seat belt instructions forCanadian owners (inFrench)—

415

07 11.08

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

416

This information has been prepared in ac-cordance with regulation issued by the Na-tional Highway Traffic Safety Administra-tion of the U.S. Department ofTransportation. It provides the purchasersand/or prospective purchasers of Toyotavehicles with information on truck−camperloading. Your Toyota dealer will help an-swer any questions you may have as youread this information.

LS90001

Rear end oftruck bedRecommended location

for cargo center of gravi-ty for cargo weight rating

The figures given in the illustration indi-cate the recommended center of gravityzone.

mm (in.)

A B

Regular cabmodels

1267(49.9)

917(36.1)

Access cab models

Except X−Runner

X−Runner∗

1267(49.9)

—

917(36.1)

—

Double cab models

With short deck

With long deck

1157(45.6)

911(35.9)

807(31.8)

706(27.8)

∗: Truck−campers cannot be used withthe X−Runner since it is not designedfor them.

CAUTION

If a load is too far back, it can causedangerous handling. If it is too farforward, the front axle may be over-loaded.

07 11.08

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Camper information— —Center of gravity location

417

LS90003a

Camper center of gravity

Recommended center ofgravity location zone

Cargo weight rating

Regular cab models

2 people, 2TR−FE engine, 2WD exceptPreRunner

430 kg (950 lb.)


362 kg (800 lb.)

2 people, 2TR−FE engine, PreRunner453 kg (1000 lb.)


2 people, 2TR−FE engine, 4WD453 kg (1000 lb.)


Access cab models


430 kg (950 lb.)


294 kg (650 lb.)



2 people, 1GR−FE engine, PreRunner453 kg (1000 lb.)




2 people, 1GR−FE engine, 4WD410 kg (905 lb.)


Double cab models with short deck





Double cab models with long deck





07 11.08

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Cargo weight rating andproper matching

418

When the truck is used to carry a slide−incamper, the total cargo load of the truckconsists of the manufacturer’s camperweight figure, the weight of installed addi-tional camper equipment not included inthe manufacturer’s camper weight figure,the weight of camper cargo, and theweight of passengers in the camper.

The total cargo load should not exceedthe truck’s cargo weight rating and thecamper’s center of gravity should fall with-in the truck’s recommended center ofgravity zone when installed.

CAUTION

Be careful—overloading can causedangerous braking and handling prob-lems, and can damage your vehicleand its tires.

LS90005

Gross axle weight rating

Front GAWR Rear GAWR

Secure loose items to prevent weightshifts that could affect the balance of yourvehicle. When the truck camper is loaded,drive to a scale and weigh on the frontand on the rear wheels separately to de-termine axle loads. Individual axle loadsshould not exceed either of the GrossAxle Weight Ratings (GAWR). The total ofthe axle loads should not exceed theGross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).These ratings are given on the vehiclecertification label which is located on thedoor latch post on the left side of thevehicle. See “Your Toyota’s identification”on page 284 in Section 2 for the Certifica-tion Label location. If weight ratings areexceeded, move or remove items to bringall weights below the ratings.

LS90007

Gross vehicle weight rating

Not exceed GVWR

GAWRTwo−wheel drive models except PreRun-nerFront 1079 kg (2380 lb.)Rear 1217 kg (2685 lb.)

Four−wheel drive models and PreRunnerFront 1249 kg (2755 lb.)Rear 1410 kg (3110 lb.)

07 11.08

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

—Gross axle and vehicleweight ratings

419

GVWR

Two−wheel drive models except PreRun-ner

Regular cab models2063 kg (4550 lb.)

Access cab models2TR−FE engine

2199 kg (4850 lb.)1GR−FE engine

2086 kg (4600 lb.)

PreRunner


Access cab models2381 kg (5250 lb.)

Double cab models2426 kg (5350 lb.)



Access cab models2426 kg (5350 lb.)

Double cab models2472 kg (5450 lb.)

If weight ratings are exceeded, move orremove items to bring all weights belowthe ratings.

07 11.08

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

420

07 11.08

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

421

INDEX

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

07 08.09

SECTION 10

422

A

“AUTO LSD” system 182. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Access doors 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Accessory meter 244. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Adding washer fluid 391. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AdjustmentFront seats 36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Seat belt 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Air conditioning filter 238. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Air conditioning system 232. . . . . . . . . . . .Airbags 53,62,72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Aluminum wheel precautions 385. . . . . . .Anti−glare inside rear view mirror 136. . .Anti−lock brake systemwarning light 153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Anti−theft steering column lock 166. . . . .Appearance careCleaning the interior 351. . . . . . . . . . . . .Protecting your Toyota fromcorrosion 348. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Washing and waxing 349. . . . . . . . . . . . .Audio remote controls 225. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Audio system 206. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Automatic transmissionDriving with a automatictransmission 167,171. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shift lock override button 345. . . . . . . . .Shift pattern 167,171. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shifting speed 167,171. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Automatic transmission fluidtemperature warning light 153. . . . . . . .

Auxiliary boxes 257. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Auxiliary catch, Engine hood 29. . . . . . . .

B

BatteryChecking battery condition 388. . . . . . .Gas caution 388. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Handling safety 388. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Recharging precautions 389. . . . . . . . . .Winter driving tips 309. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Before starting the engine 304. . . . . . . . . .Bottle holders 261. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Brake pad wear limit indicators 283. . . . .Brake system 278. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Brake system warning buzzer 153. . . . . . .Brake system warning light 153. . . . . . . . .BrakesFluid level 373. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pad wear limit indicators 283. . . . . . . . .Parking 200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Break−in tips 271. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Brightness control 144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

C

Camper information 416. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Carbon monoxide caution 275. . . . . . . . . .Cargo and luggageCapacity 299. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Capacity and distribution 300. . . . . . . . .Stowage precautions 300. . . . . . . . . . . .

Cargo net hooks 263. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Certification regulation label 284. . . . . . . .Charging system warning light 153. . . . . .

Checking and replacing fuses 390. . . . . . .Checking and replacing tires 379. . . . . . .Checking brake fluid 373. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Checking the engine oil level 370. . . . . . .Checking the radiator andcondenser 373. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Child restraintChild restraint system 95. . . . . . . . . . . . .Installation 96,106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Installation with child restraintlower anchorages 124,126,131. . . . . .

Precautions 93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Types of child restraint system 95. . . . .Using a top strap 116,119,122. . . . . . . .

Cigarette lighter 249. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cleaning the interior 351. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Clock 249. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Clutch start cancel switch 204. . . . . . . . . .Cold weatherOperation 309. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Compact disc changer 206. . . . . . . . . . . . .Compact disc changer controller 206. . . .Compact disc player 206. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Compass 245. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CondenserChecking the condenser 373. . . . . . . . . .

Console boxRear 259. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Controls, Instrument panel 2,7. . . . . . . . .Cooling systemCoolant level 372. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Engine overheating 328. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Radiator and reservoir 372. . . . . . . . . . .

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

07 08.09

423

Radiator cap 328. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Winter driving tips 309. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Corrosion prevention 348. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cruise control 201. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cup holders 259. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D

Deck hooks 264. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Deck rails 264. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Differential, Limited slip 284. . . . . . . . . . . .Dimmer switch, Headlight 142. . . . . . . . . .Dinghy towing 310. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Directional signals 142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Do−it−yourself maintenanceParts and tools 366. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Service precautions 364. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Does your vehicle need repairing? 359. .DoorsAccess doors 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Side doors 20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Downhill assist control system 187. . . . . .Driver’s seat belt reminder buzzer 153. .Driver’s seat belt reminder light 153. . . . .DrivingAutomatic transmission 167,171. . . . . .Driving tips 304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manual transmission 174. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Driving in the rain 306. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Driving tipsDriving in the rain 306. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Driving tips in variousconditions 305. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Driving with amanual transmission 174. . . . . . . . . . .

Driving with anautomatic transmission 167,171. . . .

Economical driving 320. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Good driving practice 167,171,174. . . .Winter driving tips 309. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

DuringBreak−in 271. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

E

Economical drivingSaving money on both fueland repairs 320. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Electrical systemBattery 388,389. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fuse locations 364. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fuses 390. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Emergency flasher switch 144. . . . . . . . . .Emergency, In case ofBlown fuse 390. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Emergency flasher switch 144. . . . . . . .Flat tire 329. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .If you cannot increaseengine speed 328. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

If you cannot shift automatictransmission selector lever 345. . . . .

If you lose your keys 346. . . . . . . . . . . . .If you lose your wirelessremote control transmitter 346. . . . . .

If your engine stallswhile driving 327. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

If your vehicle becomes stuck 339. . . . .If your vehicle needsto be towed 340. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

If your vehicle will not start 324. . . . . . .Jump starting 325. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Overheating 328. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Towing 340. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Emissions inspection andMaintenance (I/M) programs 360. . . . . .

EngineBefore starting the engine 304. . . . . . . .Checking the coolant level 372. . . . . . . .Emission control device 274. . . . . . . . . .Engine compartment 362. . . . . . . . . . . . .Engine switch 166. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Exhaust gas caution 275. . . . . . . . . . . . .Hood release 29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Identification number 284. . . . . . . . . . . .Oil consumption 276. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oil level 370. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Overheating 328. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Starting procedure 304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Three−way catalytic converters 274. . .

Engine coolantTemperature gauge 150. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Winter driving tips 309. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine coolant temperaturegauge 150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine immobilizer system 15. . . . . . . . . .Engine oilWinter driving tips 309. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine oil replacementreminder light 153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

07 08.09

424

Engine switch 166. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Exhaust gas caution 275. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F

Facts about engine oilconsumption 276. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Flasher, Headlight 142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Flashlight holder 262. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Flat tireAfter changing wheels 338. . . . . . . . . . .Changing tires 335. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .If you have a flat tire 329. . . . . . . . . . . . .Jack point 334. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Jacking precautions 329. . . . . . . . . . . . .Jacking up 334. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Loosening wheel nuts 333. . . . . . . . . . . .Lowering vehicle 337. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Reinstalling wheel ornament 338. . . . . .Removing wheel ornament 332. . . . . . .Wheel block 332. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wheel nuts 336. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Flip−over jump seats 40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Floor mat 267. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fluid levelBrake 373. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Power steering 375. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Washer fluid 391. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fog light switch, Front 145. . . . . . . . . . . . .Folding seatback 38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Folding rear seats 40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Foreign countries, Operation in 274. . . . .

Four−wheel driveOperating the four−wheeldrive system 175. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Front fog light switch 145. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Front passenger’s seat beltreminder light 153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Front seatRear seat entry 37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Front seats 34,35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FuelFuel economy 320. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fuel pump shut off system 273. . . . . . . .Gauge 150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Operation in foreign countries 274. . . .Tank cap 30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuel information 271. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fuel pump shut off system 273. . . . . . . . . .FuseFuse box 364. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuse locations 364. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

G

Garage door opener box 254. . . . . . . . . . .GaugeEngine coolant temperature 150. . . . . .Fuel 150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Glove box 254. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Good driving practice 167,171,174. . . . . .Grocery bag hooks 264. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

H

Hazard switch 144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Head restraints 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Headlight switch 142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .High speed operationDuring break−in 271. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hill−start assist control system 190. . . . .Hood release, Engine 29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .How to start the engine 304. . . . . . . . . . . . .

I

I/M test 360. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .IdentificationEngine 285. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tire 288. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vehicle 284. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ignition switch 166. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Indicator symbols 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Instrument panelBrightness control 144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fuel gauge 150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Indicator symbols 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Odometer 151. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tachometer 151. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Trip meter 151. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Instrument panel light control 144. . . . . . .Instrument panel overview 2,7. . . . . . . . .Instrument panel vents 238. . . . . . . . . . . . .

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

07 08.09

425

J

JackLocation 334. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Jump starting 325. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

K

Key reminder buzzer 153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Keys 12,346. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

L

Light bulbsBack−up lights 396. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Front fog lights 394. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Front side marker lights 395. . . . . . . . . .Front turn signal lights 395. . . . . . . . . . .Headlights 393. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .High mounted stoplight 397. . . . . . . . . . .License plate lights 396. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Parking lights 395. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rear side marker lights 396. . . . . . . . . . .Rear turn signal lights 396. . . . . . . . . . . .Stop/tail lights 396. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light bulbs, Replacing 392. . . . . . . . . . . . .Light, InteriorInterior light 145. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Personal light 146. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Limited−slip differential 284. . . . . . . . . . . .Load capacity 299. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Load limit 299. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .LockSide doors 20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Steering column 166. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tailgate 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Low engine oil pressurewarning light 153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Low fuel level warning light 153. . . . . . . . .

M

MaintenanceDo−it−yourself maintenance 364. . . . . .Does your vehicleneed repairing? 359. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General maintenance 357. . . . . . . . . . . .Maintenance requirements 356. . . . . . .Parts and tools 366. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Where to go for service 356. . . . . . . . . . .

Malfunction indicator lamp 360. . . . . . . . .Malfunction indicator lampEmissions Inspection andMaintenance (I/M) programs 360. . . .

Service reminder indicator 153. . . . . . . .Manual transmissionDriving with amanual transmission 174. . . . . . . . . . .

Shift pattern 174. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Shifting speed 174. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maximum allowable speedAutomatic transmission 167,171. . . . . .Manual transmission 174. . . . . . . . . . . . .

MirrorAnti−glare inside rear view 136. . . . . . .Auto anti−glare insiderear view 137. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

MirrorsFolding rear view 136. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Outside rear view 134. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Power rear view 135. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vanity 138. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

N

New vehicle break−in 271. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

O

Odometer 151. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Off−road driving precautions 307. . . . . . .Off−road vehicle precautions 270. . . . . . .OilConsumption 276. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Power steering 375. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Viscosity and grade 370. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Oil consumption 276. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Open door warning light 153. . . . . . . . . . . .Operation in foreign countries 274. . . . . .Outside temperature display 245. . . . . . . .Overheating, Engine 328. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Overheating, Engine coolant 150. . . . . . .OverviewEngine compartment 362. . . . . . . . . . . . .

P

Parking brakeOperation 200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Reminder light 200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Parking brake reminder buzzer 153. . . . .

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

07 08.09

426

Passenger airbag off switch 70. . . . . . . . .Polishing 349. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Power outlet 249,250. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Power rear view mirror control 135. . . . . .Power steeringFluid level 375. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Power window switches 24. . . . . . . . . . . . .Preloaders(seat belt pretensioners) 50. . . . . . . . . .

Pretensioners(seat belt pretensioners) 50. . . . . . . . . .

Protecting your Toyotafrom corrosion 348. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

R

RadiatorChecking the radiator 373. . . . . . . . . . . .Coolant, Engine 372. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Radio 206. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rear console box 259. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rear differential lock system 192. . . . . . .Rear step bumper 283. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rear view mirrorAnti−glare inside 136. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear view mirror,auto anti−glare inside 137. . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear view mirrorsFolding 136. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Outside 134. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Power 135. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear window 27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Reporting safety defectsfor U.S. owners 414. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

S

Seat adjustment precautionsFront seats 35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Seat belt extender 48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Seat beltsCleaning 351. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fastening 45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Seat belt precautions 43. . . . . . . . . . . . .Seat belt pretensioners 50. . . . . . . . . . .

Seatback table 263. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Seating capacity 299. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Seats 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Service and maintenance 356. . . . . . . . . .Service reminder indicators 153. . . . . . . .Side door locks 20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Side doors 20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Spare fuse 364. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Spare tire 330. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Spark plugsIridium−tipped spark plugs 277. . . . . . .

Specifications 400. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SRS driver airbag andfront passenger airbag 53, 62. . . . . . . . .

SRS side airbagsand curtain shield airbags 72. . . . . . . . .

SRS warning light 153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .StartingCold weather 304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Engine 304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Jump starting 325. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SteeringAdjusting steering wheel 134. . . . . . . . .

Steering columnColumn lock 166. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Steering switches,Audio remote control 225. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Storage boxes 262. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sun visors 138. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Suspension and chassis 286. . . . . . . . . . .SwitchEmergency flasher 144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Engine 166. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Headlight, dimmer andturn signal 142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ignition 166. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Passenger airbag manual on−off 70. . .Windshield wiper andwasher 146,147. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

T

Tachometer 151. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tailgate 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Telescopic steering column 134. . . . . . . . .Theft prevention labels 286. . . . . . . . . . . . .Three−way catalytic converters 274. . . . .Tie−down cleat 265. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tilt steering wheel 134. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tire pressure warning system 194. . . . . . .TiresChanging 329. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Checking and replacing 379. . . . . . . . . .

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

07 08.09

427

Flat tire 329. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Glossary 292. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Inflation pressure 376,410. . . . . . . . . . . .Replacing wheels 384. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rotating tires 381. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Size 289,410. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Snow tires and chains 382. . . . . . . . . . . .Spare 330. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Symbols 287. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tire Identification Number (TIN) 288. . .

Tools 330. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TowingCapacity 299. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dinghy towing 310. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Emergency towing 342,343. . . . . . . . . . .Emergency towing hook andeyelet precautions 344. . . . . . . . . . . . .

If your vehicle needs to betowed 340. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tips for towing a stuck vehicle 345. . . .Trailer 310. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Traction control system 179. . . . . . . . . . . .Trailer towing 310. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Trip meter 151. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Turn signals 142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Types of tires 302. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

U

Uniform tire quality grading 290. . . . . . . . .

V

“VSC TRAC” warning light 153. . . . . . . . . .

Vanity mirrors 138. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vehicle identification number 284. . . . . . .Vehicle stability control system 185. . . . .

W

Warning buzzers 153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Washer fluidAdding washer fluid 391. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Washing and waxing 349. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WheelsAluminum wheel 385. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Replacing wheels 384. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Windshield wiper and washerswitch 146,147. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Winter driving tips 309. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wireless remote control 16. . . . . . . . . . . . .

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

07 08.09

06 06.26

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

You should know as much about the quality andimportance of proper maintenance of your newvehicle as the people who built it.

The Toyota authorized Repair Manualtells you how to maintain your vehicle andenables you to correctly perform your ownmaintenance.

The best way to keep your new vehicle intop running order is to maintain it properlyfrom the moment you drive it off the show-room floor.The Toyota authorized Repair Manual ispacked with literally everything you need toknow to perform your own maintenance invirtually every area of your new vehicle.

06 06.26

2008MY TACOMA (U) L/O 2008.02

Where to obtain theRepair Manual

The repair manual for TOYOTA TACOMA maybe purchased from any Toyota dealer or theMaterial Distribution Center. To purchase therepair manual, please contact your Toyotadealer or call the Material Distribution Centertoll−free at 1−800−622−2033.

Maintenance procedures for the engine,chassis, body, electrical system, and more,are clearly explained and illustrated.

Periodic maintenance and tune−up

Periodic maintenance and tune−up helps to pre-vent small problems from growing into larger oneslater on. The repair manual outlines exactly whatmaintenance is required and clearly explains how todo the work yourself step−by−step.Areas covered include such things as spark plugreplacement, valve clearance adjustment and en-gine oil and filter replacement.

Quick index

• If a service reminder indicator or warning buzzer comes on.......................... 153

• If your vehicle will not start ............................................................................. 324

• If your engine stalls while driving ................................................................... 327

• If you cannot increase engine speed ............................................................. 328

• If your vehicle overheats ................................................................................ 328

• If you have a flat tire....................................................................................... 329

• If your vehicle needs to be towed................................................................... 340

• Tips for driving during break–in period........................................................... 271

• How to start the engine .................................................................................. 304

• General maintenance..................................................................................... 357

• Complete index .............................................................................................. 421

Gas station information

Fuel type:

UNLEADED gasoline, Octane Rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher

See page 271 for detailed information.

Fuel tank capacity:

80 L (21.1 gal., 17.6 lmp. gal.)

Engine oil:

ILSAC multigrade engine oil is recommended.

See page 371 for detailed information.

Tire information: See pages 376 through 385.

Tire inflation pressure: See page 410.

Publication No. OM35898UPart No. 01999-35898Printed in Japan 03–0803–01Printed in Japan 03–0803–01Printed in Japan 03–0803–01Printed in Japan 03–0803–01Printed in Japan 03–0803–01Printed in Japan 03–0803–01

(Printed in Japan 03–0803–01

(Printed in Japan 03–0803–01Printed in Japan 03–0803–01

U)I

fU–4

DIC120 Black

新OM表紙_OM35898U_02 1/2/04 5:44 AM ページ1 (1,1)

for your safety and comfort, read carefully and keep in...

Documents